Moeller Australia 2008 Industrial Trade Product Guide

www.moeller.com.au

REVISED

EDITION

Industrial Trade Product Guide

Effective November 2008

A strong brand. A long history. A great future.

Welcome toMoeller Australia’s new Trade Product Guide for 2008/2009

The Eaton-Moeller Group:

With more than 100 years of experience.

With the passion to do everything

even better still.

And with the focus on what we’re good at.

In this catalogue, we are proud to be able to offer you our extensive range of products for switching and protection, command and signalling, and control and visualisation. Our complete range of products are innovative, combinable and intelligent.

We are also delighted to supply, exclusively in Australia, the world-leading Maréchal Decontactors, the benchmark decontactors for use in mining, manufacturing and commercial applications.

Internationally the Eaton-Moeller Group has continued to enjoy strong growth as a result of our total commitment to customer service and our strong focus on our core products.

In addition to our national customer service centre in Melbourne, we also have customer service centres located in Brisbane, Perth and Sydney. This customer service network is complemented by experienced Moeller agents in regional New South Wales, North Queensland, Tasmania and the Northern Territory.

I would like to take this opportunity to thank our customers for their support. We look forward to continuing to work with you in the future.

Please contact your nearest Moeller Electric office or Specialist Moeller distributor for more information.

Maher KharoufehManaging DirectorMoeller Electric Pty Ltd

Industrial Trade Product Guide

Effective November 2008

RMQ-Titan control circuit devices, ESA-M22 fingerprint system, SL signal towers

1NZM1, 2, 3, 4 circuit-breakers up to 1600 A, N switch-disconnectors up to 1600 A

9

LS-Titan, AT4, ATR position switches,safety position switches, MCS, MCSN pressure switches, SW float switches

2IZM58 circuit-breakers, IN switch-disconnectors from 630 A up to 6300 A

10

easy control relays, MFD multi-function displaysPS4 compact PLCPS416 modular PLC

3

PLS, PLSM, AZ, PLHT miniature circuit-breakers,installation devices, PE consumer boards,distribution boards

11

Contactor relays, mini contactor relays,electronic timing relays, electronic safety-,measuring- and monitoring relays

4GKW sheet steel enclosures,CI insulated enclosures

12

DILM7 – DILM150 contactors,contactor combinations,DILEM mini contactors,DOL starters

5

DS4 and DS6 softstarters,DF51 frequency inverters, DV51 vector frequency inverters, DF6, DV6 frequency inverters

13

ZB, ZE, Z5 motor-protective relays, ZEV electronic motor-protective relays,EMT thermistor relays for machineprotection

6Maréchal decontactors:– DSN series– DS series

14

T cam switches 7 Technical information, index 15

PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4, PKZ2 motor-protective circuit-breakers

8

Trade prices shown are EXCLUSIVE of GST.Please note: Some products contained in this catalogue may not be available at time of publication. For availability please check with your nearest Moeller office or stockist.

Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

Co

ntr

ol

Cir

cuit

Dev

ices

1/0 Notes

1/1

Co

ntr

ol

circ

uit

dev

ices


Content

RMQ-Titan®

Grid dimensions: 30 x 40/30 x 50 mmMounting diameter: 22.3 mm

Page

System overview 1/2

Merchandiser packs, complete units 1/4

Enclosed units 1/5

Actuators, button plates 1/6

Emergency-Stop actuators, Foot and palm switches 1/7

Fixing adapters, contact blocks, LED elements 1/8

Illuminated pushbutton actuators, indicator lights 1/9

Illuminated selector switch actuators, key-operated actuators 1/10

Accessories 1/11

Surface mounting enclosures, flush mounting plates 1/14

Selector switch actuators 1/15

2, 3 and 4 positions 1/15

Four-way operators 1/16

4 positions 1/16

Fingerprint recognition system

Page

Fingerprint recognition system 1/17

Dimensions 1/22

Signal towers

Page

System overview 1/18

Signal tower modules 1/19

Signal towers 1/21

Accessories 1/21


Co

ntr

ol

circ

uit

dev

ices

1/2 System overviewRMQ-Titan

Contact blocks

Contact blocks

Enclosure

Contact blocks

Contact block

Contact blocks

Top-hat railadaptor

Telescopic clip

Centringadaptor

Fixing adaptor

Fixing adaptor

Completelegend plate

Fixing adaptor

Key-operatedactuator

Selector switchactuator

Pushbuttonactuator

Emergency-Stopactuator

4-way joystick

4-way pushbutton

4-way selector switch

Button plate/button lens

Indicator light

BuzzerAcoustic indicator

Acoustic indicator cap

Potentiometer

(Titanium appearance standard, black and gold options)

Front rings

1/3

Co

ntr

ol

circ

uit

dev

ices


System overviewRMQ-Titan

Competitively priced, Moeller’s RMQ-Titan range comprises pushbuttons, selector switches, joysticks, Emergency-Stop and key-operated actuators.

The system includes a variety of indicator lights and illuminated pushbut-tons in white, red, yellow, blue and green. They are available in two voltage ranges 12 – 30 V AC/DC and 85 – 264 V AC covering all standard applications.

Meeting all relevant international standards, this attractive, co-ordinated product range will add significant value to any machine or system.

Features and benefits• Ergonomic design ensuring ease of operation and bright illumination.• IP66 degree of protection as standard (many devices IP67, IP69K) for use

in the harshest of industrial environments.• Vibration resistant LEDs giving a minimum life of 100,000 hours for

improved reliability and high integrity.• Fitting in the standard 22.5 mm hole, the snap fitting modular system

saves both assembly and fitting time.


Co

ntr

ol

circ

uit

dev

ices

1/4

GST not included

Merchandiser packs, complete unitsRMQ-Titan

Description Button plate Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

RMQ-Titan, merchandiser packs, hang sell

Pushbutton actuators, complete assemblies

Start button – HS-M22-START 27.50

Stop button – HS-M22-STOP 27.50

Emergency-Stop button, pull to reset

– HS-M22-ESTOP 60.40

Indicators, complete assemblies Red indicator, 85 – 264 V AC – HS-M22-L230-R 56.10

Green indicator, 85 – 264 V AC – HS-M22-L230-G 56.10

Complete units for front mounting

Pushbutton actuators Start M22-D-G-X1/K10 29.90

Stop M22-D-R-X0/K01 29.90

Double actuators With white LED element lens, 85 – 264 V AC M22-DDL-GR-X1/X0/K11/230-W

67.40

Emercency-Stop actuators Key-release mushroom button with 1 key, MS1 individual lock mechanism

M22-PVS/K01 99.40

Pull to release M22-PV/K01 73.00

Pull to release M22-PV/K11 82.20

Selector switch actuators Two positions, stay-put – M22-WRK/K10 49.10

Three positions, stay-put – M22-WRK3/K20 57.00

Key-operated actuators Two positions, stay-put, with 1 key – M22-WRS/K11 153.30

1/5

Co

ntr

ol

circ

uit

dev

ices


GST not included

Enclosed unitsRMQ-Titan

Description Button plate Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

Enclosed units for surface mounting

Pushbutton actuators Start M22-D-G-X1/KC11/I 69.10

Stop M22-D-R-X0/KC11/I 69.10

Emergency-Stop actuator Pull to release, yellow enclosure – M22-PV/KC11/IY 119.40

Emergency-Stop key-release mushroom button

Red actuator with 1 key – M22-PVS/KC11/IY 192.30

Key-operated selector switch 2 positions, stay-put, with 1 key – M22-WRS/KC11/I 172.40

Two-way pushbutton stations Without indicator light – M22-I2-M1 126.00

With indicator light, white LED element, 85 – 264 V AC

– M22-I3-M2 212.20

Three-way pushbutton station Without indicator light – M22-I3-M1 165.80

Four-way pushbutton station Without indicator light – M22-I4-M1 212.20


Co

ntr

ol

circ

uit

dev

ices

1/6

GST not included

ActuatorsRMQ-Titan

Description Colour of button plate/mushroom head

Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

Pushbutton actuators, IP67

• Front ring titanium, also available in black• Snap-fitting modular system• Mounting diameter 22.3 mm• Minimum grid dimensions 30 x 40 mm• Up to six contacts per location• Switching of different potentials• Worldwide approval

Extended design Spring-return M22-DH-S 18.50

M22-DH-R 18.50

M22-DH-G 18.50

Spring-return, with guard ring

Without M22-DG-X 18.50

Flush design Spring-return Without M22-D-X 11.60

Mushroom actuators, IP67

Spring-return M22-DP-G 25.50

M22-DP-R 25.50

M22-DP-S 25.50

M22-DP-Y 25.50

Stay-put M22-DRP-S 25.50

M22-DRP-R 25.50

M22-DRP-G 25.50

Double actuator, IP66

Stop-start button plate. Optional indicator light M22-LED230-W a page 1/8Spring return,with indicator light, white lens

M22-DDL-GR-X1/X0 37.90

For flush pushbutton actuators For mushroom actuators

Colour, symbol



M22-XD-S 1.90 M22-XDP-S 1.90

M22-XD-W 1.90 M22-XDP-W 1.90

M22-XD-R 1.90 M22-XDP-R 1.90

M22-XD-G 1.90 M22-XDP-G 1.90

M22-XD-Y 1.90 M22-XDP-Y 1.90

M22-XD-B 1.90 – –

1/7

Co

ntr

ol

circ

uit

dev

ices


GST not included

ActuatorsRMQ-Titan

Description Colour of mushroom head


Emergency-Stop actuators, IP66

Snap-action and positive non-tease action,yellow base

Pull to release. After actuation, plunger remains in the actuated position.

M22-PV 47.80

Twist to release.One or two contact blocks can be fitted.

M22-PVT 46.10

Illuminated. Pull to release.After actuation, plunger remains in the actuated position.One or two contact blocks can be fitted.

M22-PVL 53.40

Key-operated, with 1 key M22-PVS 99.50

Sealable shroud.Transparent with collapse point, reusable after Emergency-Stop operation. Suitable for M22-PV and M22-PVL Emergency-Stop actuators and M22-PVS key-release mushroom actuator.

– M22-PL-PV 18.60

Foot and palm switches, IP67

Spring-return mushroom head FAK-R/KC11/I 153.90

FAK-S/KC11/I 153.90

Emergency-Stop actuators, IP67 Stay-put, pull to release FAK-R/V/KC01/IY 194.90

Stay-put, pull to release FAK-R/V/KC11/IY 210.80


Co

ntr

ol

circ

uit

dev

ices

1/8

GST not included

Fixing adapters, contact blocks, LED elementsRMQ-Titan

Description Contacts Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

Fixing adapters

Front fixing, for 3 M22-(C)K... contact elements and M22-(C)LED... LED elements.Sequence numbers on fixing adapter.

– M22-A 4.70

For 4 contact blocks – M22-A4 6.80

Contact blocks with screw terminals

Front fixing 1 NO M22-K10 8.10

1 NC M22-K01 8.10

Base fixing 1 NO M22-KC10 8.10

1 NC M22-KC01 8.10

Complete modules

Combination of contact elements with screw terminals and fixing adapter

Front fixing 1 NO, 1 NC M22-AK11 25.20

1 NO M22-AK10 14.70

1 NC M22-AK01 14.70

Description Rated operational voltage Colour Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

Ue

V

LED elements with screw terminals

Front fixing 12 – 30 V AC/DC M22-LED-W 21.10

M22-LED-R 21.10

M22-LED-G 21.10

M22-LED-B 21.10

85 – 264 V AC, 50/60 Hz M22-LED230-W 35.60

M22-LED230-R 35.60

M22-LED230-G 35.60

M22-LED230-B 35.60

Base fixing 12 – 30 V AC/DC M22-LEDC-W 21.10

M22-LEDC-R 21.10

M22-LEDC-G 21.10

M22-LEDC-B 21.10

85 – 264 V AC, 50/60 Hz M22-LEDC230-W 35.60

M22-LEDC230-R 35.60

M22-LEDC230-G 35.60

M22-LEDC230-B 35.60

LED test elements

For non-interacting function test (lamp test)For connection to:

12 – 240 V AC/DC – M22-XLED-T 20.20

85 – 264 V AC – M22-XLED230-T 27.20

1/9

Co

ntr

ol

circ

uit

dev

ices


GST not included

Illuminated pushbutton actuators, indicator lightsRMQ-Titan

Description Colour Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

Illuminated pushbutton actuators, IP67

Flush design Spring-return M22-DL-W 22.00

M22-DL-G 22.00

M22-DL-R 22.00

M22-DL-Y 22.00

M22-DL-B 22.00

Stay-put, press again to release. M22-DRL-W 44.50

M22-DRL-G 44.50

M22-DRL-R 44.50

M22-DRL-Y 44.50

M22-DRL-B 44.50

Extended design Spring-return M22-DLH-W 24.00

M22-DLH-G 24.00

M22-DLH-R 24.00

M22-DLH-Y 24.00

M22-DLH-B 24.00

Indicator lights, IP67

Flush M22-L-W 13.60

M22-L-G 13.60

M22-L-R 13.60

M22-L-Y 13.60

M22-L-B 13.60

Extended, conical M22-LH-W 16.00

M22-LH-G 16.00

M22-LH-R 16.00

M22-LH-Y 16.00

M22-LH-B 16.00


Co

ntr

ol

circ

uit

dev

ices

1/10

GST not includedGST not included

Illuminated selector switch actuators, key-operated actuatorsRMQ-Titan

Description Colour of thumb-grip


Illuminated selector switch actuators, IP66Thumb grip handle

2 positions

Spring-return – v 40° M22-WLK-W 49.10

– v 40° M22-WLK-G 49.10

– v 40° M22-WLK-R 49.10

– v 40° M22-WLK-Y 49.10

– v 40° M22-WLK-B 49.10

Stay-put – V 60° M22-WRLK-W 49.10

– V 60° M22-WRLK-G 49.10

– V 60° M22-WRLK-R 49.10

– V 60° M22-WRLK-Y 49.10

– V 60° M22-WRLK-B 49.10

3 positions

Spring-return 40° x 40° M22-WLK3-W 49.10

40° x 40° M22-WLK3-G 49.10

40° x 40° M22-WLK3-R 49.10

40° x 40° M22-WLK3-Y 49.10

40° x 40° M22-WLK3-B 49.10

Stay-put 60° X 60° M22-WRLK3-W 49.10

60° X 60° M22-WRLK3-G 49.10

60° X 60° M22-WRLK3-R 49.10

60° X 60° M22-WRLK3-Y 49.10

60° X 60° M22-WRLK3-B 49.10

Key-operated actuators, IP66, with 1 key

Two positions, 60° turn, stay-put

– V 60° M22-WRS 92.90

Three positions, 60° turn, stay-put

60° X 60° M22-WRS3 92.90

Key for MS1 individual lock mechanism

M22-ES-MS1 18.60

Function:

V = Stay-put

v = Spring-return

1/11

Co

ntr

ol

circ

uit

dev

ices



AccessoriesRMQ-Titan

Description Number of ways Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

Shrouds, IP55

Plastic, light grey 1 M22-H1 6.90

Plastic, light grey 2 M22-H2 13.70

Blanking plugs, IP66

Round style, for blanking off reserve locations

Grey – M22-B 8.10

Black – M22S-B 8.10

Actuator diaphragms, IP67

Transparent diaphragms for severe environmental conditions and use in the food industry. Do not use with legend plates since degree of protection is not guaranteed.

For use with M22(S)-D(R)-... pushbutton actuators, M22(S)-DL-..., M22(S)-DRL-..., illuminated pushbutton actuators, M22-D(C)-... flush indicator lights

– M22-T-D 9.60

For use with M22(S)-DD(L)-... double actuators – M22-T-DD 9.60

Telescopic clips

For adjusting depth of rear mounting devices in CI enclosures and panels with a mounting depth of 115 – 155 mm. Stepless adjustment, screw fixing and snap fitting (top hat rails to IEC/EN 60715). Maximum of 10 x M22-TC per enclosure, 5 of which can hold stay-put actuators. Do not use with Emergency-Stop actuators.

For 3 contacts/LED elements, base fixing, with centering adapter

– M22-TC 14.20

Extension for telescopic clip; for mounting depths up to 205 mm

– M22-TCV 5.70

Adapter rings

Set of adapter rings 30/22.3 mm, black, consists of adapter ring and lock nut.

For fitting 22.3 mm diameter buttons into 30.5 mm dia-meter holes

– M22S-R30 4.10

Threaded ring

M22 x 1.5 mm – M22-GR 2.40


Co

ntr

ol

circ

uit

dev

ices

1/12



Description Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

Combination box spanner

For threaded ring M22-MS 8.50

Top-hat rail adapter

IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail, for front fixing M22-IVS 13.70

Plunger bridge

For actuating the middle contact element of the M22-W...3 non-illuminated 3-position selector switch actuator

Middle contact of 3-position selector switch,non-illuminated, (1 off) black

M22-XW 2.30

Guard ring, IP66

To protect against accidental operation

For pushbutton and selector switch actuators M22-XGWK 20.20

Front ring: gold (24 carat)

Front ring not supplied individually:To order exclusively via Moeller Sales Offices as M22-Combination-* (customised complete units).

– M22-FR-AU 28.80

Set of coding adapters

For converting between stay-put, spring-return and key release function

M22-XC-R 1.00

For converting between stay-put and spring-return function

M22-XC-Y 1.00

IP65 external reset button

M22-DZ-B-GB14 23.60

1/13

Co

ntr

ol

circ

uit

dev

ices


GST not included


Front ring: titaniumCircuitsymbol

Resistance Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

R

kO

Potentiometers, IP663 individual screw terminals, Pmax = 0.5 WAccuracy of resistance value: g 10% (linear)

1 M22-R1K 118.004.7 M22-R4K7 118.0010 M22-R10K 118.0047 M22-R47K 118.00100 M22-R100K 118.00470 M22-R470K 118.00

Z1 Z2

Inscription Colour Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

Emergency-Stop labels, IP66

Lettering black, 30 X 50 mm Emergency-Stop M22-XZK-GB99 2.80

Blank M22-XZK 2.80

Diameter = 90 mm Emergency-Stop in 4 languages M22-XAK1 10.00

Legend holders without label, IP66

Round, black

For actuators, 30 x 50 mm M22S-ST-X 1.60

For double actuators, 30 x 75 mm M22S-STDD-X 1.60

Insert plate for legend holder Blank Aluminium M22-XST 1.60


Co

ntr

ol

circ

uit

dev

ices

1/14

GST not included

Surface mounting enclosures, flush mounting platesRMQ-Titan

Number of ways Colour Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

Qty.

Surface mounting enclosures

1 M22-I1 32.70

2 M22-I2 37.60

3 M22-I3 44.50

4 M22-I4 59.70

6 M22-I6 77.00

Description Number of ways

Qty.

Colour Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

Flush mounting plates

Legend plates cannot be used if pushbuttons are fitted in vertical column without apertures, if required.

Aluminium with yellow paint finish for Emergency-Stop buttons

1 M22-EY1 38.30

Aluminium, light anodized 1 M22-E1 35.60

2 M22-E2 54.50

3 M22-E3 65.30

4 M22-E4 87.30

5 M22-E5 100.40

6 M22-E6 130.40

1/15

Co

ntr

ol

circ

uit

dev

ices


GST not included

Selector switch actuators2, 3 and 4 positions

Front ring: titanium

Function: Button plate Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

Selector switch actuators, 2 positions, IP66

Rotary button – v 40° M22-W 24.00

– V 60° M22-WR 24.00

Thumb-grip – v 40° – M22-WK 24.00

– V 60° – M22-WRK 24.00

Thumb-grip, V position – Z 60° – M22-WKV 26.60


Rotary button 40° x 40° M22-W3 33.20

60° X 60° M22-WR3 33.20

Thumb-grip 40° x 40° – M22-WK3 28.00

60° X 60° – M22-WRK3 28.00


Labels a page 1/16Not suitable for coding adapters.

Rotary button 45° – M22-WR4 46.70

Thumb-grip 45° – M22-WRK4 46.70

V = Stay-put

v = Spring-return

Z = V position

010

20

30

4

010

20

30

4


Co

ntr

ol

circ

uit

dev

ices

1/16

GST not included

Four-way operators4 positions

Front ring: titanium

Inscription For use with Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

Joysticks, IP66

2 positions – – M22-WJ2H 103.30

– – M22-WJ2V 103.30

4 positions – – M22-WRJ4 103.30

– – M22-WJ4 103.30

Pushbuttons, 4-way, IP66

No inscription, actuator colour black – M22-D4-S 88.50

Inscription and actuator colour to order1)2) – M22-D4-*-* 88.50

Inscription with direction arrows, actuator colour: black

M22-D4-S-X7 88.50

Inscription with direction arrows, actuator colour: blackOpposing buttons mechanically interlocked

M22-DI4-S-X7 88.50

Inscription and actuator colour to order1)2) M22-DI4-*-* 88.50

Labels

Blank – Joystick4-way selector switch actuators

M22-XCK 11.30

Direction arrows – Joystick 4 positions M22-XCK1 11.30

Joystick 2 positions M22-XCK3 11.30

0-1-0-2-0-3-0-4 – 4-way selector switch actuators

M22-XCK2 11.30

Inscription to order2) – Joystick4-way selector switch actuators

M22-XCK-* 17.70

Notes

Function:

V = Stay-put

v = Spring-return

Example: M22-D4-*-*

2) Inscription or graphics based on a Word-, DXF- or Label-Editor file supplied by the customer

1) B = Blue

G = Green

R = Red

S = Black

W = White

Y = Yellow

State colours clockwise, starting with 12:00 o'clock, example

B

S

G

W

1/17

Co

ntr

ol

circ

uit

dev

ices


GST not included

Fingerprint recognition systemRMQ-Titan

Scan, recognise, enable – ESA-M22 fingerprint recognition system

The complete sensor unit M22(S)-ESA consists of two components: • The front piece M22(S)-ESA1 is the finger guide and contains the sensor

necessary for the finger identification. This is in the middle of the finger guide.

• The evaluation electronics M22-ESA-R for the finger identification.

Furthermore the fingerprint recognition system offers the following com-ponents:• Multi-function display• Power supply unit/communication module• Connection cables• Switched mode power supply unit

Features and benefits

• Degree of protection IP65• A maximum of 100 fingerprints can be memorized.• Three degrees of access rights via relay changeover times from 1 – 10 s.• Rapid wiring with springloaded terminals


Finger print recognition system for electronic locks

Dimensions a page 1/22

Sensor complete1)

Frame: titanium M22-ESA 1,747.50

Sensor1)

Frame: titanium M22-ESA-1 745.80

CPU/PS

Rated operational voltage 24 V DCRated operational current 200 mAThermal line sensor for fingerprint recognitionMax. 100 memory locationsContact output 1 changeover contactWhen recognition is positive, the changeover contact switches as a pulse contact between 1 – 10 s depending on settingMax. 3 authorisation levels can be set via pulse inputsCommissioning with MFD-80-B and MFD-CP4-800

M22-ESA-R 1,001.70

Note 1) Emulation software for commissioning, instead of MFD-80-B and MFD-...CP4-800, for PC (WIN 2000 SP 4, WIN XP) For free download visit http://www.moeller.netEASY800-PC-CAB connection cable required for connection to 9-pole interface

For the following products see chapter 3:• Multi-function display• Power supply unit/communication module• Connection cables• Switched mode power supply unit


Co

ntr

ol

circ

uit

dev

ices

1/18 System overviewSL signal towers

Gasket

Gasket

Caps with grooved lenses for enhanced light distribution

Gasket

Gasket

Gasket

Continuouslight module

Top cover

Flashinglight module

Strobelight module

Acoustic indicator module

Base module

Stand with 100 mm spacer

250 mm spacer option

90 metal fixing bracket

1/19

Co

ntr

ol

circ

uit

dev

ices


GST not included

Signal tower modules

Mounted on top of a machine or control panel SL signal towers provide operating staff, working near or at a distance, with information about a machine's operation, stoppage, interruption in material flow or, for example, fault alarms. Consequently any problems or faults can be indicated and resolved quickly.

The user has the choice of four types of indicator: continuous, flashing, or strobe light and/or an audible alarm. Choose between filament bulbs, or LEDs for more critical applications – specially shaped lenses ensure excellent visibility from all directions.

Features and benefits• Individual modules can be combined as required, enabling users to

assemble their own combinations. • Modules are freely programmable by simply setting jumpers on the

module board. • Fitting modules together is quick and easy with no tools required –

simply plug on the bayonet fitting and turn slightly.• Rated as standard to IP54, with an IP65 option for use in harsher

environments.


Base module, IP54

With screw terminals and top cover SL-B 87.20

Continuous light modules, IP54

Without filament lamp/LED SL-L-B 61.40

SL-L-G 61.40

SL-L-R 61.40

SL-L-W 61.40

SL-L-Y 61.40


Co

ntr

ol

circ

uit

dev

ices

1/20

GST not included

Signal tower modules


Flashing light modules, IP54

24 V AC/DCWithout filament lamp/LED

SL-BL24-B 234.00

SL-BL24-G 234.00

SL-BL24-R 234.00

SL-BL24-W 234.00

SL-BL24-Y 234.00

110 – 130 V ACWithout filament lamp/LED

SL-BL130-B 234.00

SL-BL130-G 234.00

SL-BL130-R 234.00

SL-BL130-W 234.00

SL-BL130-Y 234.00

240 V ACWithout filament lamp/LED

SL-BL230-B 234.00

SL-BL230-G 234.00

SL-BL230-R 234.00

SL-BL230-W 234.00

SL-BL230-Y 234.00

Strobe light modules, IP54

24 V AC/DCWith flash tube

SL-FL24-R 330.10

SL-FL24-W 330.10

SL-FL24-Y 330.10

110 – 130 V ACWith flash tube

SL-FL130-R 292.40

SL-FL130-W 292.40

SL-FL130-Y 292.40

240 V ACWith flash tube

SL-FL230-R 292.40

SL-FL230-W 292.40

SL-FL230-Y 292.40

Acoustic indicator modules, IP20

Continuous tone

12 – 36 V AC/DC SL-A24 249.80

110 – 240 V AC/DC SL-A110-230 196.30

Pulsed tone

12 – 36 V AC/DC SL-AP24 172.60

110 – 240 V AC/DC SL-AP110-230 196.30

1/21

Co

ntr

ol

circ

uit

dev

ices


GST not included

Signal towersAccessories


Accessories

Stand with spacer 100 mm SL-F100 77.70

250 mm SL-F250 84.30

Fixing brackets 90°, metal SL-FW 35.40

Filament lamps, BA 15d, 5 – 7 W 24 V DC SL-L24 6.30

110 – 130 V AC SL-L130 6.30

240 V AC SL-L230 6.30

Multiple LED, BA 15d 18 – 30 V AC/DC SL-LED-B 229.30

SL-LED-G 229.30

SL-LED-R 229.30

SL-LED-W 229.30

SL-LED-Y 229.30

Set of gaskets For increasing the degree of protection to IP65(not for the acoustic indicator),4 gaskets for use with 3 modules

SL-IP65 39.00


Co

ntr

ol

Cir

cuit

Dev

ices

1/22 Fingerprint recognition systemDimensions

M22(S)-ESA-1

M22-ESA-R

M22-ESA-1 + M22-EAS-R

30

49.5

65.3

37.2

o 2

9.5

o 2

2

75

58

75.9

58

36.2

33.3715.5

35.6

2/1

Po

siti

on s

wit

ches

, p

roxi

mit

y sw

itch

es,

pre

ssure

sw

itch

es, fl

oat

sw

itch

es


Content

Page

System overview 2/2

LS-Titan position switches 2/2

LS-Titan position switches 2/3

Basic units 2/3

Operating heads 2/4

AT4 position switches 2/5

Complete units 2/5

Complete units, components 2/6

MCS... pressure switches 2/8

With main contacts, R m“ pressure pipe flange 2/8

With auxiliary contacts, R k“ pressure pipe flange 2/9

Float switch, accessories 2/10

Engineering 2/11

LS-Titan position switches, cross reference 2/11

LS-Titan position switches, individual operating point adjustment

2/12

LS-Titan position switches, circuit examples 2/12


Po

siti

on s

wit

ches

, p

roxi

mit

y sw

itch

es,

pre

ssure

sw

itch

es, fl

oat

sw

itch

es2/2 System overview

LS-Titan position switches

LS, LSM

New LS safety limit switches now available – please enquire.• Positions reliably registered• Screw terminals• Metal or insulated• Positively opening contacts• Simple mounting of the various operating heads

Basic unit

Roller leverAngled roller lever

Rotary leverRoller plunger

RMQ-Titan front elements

Adjustableroller lever

Actuating rod

Spring-rod

Fixing adaptor for RMQ-Titan control circuit devices

2/3

Po

siti

on s

wit

ches

, p

roxi

mit

y sw

itch

es,

pre

ssure

sw

itch

es, fl

oat

sw

itch

es


GST not included

LS-Titan position switchesBasic units

Moeller’s LS-Titan position switches are quick and easy to install, highly flexible and safe. Rated to IP66, the LS-Titan range is available in two versions: For normal operating conditions in corrosive environments, or in the food industry, the LS versions have a totally insulated housing, whereas the LSM versions in their robust metal enclosures are suited to mechanically harsher environments.

All devices are actuated mechanically and, with their positively opening and interlocked opposing contacts, are suitable for use in safety circuits. A unique feature is the ability to combine LS-Titan with pushbutton actua-tors, selector switches or Emergency-Stop buttons from the RMQ-Titan range. These can simply be snapped on to act as the operating head of the position switch.

The LSE (limit switch electronic) has a freely programmable operating point that can be easily set. Just move the plunger from the original position to the new switching position and press the teach-in button with a screw-driver for 1 second. Once the LED flashes at a higher rate, the new position is accepted and is usable. The switching point is freely adjustable within a range of 0.5 to 5.5 mm.

Features and benefits• Conform to EN 50047, so ensuring interchangeability• Modular range of basic units and operating heads are quickly and easily

installed with a bayonet catch, offering flexibility of application.• Maintenance free and vibration resistant cage clamp terminals

Description Contacts Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 0

Insulated, enclosed units, IP66, rounded plunger

Basic units

Standard action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C LS-11 58.60

Make-before-break contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C LS-11D 58.60

Snap-action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C LS-11S 58.60

Standard action contacts 2 N/O LS-20 58.60

Standard action contacts 2 N/C LS-02 58.60

Basic units with electronically adjustable operating point

Indicator light to show status(optical status display safety category 3, EN 954-1)Adjustment a page 2/12

1 N/O, 1 N/C LSE-11 117.00

2 N/C LSE-02 117.00

Metal, enclosed units, IP66, rounded plunger

Basic units

Standard action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C LSM-11 73.20

Make-before-break contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C LSM-11D 73.20

Snap-action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C LSM-11S 73.20

Standard action contacts 2 N/O LSM-20 73.20

Standard action contacts 2 N/C LSM-02 73.20

Accessories

Fixing adapter For operation by RMQ-Titan actuators

M22-LS 4.90


Po

siti

on s

wit

ches

, p

roxi

mit

y sw

itch

es,

pre

ssure

sw

itch

es, fl

oat

sw

itch

es2/4

GST not included

LS-Titan position switchesOperating heads

Description Insulated version Metal version

Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 0


Operating heads

The operating heads can be rotated in 90° stages to match the specified direction of operation.

Roller plunger

– LS-XP 17.00 LSM-XP 17.00

Roller lever

– LS-XL 19.60 LSM-XL 19.60

Angled roller lever

– LS-XLA 23.50 LSM-XLA 23.50

Rotary lever

– LS-XRL 41.80 LSM-XRL 41.80

Adjustable roller lever

D = 18 mm LS-XRLA 41.80 LSM-XRLA 41.80

D = 30 mm LS-XRLA30 42.20 – –

D = 40 mm LS-XRLA40 42.20 – –

D = 40 mm (rubber) LS-XRLA40R 42.20 – –

Actuating rod

Plastic rod LS-XRR 41.80 LSM-XRR 41.80

Metal rod LS-XRRM 49.70 LSM-XRRM 49.70

Spring-rodNot to be used as a safety position switchUse only in conjunction with snap-action contact.

– LS-XS 45.70 LSM-XS 45.70

2/5

Po

siti

on s

wit

ches

, p

roxi

mit

y sw

itch

es,

pre

ssure

sw

itch

es, fl

oat

sw

itch

es


GST not included

AT4 position switchesComplete units


Complete units IP65

Plunger

Snap-action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C AT4/11-S/I/S 124.90

Roller head

Standard action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C AT4/11-1/I/AR 148.40

Rotary lever

Standard action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C AT4/11-1/I/R316 169.20

Make-before-break contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C AT4/11-2/I/R316 191.00

Snap-action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C AT4/11-S/I/R316 175.70


Standard action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C AT4/11-1/I/V 207.00

Actuating rodNot to be used as a safety position switch

Snap-action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C AT4/11-S/I/H 218.60


Po

siti

on s

wit

ches

, p

roxi

mit

y sw

itch

es,

pre

ssure

sw

itch

es, fl

oat

sw

itch

es2/6

GST not included

AT4 position switchesComplete units, components


Complete units IP65

Spring-rodNot to be used as a safety position switch

Snap-action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C AT4/11-S/I/F 201.70

Insulated enclosure, IP65

Narrow enclosure to EN 50041For housing of switch mechanisms ATB11-...

– – I-AT4 29.40

Switch mechanisms

For fitting in I-AT4 insulated housings

Standard action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C ATB11-1 46.20

Standard action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C ATB11-2 46.80

Snap-action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C ATB11-S 52.80

Operating heads

For combination with I-AT4 insulated housingsThe operating heads can be rotated in 90° stages to match the specified direction of operation.

Actuating roller head

For combination with I-AT4 insulated housings

– – AR-AT4 73.00

Rotary drive head

For H... fixing sundries, directional contacting

– – R-AT4 69.70

2/7

Po

siti

on s

wit

ches

, p

roxi

mit

y sw

itch

es,

pre

ssure

sw

itch

es, fl

oat

sw

itch

es


GST not included

AT4 position switchesComponents

For use with Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 0

ActuatorsFor adding R-AT4 rotary drive


– HV 67.10

Actuating rod

With adjustable aluminium rod

Not to be used as a safety position switch – HH-A 67.10

With plastic rod

Not to be used as a safety position switch, admissible only as a snap-action contact

– HH-K 67.10

M20 metric cable gland according to EN 50262

• With lock nut and built-in strain relief• IP68 up to 5 bar, halogen free• External cable diameter 6 – 13 mm

H05VV-F 4 x 2.5/3 x 4 mmB NYM 5 x 1.5/5 x 2.5 mmB Cables with external diameter 6 – 13 mm

V-M20 3.40


Po

siti

on s

wit

ches

, p

roxi

mit

y sw

itch

es,

pre

ssure

sw

itch

es, fl

oat

sw

itch

es2/8

GST not included

MCSN pressure switchesWith main contacts, R m“ pressure pipe flange

Variable switching differential

Preferred setting range

Max. operating pressure

Make and break pressure: separately infinitely adjustable.Pressures can be set to any point within the area of the pressure diagram for the appropriate switch.


From To

bar bar bar

MCSN pressure switches, IP65, 3-pole

0.9 4 7

Min. switching differential: 0.6 barExample:Cut-out pressure 3.3 barCut-in pressure 2.2 bar

MCSN4 227.80

2 10 15


MCSN11 275.90

5 15 25


MCSN16 317.80

8 22 25


MCSN22 343.50

0

0.9

0

3.8

0,3

1

2

3

4

1 2 3 4

2.7

1

P

2 4

3 5

6

4.5

4.5

Cut

-in

pres

sure

bar

Cut-out pressurebar

0

1.9

011

9.4

0,5

6.0

5.1

2 4 6 8 10

2

4

6

8

10

111

P

2 4

3 5

6

Cut

-in

pres

sure

bar

Cut-out pressure

bar

16

13.1

8.0

00.7

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

3.1 7.5

161

P

2 4

3 5

6

Cut

-in

pres

sure

bar

Cut-out pressure

bar

22

18.5

00.9

0

11.0

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 18 20

20

2

4

68

10

12

14

16

18

16

3.9 9.1

22 1

P

2 4

3 5

6

Cut

-in

pres

sure

bar

Cut-out pressure

bar

2/9

Po

siti

on s

wit

ches

, p

roxi

mit

y sw

itch

es,

pre

ssure

sw

itch

es, fl

oat

sw

itch

es


GST not included

MCS pressure switchesWith auxiliary contacts, R k“ pressure pipe flange

Variable switching differential

Contacts Preferred setting range

Max. operating pressure

Make and break pressure: separately infinitely adjustable.Pressures can be set to any point within the area of the pressure diagram for the appropriate switch.


From To

Quantity bar bar bar

MCS pressure switches, IP65

1 changeover contact 0.3 4 7


MCS4 261.50

1 changeover contact 2 10 15


MCS11 261.50

1 changeover contact 8 22 25


MCS22 290.20

Wall fixing bracket

For MCS and MCSN

Wall mounting bracket can be rotated to right or left in 90° stages

W-MCS 9.20

4

3

2

1

0.10

0

4.2

2.5

4.54321

1.8

1

P

2 4

0.3

4.5

Cut

-in

pres

sure

bar

Cut-out pressurebar

0

0.5

10.4

6.0

112 4 6 8 10

0.20

2

4

6

8

10

11 1

P2 4

Cut

-in

pres

sure

bar

Cut-out pressurebar

0

1.1

0.40

9.1

21.0

11.0

2

4

68

10

12

14

16

18

20

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

22

22

1

P

2 4

Cut

-in

pres

sure

bar

Cut-out pressurebar


Po

siti

on s

wit

ches

, p

roxi

mit

y sw

itch

es,

pre

ssure

sw

itch

es, fl

oat

sw

itch

es2/10

GST not included

Float switches, accessories

Description Part no. Price ($)

Productgroup 0

Float switch, IP65

Standard features• Lever can be transposed to reverse contact operation• One insulated earth terminal e, one insulated N terminal• Shroud: impact-resistant, grey• Two cable entry knockouts for M20, without cable gland• IP65 in conjunction with V-M20 cable gland• Bracket for wall fixing• Mounting position as required

SW 247.30

Moulded float

To be filled with sand or liquid SK-SW 45.70

Cable operation

Set of accessories, without float for cable operation, consists of:• 1 cable eye bolt• 2 guide pulleys• 4 cable clamps incl. screws• 10 m steel cable (plastic sheathed)• 1 counterweight

SBO-SW 65.20

Rod operation

Set of accessories, without float for rod operation, consists of:• 1 bracket• 3 clamp rings• 1 operating rod (plastic 1.20 m)• 2 hexagonal nuts (plastic)

STO-SW 65.20

Metric cable gland, M20 to EN 50 262

With lock nut and built-in strain reliefIP68 up to 5 bar, halogen-freeExternal diameter of cable 6 – 13 mm

V-M20 3.40

2/11

Po

siti

on s

wit

ches

, p

roxi

mit

y sw

itch

es,

pre

ssure

sw

itch

es, fl

oat

sw

itch

es


EngineeringLS-Titan position switches, cross reference

Cross reference for new LS system New LS system Established system

Insulated version Metal version

Basic units

Limit switch basic unit LS-11… LSM-11… AT0-11…

Operating heads

Roller plunger LS-XP LSM-XP RS-AT0

Roller lever LS-XL LSM-XL AR-AT0

Angled roller lever LS-XLA LSM-XLA WR-AT0

Rotary lever LS-XRL LSM-XRL R-AT0

Adjustable roller lever LS-XRLA (D = 18 mm) LSM-XRLA (D = 18 mm) V-AT0

LS-XRLA30 (D = 30 mm)

LS-XRLA40 (D = 40 mm)

LS-XRLA40R (D = 18 mm, rubber)

Actuating rod H-AT0

Insulated rod LS-XRR LSM-XRR

Metal rod LS-XRRM LSM-XRRM

Spring rod LS-XS LSM-XS F-AT0

Fixing adaptor M22-LS M22-LS –

Roller plunger – – ZRS-AT0

Plunger – – ZS-AT0


Po

siti

on s

wit

ches

, p

roxi

mit

y sw

itch

es,

pre

ssure

sw

itch

es, fl

oat

sw

itch

es2/12 Engineering

LS-Titan position switches

Individual operating point adjustment

Circuit examples

LSE-11 and LSE-02 can be used in safety-oriented circuits.

Parallel circuit

Series circuit

S1 is connected to 24 V DCS2, S3, S4 each switch with a delay of 0.7 s

SetLED 1 s

Set

fix

adjust

fmax F 2 N

LSE-11

+ 24 V

0 V

M22-XLED-T

LSE-11 LS-..

S3S2S1

K1

M22-XLED-T

Q1

Q2

0V

+Ue

Q1

Q2

0V

+Ue

+ 24 V

0 V

LS-..

K1

S5

LSE-11

S1

Q1

Q2

0V

+Ue

LSE-11

S2

Q1

Q2

0V

+Ue

LSE-11

S3

Q1

Q2

0V

+Ue

LSE-11

S4

Q1

Q2

0V

+Ue

3/1

Co

ntr

ol re

lays

, d

isp

lays

Co

mp

act

and

mo

dula

r PLC


Contents

easy relay

Page

System overview 3/2

easy relays 3/2

Base units easy 500, easy 700, easy 800 3/4

easy relays 3/7

Accessories 3/7

PLC, compact and modular

PS4 compact PLC 3/9

Accessories for PS4 3/10

EM4 remote expansion modules 3/11

LE4 local expansion modules 3/12

Accessories 3/12

For PS4, EM4, LE4 3/12

PS416 modular PLC 3/14

Programming software 3/16

For PS4, PS416 3/16

MFD-Titan

Page

System overview 3/2

MFD-Titan multi-function display 3/2

MFD-Titan display/keypad, CPU 3/5

I/O modules 3/5

Expansions, bus modules, Ethernet gateway 3/6

MFD-Titan multi-function display 3/7

Accessories 3/7


3/2C

ontr

ol re

lays

, d

isp

lays

Co

mp

act

and

mo

dula

r PLC

System overvieweasy relays, MFD-Titan multi-function display

ESC

DEL

OK

ALT

ESC

POW

BUS

POWER

COM-ERR

ADR

ERRMS

NS

22

13

56

6

4

4 5

7 8 9

8

10 11 12 13

3/3


Co

ntr

ol re

lays

, d

isp

lays

Co

mp

act

and

mo

dula

r PLC

System overvieweasy relays, MFD-Titan multi-function display

Separately mounted display

MFD(-AC)-CP4-500 1

24 V DC 100/240 V AC

Serial interface

Cage clamp terminals

Programming port connection to easy500/easy700 as display repeater with MFD-80-… (ASCII characters)

With integral extension cable (5 m, can be cut to length)

MFD(-AC)-CP4-800 3

24 V DC 100/240 V AC

Serial interface

Cage clamp terminals

Terminal connection to easy800/MFD-…-CP8-… as display extension with MFD-80… (ASCII characters)

With integral extension cable (5 m, can be cut to length)

Ethernet gateway

EASY209-SE 2

24 V DC

Serial interface

Protocols: ARP, Auto-IP, DHCP, HTTP, ICMP, SNMP, TCP, Telnet, TFTP, UDP

Base units

easy500 4 easy700 5 easy 800 6

Stand alone Expandable: Inputs/outputs and bus systems

Expandable: Inputs/outputs and bus systemseasy-NET on board

DA: 12 V DCDC: 24 V DC AB: 24 V AC AC: 100/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

DA: 12 V DCDC: 24 V DC AB: 24 V AC AC: 100/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

DC: 24 V DCAC: 100/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

8 digital inputs 12 digital inputs 12 digital inputs

2 usable as analog inputs (all AB, DA or DC versions)

4 usable as analog inputs(all AB, DA and DC versions)

4 usable as analog inputs(all DC versions)

4 relay outputs (max. 10 A) or 6 relay outputs (max. 10 A) or 6 relay outputs (max. 10 A) or

4 transistor outputs 8 transistor outputs 8 transistor outputs

1 analog output(optional on DC versions)

LCD display, X versions without LCD LCD display, X versions without LCD LCD display, X versions without LCD

Bolt-on and top-hat rail mounting Bolt-on and top-hat rail mounting Bolt-on and top-hat rail mounting

Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals

Output expansion

EASY202-RE 7

2 relay outputs (max. 10 A)

Bolt-on and top-hat rail mounting

Screw terminals

Input/output expansion

EASY6… 8

24 V DC100/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

12 digital inputs

6 relay outputs (max. 10 A) or

8 transistor outputs

Bolt-on and top-hat rail mounting

Screw terminals

Coupling unit

EASY200-EASY 9

For remote connection of an easy6... I/O expansion via 2-pole connection cable (max. 30 m) e.g. NYM 3 x 1.5 mm²

Bus modules

EASY204-DP 10

PROFIBUS DP connection as slave

EASY205-ASI 11

AS-Interface connection as slave

EASY221-CO 12

CANopen interface

EASY222-DN 13

DeviceNet interface


Co

ntr

ol re

lays

, d

isp

lays

Co

mp

act

and

mo

dula

r PLC

3/4

GST not included

Base units easy 500, easy 700, easy 800

Inputs Outputs Additional features Supply voltage Part no. Price ($)Product group 2

Digital of which can be used as analog

Relay 10 A (UL)

Transistor Analog Display & keypad

Real time clock

easy500

8 2 4 – – ✔ ✔ 24 V AC EASY512-AB-RC 312.70

8 2 4 – – – ✔ 24 V AC EASY512-AB-RCX 259.60

8 – 4 – – ✔ – 100/240 V AC EASY512-AC-R 312.70

8 – 4 – – ✔ ✔ 100/240 V AC EASY512-AC-RC 336.30

8 – 4 – – – ✔ 100/240 V AC EASY512-AC-RCX 259.60

8 2 4 – – ✔ ✔ 12 V DC EASY512-DA-RC 359.90

8 2 4 – – – ✔ 12 V DC EASY512-DA-RCX 289.10

8 2 4 – – ✔ – 24 V DC EASY512-DC-R 336.30

8 2 4 – – ✔ ✔ 24 V DC EASY512-DC-RC 359.90

8 2 4 – – – ✔ 24 V DC EASY512-DC-RCX 289.10

8 2 – 4 – ✔ ✔ 24 V DC EASY512-DC-TC 324.50

8 2 – 4 – – ✔ 24 V DC EASY512-DC-TCX 289.10

easy700

Expandable: Inputs/outputs and bus systems

12 4 6 – – ✔ ✔ 24 V AC EASY719-AB-RC 501.50

12 4 6 – – – ✔ 24 V AC EASY719-AB-RCX 472.00

12 – 6 – – ✔ ✔ 100/240 V AC EASY719-AC-RC 501.50

12 – 6 – – – ✔ 100/240 V AC EASY719-AC-RCX 472.00

12 4 6 – – ✔ ✔ 12 V DC EASY719-DA-RC 525.00

12 4 6 – – – ✔ 12 V DC EASY719-DA-RCX 501.50

12 4 6 – – ✔ ✔ 24 V DC EASY719-DC-RC 525.00

12 4 6 – – – ✔ 24 V DC EASY719-DC-RCX 501.50

12 4 – 8 – ✔ ✔ 24 V DC EASY721-DC-TC 525.00

12 4 – 8 – – ✔ 24 V DC EASY721-DC-TCX 501.50

easy800

Expandable: Inputs/outputs and bus systems

easy-NET on board

12 – 6 – – ✔ ✔ 100/240 V AC EASY819-AC-RC 870.80

12 – 6 – – – ✔ 100/240 V AC EASY819-AC-RCX 759.80

12 4 6 – – ✔ ✔ 24 V DC EASY819-DC-RC 870.80

12 4 6 – – – ✔ 24 V DC EASY819-DC-RCX 759.80

12 4 6 – 1 ✔ ✔ 24 V DC EASY820-DC-RC 972.90

12 4 6 – 1 – ✔ 24 V DC EASY820-DC-RCX 862.00

12 4 – 8 – ✔ ✔ 24 V DC EASY821-DC-TC 870.80

12 4 – 8 – – ✔ 24 V DC EASY821-DC-TCX 759.80

12 4 – 8 1 ✔ ✔ 24 V DC EASY822-DC-TC 972.90

12 4 – 8 1 – ✔ 24 V DC EASY822-DC-TCX 862.00

3/5

Co

ntr

ol re

lays

, d

isp

lays

Co

mp

act

and

mo

dula

r PLC


GST not included

MFD-Titan display/keypad, CPU, I/O modules


Display/operating unit

Graphics display: 132 x 64 pixels with switchable backlightFreely definable status LEDIP65, removable front titanium front frame

With keypad and Moeller logotypeNEMA 4x in connection with MFD-XM-80 protective membrane a Accessories

MFD-80-B 281.10

With keypad, without Moeller logotypeNEMA 4x in connection with MFD-XM-80 protective membrane a Accessories

MFD-80-B-X 281.10

Without keypad, with Moeller logotypeNEMA 4x

MFD-80 274.80

Without keypad, without Moeller logotypeNEMA 4x

MFD-80-X 274.80

Power supply unit/CPU module

Expandable with MFD-80-.. and I/O module, easy expansions can be connectedSerial interfaceIP20, cage clamp terminals

100/240 V AC Without easy-NET MFD-AC-CP8-ME 738.70

100/240 V AC With easy-NET MFD-AC-CP8-NT 845.50

24 V DC Without easy-NET MFD-CP8-ME 659.30

24 V DC With easy-NET MFD-CP8-NT 805.40

Inputs Outputs Range oftemperature


Digital of which can be used as analog

Pt 100/Ni 1000

Relay 10 A (UL)

Transistor Analog

I/O modules

IP20, cage clamp terminals24 V DC for MFD-CP8..

12 4 – 4 – – – MFD-R16 271.70

12 4 – – 4 – – MFD-T16 277.90

12 4 – 4 – 1 – MFD-RA17 358.10

12 4 – – 4 1 – MFD-TA17 363.00

100/240 V AC for MFD-AC-CP8…

12 – – 4 – – – MFD-AC-R16 280.10

I/O modules with temperature measuring

IP20, cage clamp terminals24 V DC for MFD-CP8… (from device version 08), temperature range can be set.

6 2 2 – 4 – -40…+90 °C0…+250 °C0…+400 °C

MFD-TP12-PT-A 529.60

6 2 2 – 4 – -200…+200 °C0…+850 °C

MFD-TP12-PT-B 529.60

6 2 2 – 4 – -40…+90 °C0…+250 °C

MFD-TP12-NI-A 529.60

6 2 2 – 4 1 -40…+90 °C0…+250 °C0…+400 °C

MFD-TAP13-PT-A 609.40

6 2 2 – 4 1 -200…+200 °C0…+850 °C

MFD-TAP13-PT-B 609.40

6 2 2 – 4 1 -40…+90 °C0…+250 °C

MFD-TAP13-NI-A 609.40


Co

ntr

ol re

lays

, d

isp

lays

Co

mp

act

and

mo

dula

r PLC

3/6

GST not included

Expansions, bus modules, Ethernet gateway

Description Inputs Outputs Supply voltage

For use with


Digital Relay 10 A (UL)

Tran-sistor

I/O expansions

– 12 6 – 100/240 V AC

easy700easy800MFD-CP8..

EASY618-AC-RE 318.60

– 12 6 – 24 V DC EASY618-DC-RE 318.60

– 12 – 8 24 V DC EASY620-DC-TE 342.20

Not usable in combination with base units EASY719-DA-...

– 2 – – EASY202-RE 192.40

Coupling unit

For the connection of remote I/O modules up to 30 m.

– – – – easy700easy800MFD-CP8..

EASY200-EASY 100.30

Expansion units for networking

AS-Interface connectionSlave4 inputs, 4 outputs, 4 parameter bitsAddresses available:0 to 31

– – – – easy700easy800MFD-CP8..

EASY205-ASI 237.10

PROFIBUS DP slaveAddresses available: 1 to 126

– – – – EASY204-DP 427.20

CANopen interfaceAddresses available: 1 to 127

– – – – EASY221-CO 717.90

DeviceNet interfaceAddresses available: 0 to 63

– – – – EASY222-DN 712.70

Ethernet gateway

Serial interface easy to Ethernet

– – – – easy500easy700easy800MFD-CP8..

EASY209-SE 742.10

Power supply unit/communication modules

24 V DC – – – – easy500easy700

MFD-CP4-500 249.701)

24 V DC – – – – easy800MFD-CP8..

MFD-CP4-800 241.501)

100/240 V AC – – – – easy500easy700

MFD-AC-CP4-500 303.701)

100/240 V AC – – – – easy800MFD-CP8..

MFD-AC-CP4-800 266.501)

Notes 1) Product group 3

3/7

Co

ntr

ol re

lays

, d

isp

lays

Co

mp

act

and

mo

dula

r PLC


GST not included

easy relays, MFD-Titan multi-function displayAccessories

Description For use with Part no. Price ($)Product group 2

Programming software

Menu selection in 13 languagesOperating systems: Windows 2000 SP4, Windows XP SP1

easy400/500/600/700 EASY-SOFT-BASIC 62.00

Menu selection in 13 languagesOperating systems: Windows 2000 SP4, Windows XP SP1

easy400/500/600/700/800/MFD-..-CP8

EASY-SOFT-PRO 454.30

Programming cable

SUB-D 9-pole, serial, 2 m easy500easy700

EASY-PC-CAB 118.00

SUB-D 9-pole, serial, 2 m easy800MFD-..-CP8

EASY800-PC-CAB 222.20

Memory cards

32 kB module easy500easy700

EASY-M-32K 72.40

256 kB module easy800MFD-..-CP8

EASY-M-256K 89.00

Coupling piece

Spare link between base unit and expansion units easy700/800/MFD-..-CP8

EASY-LINK-DS 20.20

Network connection cable (remote coupling)

Completely prepared for easy-NET

Length: 0.3 m easy800MFD-..-CP8-NT

EASY-NT-30 111.10

Length: 0.8 m EASY-NT-80 113.40

Length: 1.5 m EASY-NT-150 111.10

Point-to-point connection cable

Serial interface for connecting MFD-..-CP8 to easy800 or MFD-..-CP8, can be configured as required with separate plug, 5 m can be cut as required

easy800MFD-..-CP8

MFD-800-CAB5 224.701)

Adapter for the connection between easy800 and MI4

Connection of MI4 operator panel to easy800 or MFD-..-CP8 in conjunction with programming cable EASY800-PC-CAB

easy800MFD-..-CP8EASY800-PC-CAB

ZB4-03B-AD1 132.601)

Reserve power supply/communications module

For MFD-80… separately mounted display (only ASCII characters) on easy500/700/800/MFD-…-CP8, without connection cable, serial interface.

24 V DC, IP20 MFD-80.. MFD-CP4 185.601)

100/240 V AC, IP20 MFD-80.. MFD-AC-CP4 205.801)

Spare connection cables

For the connection of MFD-CP4-500 to easy500/easy700,5 m, can be cut to length

easy500easy700

MFD-CP4-500-CAB5 113.101)

For the connection of MFD-CP4-800 to easy800/MFD-…-CP8, 5 m, can be cut to length

easy800MFD-..-CP8

MFD-CP4-800-CAB5 113.101)



Co

ntr

ol re

lays

, d

isp

lays

Co

mp

act

and

mo

dula

r PLC

3/8

GST not included

easy relays, MFD-Titan multi-function displayAccessories


Switched-mode power supply unit

Primary-switched mode, stabilized

Rated input voltage: 50/60 HZ: 100/240 V ACRated output voltage (residual ripple): 24 V DC (g 3 %)Rated output current: 1.25 A

easy500easy700easy800MFD-CP8

EASY400-POW 135.70

Rated input voltage: 50/60 Hz: 100/240 VRated output voltage: 24 V/12 V DCRated output current: 0.35 A/20 mA

easy500easy700easy800MFD-CP8

EASY200-POW 86.10

Upstream device

To increase the AC input current

6 channels, cable length up to 100 m AC versions of easy/MFD EASY256-HCI 152.40

Mounting accessories

Top-hat rail adapter for hinged inspection window

12 mm x 66 mm x 82 mmInstallation on hinged inspection window, for front fitting of devices.Complete set, consisting of 2 brackets and 4 screws

easy200easy500easy700easy800MFD-CP8

SKF-HA 20.10

Hinged inspection window

94 mm x 77 mm x 25 mm (4 space units) easy500 SKF-FF4 51.10

130 mm x 77 mm x 25 mm (6 space units) easy700easy800

SKF-FF6 60.00

Mounting rail to IEC/EN 60715

Mounting rail with cutout specifically for MFD-AC-CP8.../MFD-CP8... for fixing easy expansion units (2 space units)Length: 142.5 mm

easy200 MFD-TS-144 17.001)

Protective cover

TransparentProtection against accidental actuationCan be sealedApplication without front frame

MFD-80.. MFD-XS-80 63.801)

Protective membrane

Transparent version for harsh environmental conditions and application in the food industryIncreased protection rating to NEMA 4x for MFD-80-B

MFD-80.. MFD-XM-80 63.801)

Front frame

Gold frame for MFD-80… – MFD-FR-80-AU 64.201)


3/9


Co

ntr

ol re

lays

, d

isp

lays

Co

mp

act

and

mo

dula

r PLC

PS4 compact PLC

PS4-150 series, PS4-200 series

• Stand-alone compact controller for medium complexity machines/systems, withcontrol and monitoring functions.

• Networking via Suconet K and RS 232 interface for connection to the programmeror connection of bar code readers, printers, etc. to the RS 485 or RS 232 interface.

• Expansion using EM4 external modules and LE4 local expanders up to a maximumof 1006 I/O.

• Controller can be used as an active or passive slave.• Each unit is fitted with two trim pots for external adjustment of internal values i.e.

timers, counters.• Programming is in bit, byte or word format.• Memory type and capacity can be varied by the use of plug in memory modules.• A real time clock/calendar with unlimited alarm set points is standard.• Fixed point arithmetic, 23 pre-programmed system modules and internal diagnos-

tics with interrupt alarm input are standard.• Termination is via withdrawable screw terminals.• Mounting is either via DIN rail or fixing brackets.• One hi-speed counter input, 3 kHz is standard.• External modules possible (EM4).• Memory capacity: 64 kB.• S40 programming software, windows based, compliance to IEC 1131-3 program-

ming standard.

PS4-300 series

• Supports IEC-1131 data types bit, byte, word, double word, integer, real, string,date, time as well as multi-dimensional arrays, structures and user-defined datatypes.

• Multi-function inputs for connecting incremental encoders, high-speed counterfunctions and alarms.

• Normally 0.5 ms processing time for 1000 instructions.• Up to 1 MB plug-in flash memory for back up, recipes, OS and program source.• Loadable OS always ensures the latest operating system version.• 512 kB program and data memory.• Programmable via Suconet K.

PS4-201-MM1 PS4-271-MM1 PS4-341-MM1

Suco

net

K1/

K

PS4-200

LE4

1 1 6

2

8

LE4

1 6

Master

Slave

PS4-271

LE4

1 1 6

8

Master

Slave

LE4

1 5

Local Expandable

Local Expandable

Suco

net

K

PS 4-341

LE 4

1 1 6

2

30

Master

Slave

LE 4

1 5


Co

ntr

ol re

lays

, d

isp

lays

Co

mp

act

and

mo

dula

r PLC

3/10

GST not included

PS4 compact PLC Accessories for PS4

Rated voltage Inputs Outputs Expandable by Part no. Price ($)Product group 2

Ue Digital 24 V DC

Digital 120/240 V AC

Analog Digital 24 V DC

Digital 120/240 V AC

Analog Suconet K/K1 slaves

LE4 Max. digital I/O

V Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number

Compact PLC PS4

PS4-150

24 DC 16 – 210-bit

14 – 112-bit

8 – Total 680 I/O

PS4-141-MM1 1,438.30

115 – 230 AC 16 – 210-bit

8 – 112-bit

8 – Total 680 I/O

PS4-151-MM1 1,625.80

PS4-200

24 DC 8 – 210-bit

6 – 112-bit

824

6 Total 790 I/O

PS4-201-MM1 1,550.80

PS4-271

120 – 240 AC – 12 410-bit

– 8 412-bit

824

5 Total 790 I/O

PS4-271-MM1 1,793.30

PS4-341

24 DC 16 – 210-bit

14 – 112-bit

3046

5 Total 8500 I/O

PS4-341-MM1 2,536.60

Notes Expandable up to max. number of Suconet K/K1 stations: with 2 additional network modulesDevices for world markets IEC/EN q UL/CSA

Memory type

Memory size


KByte

Accessories

Memory modules

Flash 6464

• Program memory backup• Recipe memory

PS4-150PS4-200

ZB4-128-SF1 537.80

RAM 32 • Expansion of the program memory from 24 kByte to 56 kByte

ZB4-032-SR1 537.80

FlashFlashRAM

64 64 32

• Program memory backup• Recipe memory• Expansion of the program memory from

24 kByte to 56 kByte

ZB4-160-SM1 875.50

Flash EEPROM

1000 • Memory for backing up the user programs• Recipe memory• Usable from HW Version 2

PS4-300 ZB4-901-SF2 707.90

Battery

– – For buffering the RAM and the real-time clock, typical storage life 5 years

PS4-150PS4-200PS4-300

ZB4-600-BT1 58.80

3/11

Co

ntr

ol re

lays

, d

isp

lays

Co

mp

act

and

mo

dula

r PLC


GST not included

EM4 remote expansion modules


EM4 remote expansion modules • External module for remote I/O expansion of compact programmable controllers and SUCOnet modules of the modular programmable controllers.

• External modules are slave devices only.• An external module of the EM4-100 or -200 series can be used in

conjunction with any of the controllers from either the PS30 or PS4 families of PLCs.

• Terminations are via withdrawable screw terminals.• Mounting is either via DIN rail or fixing brackets.• External modules possible.• No local expanders for the EM4-100 series.• An external module of the EM4-200 series can be locally expanded by the

use of LE4 local expanders.

EM4-100Not locally expandable

Digital modules

Networking through Suconet K1/K • 24 V DC supply• 8 inputs 24 V DC (10 inputs optional)• 8 outputs 24 V/0.5 A DC (6 outputs with 10 inputs) Note: EM4-101-DD2 replaces ...DD1

EM4-101-DD2 944.30

Networking through Suconet K1/K • Supply voltage 115 – 230 V AC• 8 inputs, 24 V DC• 6 relay outputs, max. 230 V AC or 24 V DC Note: EM4-111-DR2 replaces ...DR1

EM4-111-DR2 944.30

Analog modules

Networking through Suconet K1/K • Supply voltage 24 V DC, configurable inputs and outputs• 6/8 analog inputs, 8/12-bit resolution• 4 analog inputs, 8/12-bit resolution

EM4-101-AA2 1,588.30

Temperature measuring modules

Networking through Suconet K • 24 V DC supply • 6 inputs for Pt100-/Ni1000 resistance thermometers

– Pt100: –100 °C to +300 °C– Ni1000: –50 °C to +150 °C

• 2 inputs 0 – 10 V,12-bit resolution

EM4-101-TX1 1,363.30

Networking through Suconet K • 24 V DC supply• 6 inputs for thermocouple types

– J: 0 °C to 1200 °C– K: 0 °C to 1300 °C– L: 0 °C to 900 °C

EM4-101-TX2 1,363.30

EM4-200Locally expandable with expansion modules LE4-...

Digital modules• Expansion module handles signal states and digital values• 24 V DC supply• 16 inputs (24 V DC)

Networking through Suconet K1/K (EM4-201-DX2 replaces ...DX1) EM4-201-DX2 1,580.50

EM4-100 series EM4-200 series

EM4-100 series

Master

Slave

EM4-200 series LE4

1 6

Master

Slave


Co

ntr

ol re

lays

, d

isp

lays

Co

mp

act

and

mo

dula

r PLC

3/12

GST not included

LE4 local expansion modulesAccessories for PS4, EM4, LE4


LE4-... local expansion modules • Local expansion of the PS4-201-MM1 compact programmable controllers and of EM4-200 series external modules to obtain more I/O locations.

• LE 4-100 series local expanders are slave devices only.• Numerous combinations of local expanders are permitted within the group.• Connection is via parallel bus connected ribbon cables and plugs which are

inserted into the adjacent local expander or PS4-200 compact controller.• Terminations are withdrawable screw terminals for all digital units.• There are no external modules.

Digital modules

• 8 inputs, 24 V DC• 8 outputs (transistor) 24 V DC/0.5 A

LE4-116-DD1 631.70

• 16 inputs (24 V DC) LE4-116-DX1 494.10

• 16 outputs (transistor) 24 V DC/0.5 A LE4-116-XD1 669.20

• 8 outputs (relays) 24 V DC/2.0 A or 230 V AC/2.0 A LE4-108-XR1 656.60

• 8 outputs (transistor) 24 V DC/2.0 A LE4-108-XD1 762.90

Counter modules

• 2 channels (24-bit count range)• 3 selectable operating modes per channel: path measurement system for 5V and

24V incremental encoders, fast counters for 24V encoders• Incremental path measurement

LE4-622-CX1 1,365.10

Analog modules

• 4 analog inputs, –10 to +10 V• 2 analog outputs, –10/+10 mA, 10/12-bit resolution

LE4-206-AA1 1,025.60

Network modules

for Suconet K LE4-501-BS1 1,225.70

for PROFIBUS-DP, master function LE4-504-BS1 4,018.00

for PROFIBUS-DP, slave function LE4-504-BT1 2,005.70


Terminal accessories

Digital input simulator

Simulation of 8 digital inputs PS4-...EM4-...LE4-...

ZB4-108-ES1 112.70

T connector for bus connection

5-pole DIN plug PS4-...EM4-...

TBA3.1 300.20

Plug-in screw terminals

10-pole, for connection of signal cables PS4-...EM4-...LE4-...

ZB4-110-KL1 44.60

Two-level terminal block

Snap-fit terminal block, 2 x 11-pole, for the direct connection of initiators (proximity switches) and actuators

PS4-...EM4-...LE4-...

ZB4-122-KL1 99.00

Hinged cover with large area for labelling

For plug-in screw terminals, for labelling of inputs/outputs, 20 characters/terminal

PS4-...EM4-...LE4-...

ZB4-101-GZ1 49.10

3/13

Co

ntr

ol re

lays

, d

isp

lays

Co

mp

act

and

mo

dula

r PLC


GST not included

AccessoriesFor PS4, LE4, EM4


Plugs and cables

Programming cable

Coupling PC and PLC • 1 x 8-pole pin connector (ZB4-108-DS1), right angle version

• 1 x 9-pole socket connector• Cable length 2 m

PS4-150PS4-200PS4-300

ZB4-303-KB1 177.70

Suconet K/K1 data cable

Ready-assembledFor coupling all devices with Suconet-K/K1 interface

• 2 x 5-pole pin connector (S1-PS3), right-angle version• Cable length 0.5 m

PS4-...EM4-...

KPG1-PS3 52.00

• 1 x 5-pole pin connector (S1-PS3), right-angle version• 1 x 9-pole pin connector• Cable length 2 m

PS4-...EM4-...

KPG3-PS3 178.90

Not assembledFor coupling all devices with Suconet-K/K1 interfaceFor customer assembly of Suconet cables 2 x 0.5 mmB shielded and twisted, cable length (as ring) 100 m

– PS416-CPU-...PS416-NET-4..PS4

LT309.096 631.70

Screen earth kit

For EMC-compliant connection of cable shielding PS4-...EM4-...LE4-...

ZB4-102-KS1 42.60

Data plug

For automation devices with a Suconet K/K1 connection• 5-pole pin connnector, right-angle version

PS4-...EM4-...

S1-PS3 15.00

Mounting footFor screw fixing to mounting plate

For screw fixing on mounting plate, 3 mounting feet per device

PS4-...EM4-...LE4-...

ZB4-101-GF1 4.60

Rated input voltage 50/60 Hz

Rated output voltage (residual ripple)

Rated output current Part no. Price ($)Product group 2

V AC V DC A

SN4 switched-mode power supply units

Primary-switched mode, stabilized2 units can be wired in parallel to increase power, or to provide redundant operation at rated power

115/240 24 (g 3%) 2.5 SN4-025-BI7 443.70

115/240 24 (g 3%) 5 SN4-050-BI7 592.40


3/14C

ontr

ol re

lays

, d

isp

lays

Co

mp

act

and

mo

dula

r PLC

GST not included

PS416 modular PLC

Application

The PS416 is a programmable logic controller for medium to high complexity appli-cations. Thanks to its modular design it can be adapted easily to the automation tasks at hand.

Features

Modular design• Allows connection of digital and analog sensors/actuators• Digital and analog signal processing• A range of fieldbus systems facilitates the problem-free and manufacturer-inde-

pendent connection of remote peripherals• Local and/or remote expansion through Suconet K• Programming with S40 according to IEC/EN 61131-3


RackFor mounting on mounting platewith fixing screws (can be adapted for front mounting)

9 free slots – PS416-BGT-400 1,225.70

13 free slots – PS416-BGT-410 1,688.40

19 free slots – PS416-BGT-420 2,229.80

Power supply cards

With electrical isolation of primary and secondary circuits

230 V AC Primary 230 V ACSecondary 5 V DC/1.5 – 8 A

PS416-POW-400 1,225.70

24 V DC Primary 24 V DCSecondary 5 V DC/1.5 – 10 A

PS416-POW-410 1,225.70

115 V AC Primary 115 V ACSecondary 5 V DC/1.5 – 8 A

PS416-POW-420 1,225.80

Potential equalization barwith 5 contact clamps o 3.5 mm and 4 contact clamps o 4.8 mm

For PS416-BGT-400 PS416-ZBX-403 200.20

For PS416-BGT-410 PS416-ZBX-402 225.20

For PS416-BGT-420/-421 PS416-ZBX-401 250.30

Spare contact clamps with 5 contact clamps o 3.4 mm and 3 contact clamps o 4.8 mm

PS416-ZBX-404 65.70

Front blanking plate For PS416-BGT-... expansion racks (5 off supplied) PS416-NOP-200 17.00

Ferrite ring For damping high frequency interference signals in data and power lines.For PS416-POW-..., PS416-OUT-... (2 off supplied)

PS416-ZBX-405 22.50

3/15

Co

ntr

ol re

lays

, d

isp

lays

Co

mp

act

and

mo

dula

r PLC


GST not included

PS416 modular PLC


Central processing units

For saving and processing PLC programs, using the programming software S40

256 kByte user memory • Suconet-K interface (PS416-CPU-300/-400)

• Programming interface• PCMIA interface for memory card• PS416-ZBB-410 battery modules are not supplied with the CPU,

order 2 battery modules separately• Up to 1 MB SRAM memory

PS416-CPU-200 2,241.60

512 kByte user memory PS416-CPU-300 3,303.40

1 MByte user memory PS416-CPU-400 5,002.30

Battery module

For PS416-CPU-200/-300/-400 PS416-ZBB-410 73.80

Suconet K card

• Interface for connecting a PS416 expansion rack and for organizing and controlling data exchange between PS416 and Suconet-K networks.

• For use in connection with PS416-CPU-200/-300/-400 CPU cards.• Engineering of networks with up to 30 remote I/O stations or

active slaves or any combination of both.• SUCOnet K operates 375 kBit/s at a distance of up to 300 m or

187.5 kBit/s at up to 600 m on RS 485 in a master/slave configuration.

PS416-NET-400 1,344.40

Data plug

9-pole SUB-D pin connector, right-angled, kit without cable for connecting data cables.For PS416-CPU-..., PS416-NET-4..

PS416-ZBS-410 66.40

T connector

For setting up a bus node (e.g. Suconet K), with a connecting cable to the CPU card/network module for Suconet K.For PS416-CPU-..., PS416-NET-4..

PS416-ZBX-410 575.40

Digital input/output cards

Digital input cards• 24 V DC input• 16 inputs with optocoupler

Switch-on delay: 3.0 msSwitch-off delay: 3.0 ms

PS416-INP-400 656.60

Digital output cards24 V DC output

16 outputs, each for 500 mA with optocoupler PS416-OUT-400 900.50

8 outputs, each for 2 A with optocoupler PS416-OUT-410 915.60

Analog input/output card

Analog input card

• 8 analog inputs, up to 12-bit resolution• Input voltage ranges: channel 0 – 3: 0 – 1 V, g 5 V, g 10 V,

0 – 5 V, 0 – 10 V, channel 4 – 7: 0 – 1 V• Input current ranges: channel 0 – 7: 0 – 20 mA, 4 – 20 mA

PS416-AIN-400 2,163.60

Analog input/output card

• 4 analog inputs, up to 12-bit resolution• 4 analog outputs, up to 12-bit resolution• Voltage input/output ranges: 0 – 5 V, g 5 V, g 10 V, 0 – 10 V• Current input/output ranges: 0 – 20 mA, 4 – 20 mA

PS416-AIO-400 2,276.10

Notes A further range of special cards is available, as these are digital counter, PROFIBUS DP/FMS, MODBUS and SERIAL COMM’S cards, please enquire.


Co

ntr

ol re

lays

, d

isp

lays

Co

mp

act

and

mo

dula

r PLC

3/16

GST not included

Programming softwareFor PS4, PS416


Programming the PS4-150/PS4-200/PS4-300/PS416

Software package S40 (WINDOWS)• CD-ROM• Documentation on CD-ROM in English, French, German• Programming languages to IEC/EN 61131-3

– Instruction list (IL)– Ladder diagram (LD)– Function block diagram (FBD)– Structured text (ST)

• Dialog languages: English, French, German, Italian, Spanish• Graphical topology configurator for control systems, Suconet-K and

PROFIBUS-DP networks

S40-CD 1,297.80

Upgrade S40Sucosoft S40 V4.x must be installed.Ordering conditions for upgrades:To use an upgrade, a previous version must be installed. When the upgrade is installed, the system searches for a previous version. The upgrade is the same as the standard version.Information on updates, software standards (application modules) for closed-loop control, open-loop control data processing etc. can be obtained from:Internet address: www.moeller.net/automation

S40-CD-U 648.90

4/1

Co

nta

cto

r re

lays

, el

ectr

onic

rel

ays


Content

Page

System overview 4/2

Contactor relays and electronic timing relays 4/2

DILA contactor relays 4/3

Base units and auxiliary contact modules 4/3

DILA contactor relays 4/4

Accessories 4/4

DILER mini contactor relays 4/5

Base units, auxiliary contact modules, accessories 4/5

ETR electronic timing relays 4/6

ETR4, ETR2 4/6

ETR4, ETR2 flow diagrams 4/7

ESR4 electronic safety relays 4/8

Base units, contact expansion modules 4/8

EMR4 measuring and monitoring relays 4/9

Current, phase, sequence relays, phase imbalance monitoring 4/9

Level monitoring relays, insulation monitoring relays, sealable shrouds

4/10

Technical data 4/11

DILA mini contactor relays 4/11

Dimensions 4/12

DILA mini contactor relays 4/12


Co

nta

cto

r re

lays

, el

ectr

onic

rel

ays

4/2 System overviewContactor relays and electronic timing relays

DILA DILER

Electronic timing relays

ETR4 timing relays control machines and systems to an accuracy of a hundredth of a second across a wide range of timing functions.

The relays in the ETR4 range are only 22.5 mm wide. When combined with contactors and contactor relays they offer an ideal space-saving solution for virtually all timing requirements.

The DIL ET timing relays are 45 mm wide, so matching the xStart contac-tors up to DILM12.

The ETR4-69 and ETR4-70 are extremely versatile with nine selectable functions and ten timing ranges.

Features and benefits• Compact design saves panel space.• Simple fitting and setting reduce assembly and commissioning time.• Extensive time ranges enable use in most processes.• Multi-function versions offer adaptability.• Clear dial settings and LED status indication provide accurate

information.• International approvals ensure acceptance.

Base unit

Auxiliarycontactmodules

Suppressor

Auxiliarycontactmodule Sealable shroud

with support bracket

Base unit

Suppressor

4/3

Co

nta

cto

r re

lays

, el

ectr

onic

rel

ays


GST not included

DILA contactor relaysBase units and auxiliary contact modules

AC operation DC operation

Contacts Rated operational current

Conventional current, open at 60 °C

Can be combined with auxiliary contact module



AC–15

415 V

Ie Ith

A A

DILA base units with interlocked opposing contacts

With screw terminals

4 N/O – 4 16 DILA-XHI(V)... DILA-40(240V50HZ) 114.00 DILA-40(24VDC) 134.50

3 N/O 1 N/C DILA-31(240V50HZ) 114.00 DILA-31(24VDC) 134.50

2 N/O 2 N/C DILA-22(240V50HZ) 114.00 DILA-22(24VDC) 134.50

Contacts Rated operational current

Conventional current, open at 60 °C

Can be combined with base unit


N/O = Early-make N/C = Late-break AC–15

415 V

Ie Ith

A A

DILA auxiliary contact modules

With screw terminalsWith interlocked opposing contacts (exception: ...XHIV...)

2-pole – 2 N/C 3 16 DILA...DILM7...DILM9...DILM12...DILM17...DILM25...DILM32...

DILA-XHI02 29.30

1 N/O 1 N/C DILA-XHI11 29.30

2 N/O – DILA-XHI20 29.30

1 N/O 1 N/C DILA-XHIV11 58.50

4-pole – 4 N/C DILA-XHI04 46.80

1 N/O 3 N/C DILA-XHI13 46.80

2 N/O 2 N/C DILA-XHI22 46.80

3 N/O 1 N/C DILA-XHI31 46.80

4 N/O – DILA-XHI40 46.80

1 N/O 1 N/C DILA-XHIV22 81.90

Notes The listed auxiliary and main contacts up to 12 A are available with tension clamp terminations.The auxiliary contact modules listed for the DILA contactor relay can also be used for the DILM contactors up to 32 A.Auxiliary contact members: DILA-XHI to EN 50005, DILM32-XHI to DIN 50012The DILA-22 contactor relay can not be combined with the 4-pole auxiliary contact module.


Co

nta

cto

r re

lays

, el

ectr

onic

rel

ays

4/4

GST not included

DILA contactor relaysAccessories

Actuating voltageUs

V AC

For use with Circuit symbol/Contact sequence


Suppressors

Varistor suppressors

24 – 48 DILM7 – DILM12DILMP20DILA

DILM12-XSPV48 33.40

48 – 130 DILM12-XSPV130 33.40

130 – 240 DILM12-XSPV240 33.40

240 – 500 DILM12-XSPV500 33.40

Varistor suppressors with LED


DILM12-XSPVL48 39.20

130 – 240 DILM12-XSPVL240 39.20

RC suppressors


DILM12-XSPR48 40.50

130 – 240 DILM12-XSPR240 40.50

240 – 500 DILM12-XSPR500 40.50

Electronic timer modules

On-delayed

24 V AC/DC DILM7 – DILM32DILMP20DILA

DILM32-XTEE11(RA24) 183.70

100 – 130 V AC DILM32-XTEE11(RAC130) 183.70

200 – 240 V AC DILM32-XTEE11(RAC240) 183.70

Off-delayed


DILM32-XTED11(RA24) POA

100 – 130 V AC DILM32-XTED11(RAC130) POA


For star-delta applications


DILM32-XTEY20(RA24) 200.40

100 – 130 V AC DILM32-XTEY20(RAC130) 200.40

200 – 240 V AC DILM32-XTEY20(RAC240) 200.40

Connector

For mechanically linking contactor relays in combinations

– DILM7 – DILM32DILA

– DILM32-XVB 3.10

Mechanical interlock

– DILM7 – DILM12DILA

– DILM12-XMV 21.80

A2

A1

A1

A2

A1

A2

57

58

65

66

A1

A2

57

58

65

66

A1

A2

57

58

67

68

A1

A2

4/5

Co

nta

cto

r re

lays

, el

ectr

onic

rel

ays


GST not included

DILER mini contactor relaysBase units, auxiliary contact modules, accessories


Contacts Rated opera-tional current

Conven-tional thermal current

For use with


Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 0AC–15

240 V 415 V

Ie Ie Ith

A A A

DILER base units with interlocked opposing contacts1)


4 N/O 6 3 10 ...DILE DILER-40(240V50HZ) 94.00 DILER-40-G(24VDC) 154.90

3 N/O, 1 N/C DILER-31(240V50HZ) 94.00 DILER-31-G(24VDC) 154.90

2 N/O, 2 N/C DILER-22(240V50HZ) 94.00 DILER-22-G(24VDC)2) 154.90

DILER auxiliary contact modules with interlocked opposing contacts3)


2-pole 2 N/C 4 2 10 DILER...,exceptDILER-22-G

02DILE 29.30

1 N/O, 1 N/C 11DILE 29.30

2 N/O 20DILE 29.30

4-pole 4 N/C 04DILE 46.00

1 N/O, 3 N/C 13DILE 46.00

2 N/O, 2 N/C 22DILE 46.00

3 N/O, 1 N/C 31DILE 46.00

4 N/O 40DILE 46.00

Notes 1) With DC operated coil: Built-in resistor/diode combination, coil consumption 2.6 W2) Not for use with ...DILE.3) Version E combinations correspond to EN 50011 and are to be preferred; other combinations correspond to EN 50005

Actuating voltage Circuit symbol For use with Part. no Price ($)Productgroup 0

Us

V AC

Suppressors


24 – 48 DILE... VGDILE48 28.00

110 – 250 VGDILE250 28.00

380 – 415 VGDILE415 28.00

RC suppressors

24 – 48 DILE... RCDILE48 37.70

110 – 250 RCDILE250 37.70

Mechanical interlock

DILE... MVDILE 20.30

Sealable shroud

Transparent

DILE...DILET...

HDILE 7.70

A2

A1

A1

A2


Co

nta

cto

r re

lays

, el

ectr

onic

rel

ays

4/6

GST not included

ETR electronic timing relaysETR4, ETR2

Rated operational current AC–15

Conventional thermal current

Time range Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 0


240 V 400 V

Ie Ie Ith

A A A

ETR4 electronic timing relays, 22.5 mm wideActuating voltage:Type suffix -A: 24 – 240 V DC and 24 – 240 V AC, 50/60 HzType suffix -W: 400 V AC, 50/60 Hz

On-delayed 3 3 6 0.05 – 1 s0.15 – 3 s0.5 – 10 s1.5 – 30 s5 – 100 s15 – 300 s1.5 – 30 min15 – 300 min1.5 – 30 h5 – 100 h

ETR4-11-A 208.90 ETR4-11-W 208.90

Multi-function relay 3 3 6 ETR4-69-A 269.40 ETR4-69-W 269.40

Multi-function relay with connection for potentiometer, and two changeover contacts that can be converted to two timed contacts or one non-delayed contact and one timed contact.

3 3 6 ETR4-70-A 243.70

Star-delta timing relays 3 3 6 3 – 60 s ETR4-51-A 208.90 ETR4-51-W 208.90



Time range Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 1


240 V 400 V

Ie Ie Ith

A A A

ETR2 electronic timing relays, 17.5 mm wideActuating voltage:24 – 48 V DC and 24 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

On-delayed 3 – 5 0.05 – 1 s0.5 – 10 s5 – 100 s0.5 – 10 min5 – 100 min0.5 – 10 h5 – 100 h

ETR2-11 158.10

Off-delayed 3 – 5 ETR2-12 158.10

Fleeting contact on energization

3 – 5 ETR2-21 158.10

Flashing, pulse initiating 3 – 5 ETR2-42 158.10

Flashing, 2 speedsor pause initiating

3 – 5 ETR2-44 158.10

Multi-function relay(i. e. all of the above plus fleeting contact on de-energization

3 – 5 ETR2-69 195.80

4/7

Co

nta

cto

r re

lays

, el

ectr

onic

rel

ays


ETR electronic timing relaysETR4, ETR2 flow diagrams

Electronic timing relays Flow diagrams

ETR2..., ETR4... 11 On-delayed 12 Off-delayed 16 On- and Off-delayed

21 Fleeting contact on energization 22 Fleeting contact on de-energization 42 Flashing, pulse initiating

43 Flashing, pause initiating 44 Flashing, 2 speeds 81 Pulse generating

82 Pulse shaping 51 Star-delta On-Off function

ETR4-70...A2/X1 linked

11 On-delayed

12 Off-delayed

16 On- and Off-delayed

21 Fleeting contact on energization

22 Fleeting contact on de-energization

42 Flashing

81 Pulse generating

82 Pulse shaping

On-Off function

ETR4-70...A2/X1 not linked

11 On-delayed

12 Off-delayed

16 On- and Off-delayed

21 Fleeting contact on energization

22 Fleeting contact on de-energization

42 Flashing

81 Pulse generating

82 Pulse shaping

On-Off function

Flow diagrams, explanations

LED display

Time not running,Contact 15 – 18 closed

Time running,Contact 15 – 18 closed

Time running,Contact 15 – 18 not closed

A1-A2

15-18

t

Rel LED

Power LED

Rel LED

A1-A2

B1

15-18t

Power LED

A1-A2

B1

15-18tt

Power LED

Rel LED

A1-A2

15-18

t

Rel LED

Power LED

A1-A2

B1

15-18t

Power LED

Rel LEDLED

ttt t

A1-A2

15-18

LED

ttt t

A1-A2

15-18

t

A1-Y1

A1-A2

Rel LED

A1-Y1

Rel LED

ttt t15-18

t t1 2 1 2 1 2

15-18ttt t t t1 2 1 2 1 2

t

A1-A2

15-180.5 s

Rel LED

Power LED

A1-A2

B1

15-18

t

Power LED

Rel LED

17-18

t t u

A1-A2

17-28

Power LED

LED LED

15-18

A1-A2

OFFONOFF

Rel LED

Power LED


Co

nta

cto

r re

lays

, el

ectr

onic

rel

ays

4/8

GST not included

ESR4 electronic safety relaysBase units, contact expansion modules

Actuating voltage

Description Safety category to EN 954-1

Number of enabling paths to IEC/EN 60204 Stop category

Signal contacts

Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 0Delayed

contactsNon-delayed contactsUc 0 1

Safety relays for monitoring of Emergency-Stop applications and safety doors

24 V DC, 24 V AC, 50/60 Hz

Single-channel – 3 3 – 1 ESR4-NO-31 766.20

115 V AC, 50/60 Hz

– – ESR4-NO-31-115VAC 1,091.50

230 V AC, 50/60 Hz

– – ESR4-NO-31-230VAC 1,091.50

24 V DC, 24 V AC, 50/60 Hz

Dual-channel – 4 2 – 1 ESR4-NO-21 850.70

24 V DC Dual-channel, Off-delayed, 0.15 — 3 s

3 4 2 1 – ESR4-NV3-30 1,356.80

Dual-channel, Off-delayed, 1.5 — 30 s

– ESR4-NV30-301) 1,356.80

Dual-channel, delayed, 1.5 — 30 s

– ESR4-NT30-302) 1,343.80

Safety relays

For contact mat monitoring

24 V DC Dual-channel – 4 2 – 1 ESR4-NM-21 989.90

Two-hand relay 24 V DC, 24 V AC 50/60 Hz

Dual-channel – 2 – 1 ESR4-NZ-213) 952.20

Contact expansion modules

24 V DC, 24 V AC 50/60 Hz

Non-delayed – 4 – 2 ESR4-NE-424) 715.50

24 V DC Off-delayed, tA = 3 s

– – 4 2 ESR4-VE3-424) 818.20

Notes 1) Suitable for AT0-...MT-ZBZ safety position switches with mechanical securing action2) Suitable for AT0-...FT-ZBZ safety position switches with mechanical securing action

Contact closes following Emergency-Stop actuation, On-delayed3) Suitable for applications to EN 574 Type III C4) The base unit determines the maximum safety category.

The base unit determines the maximum stop category.

Additional information, e. g. applications, safety category, stop category, function and relay construction is available on request from your local representative.

4/9

Co

nta

cto

r re

lays

, el

ectr

onic

rel

ays


GST not included

EMR4 measuring and monitoring relaysCurrent, phase, sequence relays, phase imbalance monitoring

Description Current measuring range

Circuit symbol Supply voltage


Ih/I=

A

Current monitoring relays, single-phase

• Switching hysteresis adjustable from 5 – 30 %

• Response delay 0.1 – 30 s• EMR4...-A: monitors one upper or lower

limit• EMR4...-B: monitors one upper limit• Extension of the measurement range

possible with current transformers

3 – 30 mA10 – 100 mA0.1 – 1 A

24 – 240 V AC/DC

EMR4-I1-2-A 571.10

0.3 – 1.5 A1 – 5 A3 – 15 A

24 – 240 V AC/DC

EMR4-I15-2-A 571.10

0.3 – 1.5 A1 – 5 A3 – 15 A

220 – 240 V AC

EMR4-I15-2-B 489.20

Description Monitoring voltage



Phase sequence relay

• Monitors three-phase systems for phase sequence and phase failure (< 0.6 x Ue)

• Supply voltage = voltage being monitored

200 – 500 V AC

200 – 500 V AC

EMR4-F500-2 268.10

Phase imbalance monitoring relay

• Monitors three-phase systems for phase imbalance

• Detects phase failure even at 95% voltage feedback from the motor

• Response delay: 0.5 s• Phase imbalance response threshold

adjustable from 5 – 15 %• Phase sequence detection• Supply voltage = voltage being monitored

380 – 415 V 50 Hz

380 – 415 V 50 Hz

EMR4-A400-1 429.30

Description Monitoring voltage adjustable from



Phase monitoring relays

• Monitors three-phase systems for phase sequence, over- and undervoltage and phase failure (< 0.6 x Ue)

• 3-phase voltage monitoring within a range

• Selectable On-delay or Off-delay (0.1 – 10 s)

Umin 300 – 380 V ACUmax 420 – 500 V AC

160 – 330 V AC

EMR4-W500-2-C 532.10

300 – 500 V AC

EMR4-W500-2-D 532.10

Umin 350 – 430 V ACUmax 500 – 580 V AC

300 – 500 V AC

EMR4-W580-2-D 532.10

C

15 25B1 B2 B3

1816 26 28A1 A2

15L1 L2 L3 11

1612 1814 2622 2824

2521

L1 L2 L3 15

16 18

15 25L1 L2 L3

1816 26 28A1 A2


Co

nta

cto

r re

lays

, el

ectr

onic

rel

ays

4/10

GST not included

EMR4 measuring and monitoring relaysLevel monitoring relays, insulation monitoring relays, sealable shrouds

Description Response sensitivity

Circuit symbol Supply voltage Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 0

Liquid level monitoring relays

• Monitors the level of conductive liquids• Monitors the ratio of mixtures of

conductive liquids• Selectable: protection against running dry

or overflowing

5 kO – 100 kO

220 – 240 V AC EMR4-N100-1-B 279.70


conductive liquids• Selectable On-delay or Off-delay between

0.5 – 10 s

250 O – 500 kO

220 – 240 V AC EMR4-N500-2-B 402.10


conductive liquids• Selectable On-delay or Off-delay between

0.5 – 10 s

250 O – 500 kO

24 – 240 V AC/DC EMR4-N500-2-A 493.10

Description Insulation resistance range

Circuit symbol Supply voltage Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 0

Insulation monitoring relays

• Monitors the insulation resistance in non-earthed DC supply systems

• Selector switch for open- or closed-circuit principle

• With test and reset facilities• Status indication via LEDs

10 – 110 kO

24 – 240 V AC/DC EMR4-RDC-1-A 693.30

• Monitors the insulation resistance between non-earthed AC supply systems and the protective conductor/earth

• Tripping function memory• Insulation monitoring in 1- and

3-phase AC supply systems• Test via local test button or remote test

operation• Status indication via LEDs to

VDE 0413 / Part 2

1 – 110 kO 24 – 240 V AC/DC EMR4-RAC-1-A 536.00

Mounting width Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 0mm

Sealable shrouds

22.5 EMR4-PH22 27.40

45 EMR4-PH45 27.40

15C MAX MIN

1816A1 A2

15 25C

1816 26 28A1 A2

MAX MIN

15 25C

1816 26 28A1 A2

MAX MIN

15L+

R <

L–

1816A1 A2

15L

R <

1816A1 A2

4/11

Co

nta

cto

r re

lays

, el

ectr

onic

rel

ays


Technical dataDILA mini contactor relays

DILA DILA...XHI

Contacts

Interlocked opposing contacts to ZH 1/457, including auxiliary contact module

– –

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp V AC 6000 6000

Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3

Rated insulation voltage Ui V AC 690 690

Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 690 500

Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/A1

Between coil and auxiliary contacts V AC 400 400

Between the auxiliary contacts V AC 400 400

Rated operational current

AC–15 220/240 V Ie A 6 6

380/415 V Ie A 4 3

500 V Ie A 1.5 –

DC-131) DC-13 L/R F 15 ms

Contacts in series:

1 24 V A 2.5 –

1 60 V A 1 –

2 60 V A 3 –

1 110 V A 0.5 –

3 110 V A 3 –

1 220 V A 0.25 –

3 220 V A 1 –

DC-13 L/R F 50 ms

Contacts in series:

2 24 V A – –

3 24 V A 4 –

2 60 V A – –

3 60 V A 4 –

1 110 V A – –

3 110 V A 2 –

1 220 V A – –

3 220 V A 1 –

Contact reliability(at Ue = 24 V DC, Umin = 17 V, I min = 5.4 mA)

Fault probability l <10-8, < one failure in 100 million operations

Conventional thermal current Ith A 10 10

Short-circuit rating without welding

Maximum overcurrent protective device

220/240 V PKZM0 4 –

380/415 V PKZM0 4 –

220/230 V FAZ-C – –

Short-circuit protection, max. fuse2)

500 V A gG/gL 10 10

500 V A fast – –

Current heat losses at load of Ith

AC operated W 0.3 0.3

DC operated W 0.3 0.3

Notes 1) Making and breaking conditions to DC-13, time constant as stated

2) See transparent overlay "Fuses" for time/current characteristics (please enquire)


Co

nta

cto

r re

lays

, el

ectr

onic

rel

ays

4/12 DimensionsDILA mini contactor relays

Mini contactor relays

DILA-...-XHI...

DILA-...(-C)-XHI...

DILA with DILM...XMV mechanical interlock

DILM12-XSPR...DILM12-XSPV(L)...

1845

6.5

75

117

68

45

18

26.4

52.3

45

36 6.5

75

125

68

4568

6.5

75

4568

90

a1 c

a

b1 b2

b

DILM12-XSPR...DILM12-XSPV...

a 25

a1 9.2

b 25.9

b1 28

b2 Q32

c 9

5/1

Co

nta

cto

rs


Content

Page

System overview

Contactors DILM7 – DILM150 5/2

Contactors

Basic units DILM 5/4

Auxiliary contact modules for DILM7 to DILM32 5/6

Auxiliary contact and electronic timer modules for DILM7 to DILM150

5/7

Contactor combinations

Star-delta combinations 5/8

Reversing combinations 5/10

Accessories

Contactors DILM 5/12

DIL contactors

Complete units exceeding 75 kW, comfort 5/15

Accessories

DILM contactors 5/16

DILEM mini contactors, auxiliary contact modules 5/17

Accessories

DIL contactors 5/18

DOL starters 5/19

Engineering

Contacts for safety-relevant control functions 5/20

Dimensions

Contactors DILM 5/21


Co

nta

cto

rs5/2 System overview

Contactors DILM7 – DILM150

6 6

54

45

5

1

3

3

1

11

3

32

2

5

6

5/3


Co

nta

cto

rs

System overviewContactors DILM7 – DILM150

Contactor up to 75 kW(AC-3/400 V)

1

Magnet systems:

AC: 12 – 600 V, 50, 60, 50/60 Hz0.8 – 1.1 x Uc

DC: 12 – 250 VDILM7 – DILM15: 0,8 – 1,1 x Uc

DILM17 – DILM150: 0,7 – 1,2 x Uc

at 24 V: 0,7 – 1,3 x Uc without additional auxiliary contacts and ambient temperature +40 °C

Coils for special voltages

“Safe isolation” to IEC 536between coil andcontacts

Suppressors 2

RC suppressor

Varistor suppressorFree-wheel diode suppressor

Overload relays 3

Can be mounted directly

Separate mounting, possible

Protection of EEx e motors

EU prototype test certificate number

Auxiliary contact modules 4

2 pole, plug-in type


4 pole, plug-in type

Overlapping contacts


2 pole, side mounting

With the same dimensions for AC and DC contactors, planning and engineering can be carried out with even greater efficiency. With only four component sizes covering the rating range up to 150 A, engineering is made even simpler.

A key benefit with contactors up to 32 A is that the auxiliary contact is already built in, and the DC contactors include a suppressor circuit up to 150 A. From 15 A, the DC contactors have an electronic drive that removes the need for coupling relays. With all these extras already included in the contactors, your costs are clearly reduced.Contactors DILM from 580 A and contactors DILH from 1400 A are vacuum contactors with significant advantages over air-break contactors.• The electrical lifespan is considerably higher than air-break contactors.• A higher packing density and cleaner distribution compartment are

possible since there are no open arcs and therefore no escaping gases.


5/4


Co

nta

cto

rs

Co

nta

cto

rs

GST not included

Contactors ContactorsBasic units DILM Basic units DILM


Rated operational current Max. rating for three-phase motors, 50 – 60 Hz Conventional free air thermal current Ith = Ie AC-1 at 60 °C

Contacts Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 0


AC-3 AC-3 AC-4 Open

380 V 415 V

380 V 415 V

380 V 415 V

Ie P P Ith = Ie

A kW kW A

Basic units

Screw terminals

4 pole 12 5.5 3 20 – DILMP20(240V50HZ) 105.20 DILMP20(24VDC) 105.20

3 pole 7 3 2.2 20 1 N/O DILM7-10(240V50HZ) 90.60 DILM7-10(24VDC) 111.10

7 3 2.2 20 1 N/C DILM7-01(240V50HZ) 90.60 DILM7-01(24VDC) 111.10

9 4 2.5 20 1 N/O DILM9-10(240V50HZ) 98.20 DILM9-10(24VDC) 134.50

9 4 2.5 20 1 N/C DILM9-01(240V50HZ) 98.20 DILM9-01(24VDC) 134.50

12 5.5 3 20 1 N/O DILM12-10(240V50HZ) 119.90 DILM12-10(24VDC) 163.70

12 5.5 3 20 1 N/C DILM12-01(240V50HZ) 119.90 DILM12-01(24VDC) 163.70

15.5 7.5 3 20 1 N/O DILM15-10(240V50HZ) 130.80 DILM15-10(24VDC) 222.10

15.5 7.5 3 20 1 N/C DILM15-01(240V50HZ) 130.80 DILM15-01(24VDC) 222.10

3 pole 18 7.5 4.5 35 1 N/O DILM17-10(240V50HZ) 155.00 DILM17-10(RDC24) 303.90

18 7.5 4.5 35 1 N/C DILM17-01(240V50HZ) 155.00 DILM17-01(RDC24) 303.90

25 11 6 40 1 N/O DILM25-10(240V50HZ) 219.20 DILM25-10(RDC24) 368.20

25 11 6 40 1 N/C DILM25-01(240V50HZ) 219.20 DILM25-01(RDC24) 368.20

32 15 7 40 1 N/O DILM32-10(240V50HZ) 298.10 DILM32-10(RDC24) 455.80

32 15 7 40 1 N/C DILM32-01(240V50HZ) 298.10 DILM32-01(RDC24) 455.80

3 pole 40 18.5 9 50 – DILM40(240V50HZ) 339.00 DILM40(RDC24) 549.30

50 22 10 65 – DILM50(240V50HZ) 426.70 DILM50(RDC24) 748.00

65 30 12 80 – DILM65(240V50HZ) 596.10 DILM65(RDC24) 929.20

3 pole 80 37 20 90 – DILM80(240V50HZ) 730.50 DILM80(RDC24) 1,075.20

95 45 26 110 – DILM95(240V50HZ) 894.10 DILM95(RDC24) 1,162.90

115 55 28 130 – DILM115(RAC240) 1,002.20 DILM115(RDC24) 1,227.10

150 75 33 160 – DILM150(RAC240) 1,186.30 DILM150(RDC24) 1,513.50

Notes DC operated contactors feature an integrated suppressor circuit (DILM7 – DILM15: Varistor).Mirror contact at DILM7-01 – DILM32-01.Contact elements of the contactor to EN 50012.

5/5


Co

nta

cto

rs5/6

GST not included

ContactorsAuxiliary contact modules for DILM7 to DILM32

Conventional free air thermal current Ith = Ie AC-1 at 60 °C

Contacts Can be combined with basic unit


Open Ith = Ie E = early makeL = late breakA

Auxiliary contact modules

Screw terminalsWith positively driven contacts; except XHIV

Top-mounting auxiliary switches

2 pole 16 1 N/O 1 N/C DILM(C)7-10...DILM(C)9-10...DILM(C)12-10...DILM(C)15-10...DILM(C)17-10...DILM(C)25-10...DILM(C)32-10...

DILM32-XHI11 29.30

2 pole – 2 N/C DILM32-XHI02 29.30

4 pole 2 N/O 2 N/C DILM32-XHI22 46.80

2 pole 16 2 N/O – DILM(C)7...DILM(C)9...DILM(C)12...DILM(C)15...DILM(C)17...DILM(C)25...DILM(C)32...

DILA-XHI20 29.30

1 N/O 1 N/C DILA-XHI11 29.30

– 2 N/C DILA-XHI02 29.30

1 N/OE 1 N/CL DILA-XHIV11 58.50

4 pole 16 4 N/O – DILA-XHI40 46.80

3 N/O 1 N/C DILA-XHI31 46.80

2 N/O 2 N/C DILA-XHI22 46.80

1 N/O 3 N/C DILA-XHI13 46.80

– 4 N/C DILA-XHI04 46.80

1 N/O, 1 N/OE

1 N/C, 1 N/CL

DILA-XHIV22 81.90

High version

2 pole 16 2 N/O – DILM7...DILM9...DILM12...DILM15...

DILA-XHIT20 29.30

1 N/O 1 N/C DILA-XHIT11 29.30

– 2 N/C DILA-XHIT02 29.30

4 pole 2 N/O 2 N/C DILA-XHIT22 46.80

Side mounting auxiliary contacts1)

2 pole 10 1 N/O 1 N/C DILM17...DILM25...DILM32...

DILM32-XHI11-S 83.60

Notes 1) Can be fitted only to the left of the contactor; cannot be combined with top-mounting auxiliary contacts or mechanical interlocks

• Interlocked opposing contacts, to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 Annex L, within the auxiliary contact modules (not N/O (early make) and N/C (late break) contacts) and for the built-in auxiliary contacts of the DILM7 – DILM32

• Auxiliary break contact can be used as mirror contact to IEC/EN 60947-4-1 Annex F (not N/C (late break) contact)

5/7

Co

nta

cto

rs


GST not included

ContactorsAuxiliary contact and electronic timer modules for DILM7 to DILM150

Conventional thermal current Ith = Ie AC-1 at 50 °C

Contacts Can be combined with basic unit


Open E = early makeL = late break

Ith = Ie

A


Screw terminalsWith positively driven contacts; except XHIV

2 pole 10 2 N/O – DILM40...DILM50...DILM65...DILM80...DILM95...DILM115...DILM150...

DILM150-XHI20 29.30

10 1 N/O 1 N/C DILM150-XHI11 29.30

10 1 N/O 1 N/C DILM150-XHIA11 29.30

10 – 2 N/C DILM150-XHI02 29.30

4 pole 10 4 N/O – DILM150-XHI40 46.80

10 3 N/O 1 N/C DILM150-XHI31 46.80

10 2 N/O 2 N/C DILM150-XHI22 46.80

10 2 N/O 2 N/C DILM150-XHIA22 46.80

10 1 N/O 3 N/C DILM150-XHI13 46.80

10 – 4 N/C DILM150-XHI04 46.80

10 1 N/O, 1 N/OE

1 N/C, 1 N/CL

DILM150-XHIV22 46.80

Side mounting auxiliary contacts

2 pole 10 1 N/O 1 N/C DILM40 – DILH2000

DILM1000-XHI11-SI 83.60

For use with Contact sequence Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 0

Electronic timer modules

On-delayed


DILM32-XTEE11(RA24) 183.70

100 – 130 V AC DILM32-XTEE11(RAC130) 183.70

200 – 240 V AC DILM32-XTEE11(RAC240) 183.70

Off-delayed


DILM32-XTED11(RA24) POA



For star-delta applications


DILM32-XTEY20(RA24) 200.40

100 – 130 V AC DILM32-XTEY20(RAC130) 200.40

200 – 240 V AC DILM32-XTEY20(RAC240) 200.40

57

58

65

66

A1

A2

57

58

65

66

A1

A2

57

58

67

68

A1

A2


5/8


Co

nta

cto

rs

Co

nta

cto

rs

GST not included

Contactor combinations Contactor combinationsStar-delta combinations Star-delta combinations


Max. rating for three-phase motors, 50 – 60 Hz

Max. changeover time


Spare auxiliary contacts

Individual components of the combination SDES5.5 – SDES30

AC-3 AC-3 Q11 Q13 Q15 Mains contactor Q11

Delta contactorQ15

Star contactor Q13380 V

415 V380 V 415 V

Ie P Part no. Part no. Part no.

A kW s

Star-delta starter combinations

Open units• Timing relay K1T: ETR4-51• Complete with overload

12 5.51) 20 SDES5.5/U(...)1) 723.50 DILM7-10+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01+ DILA-XHI20


SDES37 – SDES75

16 7.5 20 SDES7.5/U(...)1) 723.50 DILM9-10+ DILA-XHI20



22 11 20 SDES11/U(...)1) 768.00 DILM12-10+ DILA-XHI20









55 30 20 SDES30/U(...)1) 1,101.90 DILM32-10+ DILA-XHI20



70 37 20 SDES37/U(...)1) 1,335.60 – – DILM40+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM40+ DILM150-XHI31











Enclosed units• Complete with pushbutton and overload• According to IEC 60947

12 5.5 20 SDES5.5/I(...)1) 990.60 DILM7-10+ DILA-XHI20



16 7.5 20 SDES7.5/I(...)1) 990.60 DILM9-10+ DILA-XHI20



22 11 20 SDES11/I(...)1) 1,046.30 DILM12-10+ DILA-XHI20












70 37 20 SDES37/I(...)1) 1,881.00 – – DILM40+ DILM150-XHI11












Notes 1) Specify voltage and frequency when ordering.Standard voltages: V AC: 24 V, 110 V, 240 V, 415 V at 50 HzNon-standard voltages: V AC: 12 – 600 V at 50 or 60 Hz

V DC: 12 – 250 VFor DC voltage add suffix “-G” to part no. N.B. additional charge applies.

Please enquire for non-standard configurations.

S11

0

(–)N

Q11

Q13

Q13

Q15

K1

I

Q11

Q11

Q15

Q13

K1

Q15

N Y

K1

21

22

13

14

A2

A1

A2

A1

13

14

22

21

28

1717

18

14

13

13

14

43

44

A2

A1

A2

A1

22

21

64

63

64

63

64

63

S11

0

(–)N

Q11

Q13

Q13

Q15

K1

I

Q11

Q11

Q15

Q13

K1

Q15

N Y

K1

21

22

13

14

A2

A1

A2

A1

13

14

22

21

28

1717

18

14

13

13

14

43

44

A2

A1

A2

A1

22

21

Overload relay settings Starting

A: IN x 0.58Protection of the motor in Y- and d configuration

F 15 s

B: IN x 1Only partial motor protection in star position

15 – 40 s

C: IN x 0.58Motor not protected in star position

> 40 s

Timing relay set to approx. 10 s

Main circuit:

Depending on the coordination type required (i.e. Type “1” or Type “2”) it must be established whether the fuse protection and the input wiring for the mains contactor and delta contactor are to be common or separate.

L1 L2 L3

F1

M1

Q13

0.58 x In 0.58 x In

3~M

CA

Q15Q11

V1

U1

W1

U2

W2

V2

1 3 5

2 4 6

1 3 5

2 4 6

1 3 5

2 4 6

B 1 x In

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

21

22

33

34

21

22

33

34

21

22

33

34

21

22

33

34

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

21

22

33

34

21

22

33

34

21

22

33

34

21

22

33

34

5/9


5/10


Co

nta

cto

rs

Co

nta

cto

rs

GST not included

Contactor combinations Contactor combinationsReversing combinations Reversing combinations

AC operation


Max. rating for three-phase motors, 50 – 60 Hz


Individual components of the combination Spare auxiliary contacts Notes Notes

AC-3 AC-3 AC-4 Contactor Q11 Contactor Q12 Q11 Q12 Mechanical interlock

415 V 380/415 V 380/415 V

Ie P P Part no. Part no.

A kW kW

Reversing combinations

Open units 9 4 2.5 DOLRS4/U(...V50HZ)1) 500.90 DILM9-01+ DILA-XHI20


12 5.5 3 DOLRS5.5/U(...V50HZ1) 578.80 DILM12-01+ DILA-XHI20


+

18 7.5 4.5 DOLRS7.5/U(...V50HZ)1) 634.50 DILM17-01+ DILA-XHI20


+

25 11 6 DOLRS11/U(...V50HZ)1) 768.00 DILM25-01+ DILA-XHI20


+

32 15 7 DOLRS15/U(...V50HZ)1) 957.20 DILM32-01+ DILA-XHI20


+

40 18.5 9 DOLRS18.5/U(...V50HZ)1) 1,035.10 DILM40+ DILM150-XHI11


– – +

50 22 10 DOLRS22/U(...V50HZ)1) 1,246.60

65 30 12 DOLRS30/U(...V50HZ)1) 1,446.90 DILM65+ DILM150-XHI11


– – +

Enclosed units 9 4 2.5 DOLRS4/I(...V50HZ)1) 656.70 DILM9-01+ DILA-XHI20


+

12 5.5 3 DOLRS5.5/I(...V50HZ)1) 667.80 DILM12-01+ DILA-XHI20


+

18 7.5 4.5 DOLRS7.5/I(...V50HZ)1) 857.10 DILM17-01+ DILA-XHI20


+

25 11 6 DOLRS11/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,090.80 DILM25-01+ DILA-XHI20


+

32 15 7 DOLRS15/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,357.90 DILM32-01+ DILA-XHI20


40 18.5 9 DOLRS18.5/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,357.90 DILM40+ DILM150-XHI11


– – +

50 22 10 DOLRS22/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,736.30

65 30 12 DOLRS30/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,903.30 DILM65+ DILM150-XHI11


– – +




64

63

64

63

Q12

54

Q1154

53 53

Q1222

21Q11

22

21

Q11A1

A2Q12

A1

A2

I14

13

13

II21

22

22

21

21

220

14

Reversing contactors

U V W

Q11

MM1

Q12

1 3 5

642

1 3 5

642

3

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

Q1214

Q1114

13 13

Q1222

21

Q1122

21

Q11A1

A2

Q12A1

A2(-)N

I14

13

13

II21

22

22

21

21

220

14

64

63

64

63

Q12

54

Q1154

53 53

Q1222

21Q11

22

21

Q11A1

A2Q12

A1

A2

I14

13

13

II21

22

22

21

21

220

14

Reversing contactors

U V W

Q11

MM1

Q12

1 3 5

642

1 3 5

642

3

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

64

63

Q1214

Q1114

13 13

Q1222

21

Q1122

21

Q11A1

A2

Q12A1

A2(-)N

I14

13

13

II21

22

22

21

21

220

14

5/11


Co

nta

cto

rs5/12

GST not included

Accessories Contactors DILM

Voltage For use with Contact sequence Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 0

V

Suppressors

RC suppressors

24 – 48 AC DILM7 – DILM15DILMP20DILA

DILM12-XSPR48 40.50

110 – 240 AC DILM12-XSPR240 40.50

240 – 500 AC DILM12-XSPR500 40.50

24 – 48 AC DILM17 – DILM32 DILM32-XSPR48 40.50

110 – 240 AC DILM32-XSPR240 40.50

240 – 500 AC DILM32-XSPR500 46.20

24 – 48 AC DILM40 – DILM95 DILM95-XSPR48 46.20

110 – 240 AC DILM95-XSPR240 46.20

240 – 500 AC DILM95-XSPR500 52.10



DILM12-XSPV48 33.40

48 – 130 AC DILM12-XSPV130 33.40

130 – 240 AC DILM12-XSPV240 33.40

240 – 500 AC DILM12-XSPV500 33.40

24 – 48 AC DILM17 – DILM32 DILM32-XSPV48 33.40

48 – 130 AC DILM32-XSPV130 33.40

130 – 240 AC DILM32-XSPV240 33.40

240 – 500 AC DILM32-XSPV500 42.80

24 – 48 AC DILM40 – DILM95 DILM95-XSPV48 42.80

48 – 130 AC DILM95-XSPV130 42.80

130 – 240 AC DILM95-XSPV240 42.80

240 – 500 AC DILM95-XSPV500 52.10

Varistor suppressors with integrated LED


DILM12-XSPVL48 39.20

130 – 240 AC DILM12-XSPVL240 39.20

24 – 48 AC DILM17 – DILM32 DILM32-XSPVL48 48.60

130 – 240 AC DILM32-XSPVL240 48.60

24 – 48 AC DILM40 – DILM95 DILM95-XSPVL48 54.50

130 – 240 AC DILM95-XSPVL240 54.50

Free-wheel diode suppressor

12 – 250 DC DILM7 – DILM15DILMP20DILA

DILM12-XSPD 27.90

A1

A2

A2

A1

A1

A2

A1

A2

5/13

Co

nta

cto

rs


GST not included

AccessoriesContactors DILM


Links

DILM7 – DILM65DILA

DILM32-XVB 3.10

DILM7 – DILM150 DILM150-XVB 3.10

Mechanical interlock including contactor connector

DILM7 – DILM15DILMP20DILA

DILM12-XMV 21.80

DILM17 – DILM32 DILM32-XMV 39.20



Set of paralleling links

Consisting of two paralleling links

DILM7 – DILM15 DILM12-XP1 34.00





Co

nta

cto

rs5/14

GST not included

Accessories Contactors DILM


Star-point bridges

DILM7 – DILM15 DILM12-XS1 15.90




Star-delta wiring kits

Main current wiring for star-delta combination – including star-point bridge

DILM7/9/12/15 mains contactorDILM7/9/12/15 delta contactorDILM7/9/12/15 star contactor

DILM12-XSL 36.90

DILM17/25/32 mains contactorDILM17/25/32 delta contactorDILM17/25/32 star contactor

DILM32-XSL 55.40

DILM40/50/65 mains contactorDILM40/50/65 delta contactorDILM40/50/65 star contactor

DILM65-XSL 77.60

Reversing starter wiring kits

Main current wiring for reversing combination

DILM7DILM9DILM12

DILM12-XRL 30.40

DILM17DILM25DILM32

DILM32-XRL 47.90

DILM40DILM50DILM65

DILM65-XRL 63.90

5/15

Co

nta

cto

rs


GST not included

DIL contactorsComplete units exceeding 75 kW, comfort


Max. rating for three-phase motors 50 – 60 Hz

Conventional free air thermal currentIth = Ie AC-1 at 60 °COpen


AC-3 AC-3 AC-4

380 V 415 V

380 V 415 V

1000 V 380 V 415 V

1000 V

Ie P P P P Ith = Ie

A kW kW kW kW A

DILM comfort contactor

185 90 108 75 108 275 DILM185/22(RA250) 1,613.90

225 110 108 90 108 315 DILM225/22(RA250) 1,881.00

250 132 108 110 108 350 DILM250/22(RA250) 2,682.40

300 160 132 132 132 400 DILM300/22(RA250) 3,060.80

400 200 132 160 132 500 DILM400/22(RA250) 3,895.50

500 250 132 200 132 700 DILM500/22(RA250) 5,588.00

580 315 600 250 509 800 DILM580/22(RA250) 5,787.60

650 355 600 280 509 850 DILM650/22(RA250) 8,620.20

750 400 800 315 678 900 DILM750/22(RA250) 9,599.70

820 450 800 355 678 1000 DILM820/22(RA250) 11,519.60

1000 560 1000 450 1000 1000 DILM1000/22(RA250)

15,693.30

DILH comfort contactor, AC-1

1400 DILH1400/22(RAW250)

18,495.00

2000 DILH2000/22(RAW250)

34,002.20

Notes 1000 V: Do not reverse directly.

All contactors have an integrated suppressor.

When operating DILM580 to DILH2000 contactors with frequency inverters, the suppressor on the load side must be removed.

The suppressor on the load side must be removed with DILM580 to DILH2000 contactors when performing a high-voltage test.

Control voltages:

RAW250 q 230 – 250 V AC/DC

RA250 q 110 – 250 V AC/DC


Co

nta

cto

rs5/16

GST not included

AccessoriesDILM contactors


Star-point bridges

DILM185 – DILM400 DILM400-XS1 148.80

DILM500 DILM500-XS1 198.60


Consisting of two paralleling links for main contacts

3-pole DILM185 DILM185-XP1 306.30

Mechanical interlocks

DILM185, DILM225, DILM250, DILM300, DILM400, DILM500

DILM500-XMV 72.50

DILM580, DILM650,DILM750, DILM820, DILM1000

DILM820-XMV 1,110.30

Cable terminal block

With control circuit terminal

DILM185, DILM225 DILM225-XKU-S 293.90

DILM250, DILM300DILM400

DILM400-XKU-S 350.60

Flat strip conductor terminal kit

With control circuit terminal (consisting of 3 flat strip conductor terminals)


DILM650-XKB-S 185.10

DILM750, DILM820 DILM820-XKB-S 293.90

Covers

Terminal cover

DILM185, DILM225DILM250, DILM300DILM400

DILM400-XHB 46.90

DILM500 DILM500-XHB 53.50

DILM580, DILM650 DILM650-XHB 124.90


DILM820-XHB 143.20

5/17

Co

nta

cto

rs


GST not included

DILEM mini contactors, auxiliary contact modules


Rated operationalcurrent

Max. rating for three-phase motors50 – 60 Hz

Conventional free air thermal current Ith = Ie AC-1 at 50 °C



AC-3 Open Enclosed

380 V 415 V

380 V 415 V

Ie P Ith = Ie Ith = Ie

A kW A A

DILEM mini contactor relays, basic units3-pole with auxiliary contactsScrew terminals

9.0 4 20 16 1 N/O DILEM-10(...)1) 95.40 DILEM-10-G(24VDC) 125.40

9.0 4 20 16 1 N/C DILEM-01(...)1) 95.40 DILEM-01-G(24VDC) 125.40



Conventional free air thermal current Ith = Ie AC-1


Open

Ith = Ie

A


For DIL EWith screw terminalsTop mounting

2-pole 10 2 N/C 02DILEM 30.80

2-pole 1 N/O, 1 N/C 11DILEM 30.80

4-pole 2 N/O, 2 N/C 22DILEM 46.00


1 N/O, 1 N/C 11DILE 29.30

2 N/O 20DILE 29.30


1 N/O, 3 N/C 13DILE 46.00

2 N/O, 2 N/C 22DILE 46.00

3 N/O, 1 N/C 31DILE 46.00

4 N/O 40DILE 46.00


Co

nta

cto

rs5/18

GST not included

AccessoriesDIL contactors

Voltage For use with Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 0V

Suppressors

RC suppressors

24 – 48 DILEEM, DILEM RCDILE48 37.70

110 – 250 DILEEM, DILEM RCDILE250 37.70


24 – 48 DILEEMDILEM

VGDILE48 28.00

110 – 250 VGDILE250 28.00

380 – 415 VGDILE415 28.00


Consisting of two paralleling links for main contacts

4-pole DILEEM, DILEM P1DILEM 42.50

Mechanical interlocks

DILEEM-(C)DILEM-(C)

MVDILE 20.30

For use with Coil consumption Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

AC pick-up AC sealing

W W

Coils for AC operation

DILM185, DILM225, DILM250 250 4.3 DILM250-XSP/E(R...)1) 770.10

DILM300, DILM400, DILM500 450 4.3 DILM500-XSP/E(R...)1) 1,155.10

DILM580, DILM650, DILM750, DILM820

1200 9.5 DILM820-XSP/E(R...)1) 1,827.60

Notes 1) Specify one of the following: RDC48 (24 - 48 V DC)RA110 (48 – 110 V DC at 40 – 60 Hz)RA250 (110 – 250 V DC at 40 – 60 Hz)RAC500 (250 – 500 V DC at 40 – 60 Hz)

For DC voltage add suffix “-G” to part no.N.B. additional charge applies.

5/19

Co

nta

cto

rs


GST not included

DOL starters

Motor data Setting range Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

AC-3 Rated operational current

Overload release

415 V, 50 Hz 415 V, 50 Hz

P P Ie Ir

kW HP A A

Direct on-line starters • Insulated enclosure, IP65• Complete with start/stop pushbuttons• According to IEC 60947• Enclosure dimensions: L = 160 mm, W = 85 mm, D = 140 mm• Non-standard voltages available on request.

Without overload

4 5 9 1) DOLS4(...)3) 111.30

5.5 7.5 12 2) DOLS5.5(...)3) 133.60

7.5 10 16 2) DOLS7.5(...)3) 244.90

With overload

4 5 9 F 10 A DOLS4/103) 226.60

5.5 7.5 12 10 – 16 A DOLS5.5/16(...)3) 244.90

7.5 10 16 10 – 16 A DOLS7.5/16(...)3) 333.90

Accessories

Replacement enclosure CI-DOLS 33.90

Notes 1) Use add-on overload up to 10 A2) Use add-on overload up to 16 AThe addition of an external reset button or interposing relays will result in an increase in enclosure size and DOL starter price.3) Specify voltage and frequency when ordering.

Standard voltages: V AC: 24 V, 110 V, 240 V, 415 V at 50 HzNon-standard voltages: V AC: 12 – 600 V at 50 or 60 Hz




Co

nta

cto

rs5/20 Engineering

Contacts for safety-relevant control functions

Contacts for safety-relevant control functions

Positive opening operation of the contacts to IEC/EN 60947-5-1, Annex L

Mirror contacts to IEC/EN 60947-4-1, Annex F

Part no.

Integrated auxiliary switch in basic unit to contacts in the auxiliary contact module1)

Between the contacts within an auxiliary contact module1)

Integrated auxiliary break contact1) to the main contacts

Auxiliary break contact in the auxiliary contact module1) to the main contacts

Contactor with AC or DC operation, with screw or cage clamp connections

Contactor with AC or DC operation, with screw or cage clamp connections

Yes Yes No main contacts available No main contacts available DILA22(31)

Yes Yes No auxiliary break contact available

Yes DILM7-10 toDILM32-10

Yes Yes Yes Yes DILM7-01 toDILM32-01

No auxiliary contact available Yes No auxiliary break contact available

Yes DILM40 toDILM65

Not currently available Not currently available Not currently available Not currently available DILM80 toDILM150

Yes Yes No main contacts available No main contacts available DILER-22(31)


Yes DILE(E)M-10

Yes Yes Yes Yes DILE(E)M-01

Yes Yes No main contacts available No main contacts available DILR-22(31)


Yes DIL00(A)(B)M-10

Yes Yes Yes Yes DIL00(A)(B)M-01

No integrated auxiliary contact available

Yes No integrated auxiliary contact available

Yes DIL0(A)M toDIL3M85

Yes Connect 1 right and 1 left SI auxiliary switch contact in series

DIL4M115 andDIL4M145

Yes Yes DILM185 toDILM1000

Yes Yes DILH1400 to DILH2000

Currently not tested Currently not tested DILP160 toDILP800

Notes 1) generally does not apply for combinations with early-make contacts and late-break contacts

5/21

Co

nta

cto

rs


DimensionsContactors DILM

Contactors

DILM7DILM9DILM12DILM15

DILM17DILM25DILM32

Type c

DILM32-XHI 117

DILA-XHI 117

DILA-XHI..T 12518 45 68

45

36

8.7 8.7 8.7 8.7 (5.1)

6.5

75

c

3.235

2 x M4

60

11.6 11.6

4.5

17.7

10.6(6.4)

38 7160.4

85

45

4.8

138

6.5

97.4

4.5 35

2 x M4

75

Sideways distance to earthed parts: 6 mm


Co

nta

cto

rs5/22 Dimensions

Contactors DILM

DILM40DILM50DILM65


DILM80DILM95DILM115DILM150


6.9

4.734.4

114

132.1

147

55

57 86.4

104

115

45

2 x M4

105

90

111

82.5

85.5

142

160

76.5

57 170

156

4 x M6

156

70

6/1

Ove

rlo

ad r

elay

s


Content

Page

Overload relays ZB 6/2

Overload relays ZB, ZE 6/3

Overload relays Z5 6/4

Current transformer-operated overload relays ZW7 6/4

Electronic motor-protective relay ZEV 6/5

Thermal overload relay EMT6 for machine protection 6/6

Dimensions 6/7

Overload relays ZB 6/7


Ove

rlo

ad r

elay

s6/2

GST not included

Overload relays ZB

Setting rangeoverload releases

For use with Short-circuit protection Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 0

Type “1” coordination


Ir gG/gL gG/gL

A A A

ZB12 overload relays

Phase failure sensitivity to IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660 Part 102For direct mounting

0.1 – 0.16 DILM7,DILM9, DILM12,DILM15

25 0.5 ZB12-0,16 110.80

0.16 – 0.24 1 ZB12-0,24 110.80

0.24 – 0.4 2 ZB12-0,4 110.80

0.4 – 0.6 4 ZB12-0,6 110.80

0.6 – 1 4 ZB12-1 110.80

1 – 1.6 6 ZB12-1,6 110.80

1.6 – 2.4 10 ZB12-2,4 110.80

2.4 – 4 16 ZB12-4 110.80

4 – 6 20 ZB12-6 110.80

6 – 10 50 25 ZB12-10 110.80

9 – 12 ZB12-12 110.80

12 – 16 ZB12-16 110.80

ZB32 overload relays

Phase failure sensitivity to IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660 Part 102For direct mounting

0.1 – 0.16 DILM17, DILM25,DILM32

25 0.5 ZB32-0,16 124.90

0.16 – 0.24 1 ZB32-0,24 124.90

0.24 – 0.4 2 ZB32-0,4 124.90

0.4 – 0.6 4 ZB32-0,6 124.90

0.6 – 1 4 ZB32-1 124.90

1 – 1.6 6 ZB32-1,6 124.90

1.6 – 2.4 10 ZB32-2,4 124.90

2.4 – 4 16 ZB32-4 124.90

4 – 6 20 ZB32-6 124.90

6 – 10 50 25 ZB32-10 124.90

10 – 16 63 35 ZB32-16 124.90

16 – 24 100 35 ZB32-24 130.60

24 – 32 125 63 ZB32-32 167.60

ZB65, ZB150 overload relays

Phase failure sensitivity to IEC/EN 60947For direct mounting

6 – 10 DILM40, DILM50,DILM65

50 25 ZB65-10 181.70

10 – 16 63 35 ZB65-16 181.70

16 – 24 63 50 ZB65-24 181.70

24 – 40 125 63 ZB65-40 249.80

40 – 57 160 80 ZB65-57 295.20

50 – 65 160 100 ZB65-65 334.90

25 – 35 DILM80, DILM95,DILM115, DILM150

125 100 ZB150-35 403.10

35 – 50 160 125 ZB150-50 403.10

50 – 70 250 160 ZB150-70 459.80

70 – 100 315 200 ZB150-100 459.80

95 – 125 315 250 ZB150-125 562.00

120 – 150 315 250 ZB150-150 675.50

6/3

Ove

rlo

ad r

elay

s


GST not included

Overload relays ZB, ZE





Ir gG/gL gG/gL

A A A

Separate mounting

25 – 35 DILM80, DILM95,DILM115, DILM150

125 100 ZB150-35/KK 471.20

35 – 50 160 125 ZB150-50/KK 471.20

50 – 70 250 160 ZB150-70/KK 539.30

70 – 100 315 200 ZB150-100/KK 539.30

95 – 125 315 250 ZB150-125/KK 641.50

120 – 150 315 250 ZB150-150/KK 743.60

Accessories

Bases

For separate mounting ZB32 ZB32-XEZ 25.60

ZB65 ZB65-XEZ 39.80

Pushbuttons

For enclosed overload relaysMounting diameter: 22.3 mm

External reset button IP65, blue ZW7...ZB12ZB32ZB65ZB150

M22-DZ-B-GB14 23.60

ZE overload relay

Phase failure sensitivity to IEC/EN 60947For direct mounting

0.1 – 0.16 DILE(E)M 20 0.5 ZE-0,16 101.60

0.16 – 0.24 20 1 ZE-0,24 101.60

0.24 – 0.4 20 2 ZE-0,4 101.60

0.4 – 0.6 20 2 ZE-0,6 101.60

0.6 – 1 20 4 ZE-1,0 101.60

1 – 1.6 20 6 ZE-1,6 101.60

1.6 – 2.4 20 6 ZE-2,4 101.60

2.4 – 4 20 10 ZE-4 101.60

4 – 6 20 10 ZE-6 101.60

6 – 9 20 10 ZE-9 101.60


Ove

rlo

ad r

elay

s6/4

GST not included

Overload relays Z5Current transformer-operated overload relays ZW7





Ir gG/gL gG/gL

A A A

Z5 Overload relays

Phase failure sensitivity to IEC/EN 60947

For direct or separate mounting

50 – 70 DILM185DILM225DILM250

250 160 Z5-70/FF250 567.90

70 – 100 315 200 Z5-100/FF250 567.90

95 – 125 315 250 Z5-125/FF250 567.90

120 – 160 400 250 Z5-160/FF250 539.60

160 – 220 400 315 Z5-220/FF250 676.10

200 – 250 400 315 Z5-250/FF250 676.10



Ir

A

ZW7 current transformer-operated overload relay

Separate mounting

85 – 125 ZW7-125 1,213.10

110 – 160 ZW7-160 1,213.10

160 – 240 ZW7-240 1,338.50

190 – 290 ZW7-290 1,338.50

270 – 400 ZW7-400 1,338.50

360 – 540 ZW7-540 1,602.20

420 – 630 ZW7-630 1,602.20

6/5

Ove

rlo

ad r

elay

s


GST not included

Electronic motor-protective relay ZEV

Length Diameter Setting range overload releases

Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 2o Ir

mm mm A

ZEV electronic motor-protective relay

• Protection against unbalance• Overload protection• Tripping class between 5 and 40• Earth leakage protection• Integrated thermistor connection allows the relay to be

expanded to provide a full motor protection system• LCD display with fault indication• 2 standard contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C, 2 free programmable

contacts for fault indication• Phase failure protection

PTB 01 ATEX 3233

– – 1 – 820 ZEV 442.40

Current sensors

6 1 – 25 ZEV-XSW-25 284.40

13 3 – 65 ZEV-XSW-65 284.40

21 10 – 145 ZEV-XSW-145 701.40

– 110 40 – 820 ZEV-XSW-820 859.30

Connecting cables

200 – – ZEV-XVK-20 22.90

400 – – ZEV-XVK-40 25.40

800 – – ZEV-XVK-80 29.20

SSW core-balance transformers

For earth-leakage monitoring 40 – SSW40-0,3 501.70

– SSW40-0,5 501.70

– SSW40-1 501.70

65 – SSW65-0,5 659.80

65 – SSW65-1 659.80

120 – SSW120-0,5 1,744.20

120 – SSW120-1 1,744.20


Ove

rlo

ad r

elay

s6/6

GST not included

Thermal overload relay EMT6 for machine protection

Description Rated control voltage Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 0

Us

V

Thermistor overload relays for machine protection3 A rated operational current forAC-15, 240 VAC-14, 415 V

Without automatic resetMains and fault LED display

24 – 240 V 50/60 Hz,24 – 240 V DC

EMT6 246.10

Without automatic resetMains and fault LED displayTrip with short-circuit in the sensor cable

24 – 240 V 50/60 Hz,24 – 240 V DC

EMT6-K 257.30

Without automatic resetMains and fault LED display

230 V 50/60 Hz EMT6(230V) 412.40

Selector switch with/without automatic resetFor manual or remote resettingTest buttonMains and fault LED display

24 – 240 V 50/60 Hz,24 – 240 V DC

EMT6-DB 412.40

Selector switch with/without automatic resetFor manual or remote resettingTest buttonMains and fault LED displayTrip with short-circuit in the sensor cable

24 – 240 V 50/60 Hz,24 – 240 V DC

EMT6-KDB 423.50

Selector switch with/without automatic resetFor manual or remote resettingTest buttonMains and fault LED display

230 V 50/60 Hz EMT6-DB(230V) 412.40

Multifunction deviceSelector switch with/without automatic resetTrip with short-circuit in the sensor cableZero-voltage safeFor manual or remote resettingTest buttonShort-circuit recognition and zero-voltage safety can be deactivatedMains and fault LED display

24 – 240 V 50/60 Hz,24 – 240 V DC

EMT6-DBK 569.90

Accessories

Screw adapter

For screw fixing – CS-TE 10.60

6/7

Ove

rlo

ad r

elay

s


DimensionsOverload relays ZB

Overload relays

ZB12/ZB32

ZB65

ZB32-XEZZB65-XEZ

45 83

65

48

35.5

39.5 29

.5

60 102

95.5

51.5

79.2

20.3

5

b

16.5

c2

b1

a

c

c1 ZB32 ZB65

a 45 60

b 85 86

b1 42.5 42.5

c 90.5 112

c1 58.3 80.5

c2 3.8 4.7


Ove

rlo

ad r

elay

s6/8 Dimensions

Overload relays ZB

ZB150

ZB150KK

M22-DZ-... external reset buttonOFF button M22-DZ-...

138

63

129100

134

74

118

99

80

95

73

12174

63

129

134

100

118

99

95

100

19

2 – 5

8

2.5

24.1

22.3

3.2

o 2

9.5

7/1

Cam

sw

itch

es


Content

Page

System overview

T cam switches 7/2

Switch-disconnectors 7/3

Cam switches 7/4

Cam switches, accessories 7/12


Cam

sw

itch

es7/2 System overview

T cam switches

Isolators: T0, T3, T5B, T5

Control switches: T0, T3, T5B, T5

Main switch (assembly kit)

Thumb-grip, for use asEmergency-Stop device

Thumb-grip with front plate

Safety switch

Surface mounting

Door mounting

Rear mounting

Service distributionboard mounting

Coupling drive

Main switch (assembly kit),for use as Emergency-Stop device

Rear mounting

Coupling drive

Thumb-grip with front plate

Service distribution board mounting

Door mounting

Surface mounting

7/3

Cam

sw

itch

es


Switch-disconnectors

The reliable and robust T&P isolators are quick and easy to install and, together with simple selection, offer savings in both time and cost. Current ratings are from 20 A to 100 A with power ratings from 4 kW to 37 kW. They are suitable for main, maintenance and Emergency-Stop switches, being available in their own enclosures or for mounting in control cabinets, either on the door or rear of the panel with cover interlock.

The T0 range of control switches is suitable for many different switching and control functions, such as ON/OFF, Hand/Auto and changeover. Manufactured in the UK, this highly flexible system satisfies a wide range of applications, and can be customised to suit specific needs.

Features and benefitsIsolators• All switches to IEC/EN 60204 & IEC/EN 60947.• Padlockable in the OFF position (using up to three padlocks) for safe,

secure maintenance.• Available in insulated enclosures to meet all applications.• With a high protection standard of IP65, they can be used in most

environments including the food industry.Control switches• Sharing the same design criteria as the RMQ-Titan range, T0 switches

can be combined with this system to offer even greater functionality.• A broad range of mounting and fitting options speeds assembly and

meets every operational requirement.


7/4


Cam

sw

itch

es

Cam

sw

itch

es


Cam switches Cam switches

Flush mounting Rear mounting Surface mounting Centre mounting For use as emergency-stop devices1)

For use as emergency-stop devices1)

For use as emergency-stop devices1)

Number of poles

AC-3415 V

Rated uninterrupted current

Front IP65 Front IP65 IP65 Front IP65 Surface mountingIP65

Flush mountingFront IP65

Rear mountingFront IP65

Iu

Part no. Mounting form Price ($)

Product group 0

Mounting form

Price ($)

Product group 0

Mounting form Price ($)

Product group 0

Mounting form

Price ($)

Product group 0


Product group 0


Product group 0


Product group 0

kW A

On-off switches, main switches

Mounting forms I and I./SVB 1 1.3 20 T0-1-8200/... E 44.70 Z 52.70 I1 73.20 EZ 46.80 I1/SVB 91.80 EA/SVB 81.90 V/SVB 87.80

3.6 32 T3-1-8200/... E 83.10 Z 91.20 I2 130.90 EZ 85.40 I2/SVB 143.80 EA/SVB 119.30 V/SVB 129.80

7.3 63 T5B-1-8200/... E 162.50 Z 198.70 I4 243.10 – – I4/SVB 279.40 EA/SVB 231.40 V/SVB 281.80

12.3 100 T5-1-8200/... E 237.30 Z 274.70 I5 469.90 – – I5/SVB 524.80 EA/SVB 312.10 V/SVB 350.60

2 2.2 20 T0-1-102/... E 47.10 Z 55.00 I1 75.60 EZ 49.10 I1/SVB 88.90 EA/SVB 79.50 V/SVB 90.10

5.5 32 T3-1-102/... E 86.50 Z 95.90 I2 210.10 EZ 90.10 I2/SVB 148.50 EA/SVB 129.80 V/SVB 129.80

11 63 T5B-1-102/... E 162.30 Z 203.40 I4 247.80 – – I4/SVB 281.80 EA/SVB 247.80 V/SVB 291.10

18.5 100 T5-1-102/... E 235.00 Z 279.40 I5 469.90 – – I5/SVB 524.80 EA/SVB 310.90 V/SVB 357.70

All other mounting forms 2 2.2 20 T0-1-15108/... E 54.60 Z 62.00 I1 81.90 EZ 56.10 – – – – – –

5.5 32 T3-1-15108/... E 94.20 Z 100.60 I2 140.30 EZ 106.50 – – – – – –

22 63 T5B-1-15108/... E 182.40 Z 224.40 I4 273.50 – – – – – – – –

18.5 100 T5-1-15108/... E 239.70 Z 280.50 I5 478.10 – – – – – – – –

3 4 20 T0-2-1/... E 50.90 Z 57.40 I1 79.40 EZ 51.50 I1/SVB 95.40 EA/SVB 89.30 V/SVB 93.00

7.5 25 P1-25/... E 68.30 Z 74.40 I2 112.80 EZ 72.00 I2/SVB 125.30 EA/SVB 101.70 V/SVB 112.80

13 32 P1-32/... E 101.70 Z 122.70 I2 145.10 EZ 104.10 I2/SVB 155.00 EA/SVB 133.80 V/SVB 145.10

30 63 P3-63/... E 178.50 Z 212.00 I4 273.80 – – I4/SVB 291.20 EA/SVB 240.50 V/SVB 280.10

37 100 P3-100/... E 272.60 Z 301.10 I5 484.40 – – I5/SVB 510.50 EA/SVB 328.40 V/SVB 370.50

3 + N 4 20 T0-2-15042/... E 70.20 Z 81.90 I1 99.40 EZ 70.20 – – – – – –

11 32 T3-2-15042/... E 127.50 Z 137.90 I2 176.60 EZ 130.90 – – – – – –

4 4 20 T0-2-8324/... E 72.50 Z 81.90 I1 101.80 EZ 73.70 – – – – – –

11 32 T3-2-8324/... E 127.50 Z 137.90 I2 176.60 EZ 130.90 – – – – – –

Notes 1) To IEC/EN 60204-1, VDE 0113, Part 1 with red rotary handle and yellow locking collar, lockable in the 0 position

7/5


7/6


Cam

sw

itch

es

Cam

sw

itch

es



Flush mounting Rear mounting Surface mounting Centre mounting

Number of poles AC-3415 V


Front IP65 Front IP65 IP65 Front IP65

Iu


Product group 0


Product group 0


Product group 0


Product group 0

kW A

Changeover switches with centre off position

Mounting forms I and I./SVB 1 1.3 20 T0-1-8210/... E 53.40 Z 57.40 I1 74.80 EZ 51.50

3.6 32 T3-1-8210/... E 90.10 Z 100.60 I2 140.30 EZ 100.60

7.3 63 T5B-1-8210/... E 175.30 Z 223.30 I4 295.00 – –

2 2.2 20 T0-2-8211/... E 62.00 Z 70.20 I1 85.40 EZ 69.50

5.5 32 T3-2-8211/... E 120.50 Z 129.80 I2 166.00 EZ 123.90

11 63 T5B-2-8211/... E 274.70 Z 291.20 I4 274.70 – –

All other mounting forms 3 4 20 T0-3-8212/... E 72.00 Z 84.20 I1 99.40 EZ 72.50

12 32 T3-3-8212/... E 160.20 Z 167.20 I2 212.70 EZ 160.20

22 63 T5B-3-8212/... E 311.00 Z 293.40 I4 436.10 – –

30 100 T5-3-8212/... E 470.10 Z 510.80 I5 724.60 – –

37 125 T6-3-8212/... E 1,073.70 – – – – – –

55 315 T8-3-8212/... E 1,776.40 – – – – – –

4 4 20 T0-4-8213/... E 107.60 Z 116.90 I1 140.30 EZ 112.20

12 32 T3-4-8213/... E 198.70 Z 214.00 I2 252.50 EZ 214.00

22 63 T5B-4-8213/... E 382.90 Z 422.00 I4 519.10 – –

30 100 T5-4-8213/... E 583.30 Z 626.40 I5 839.10 – –

Reversing switches with center off position

2 2.2 20 T0-2-8400/... E 70.20 Z 81.90 I1 104.80 EZ 73.70

5.5 32 T3-2-8400/... E 127.50 Z 137.90 I2 176.60 EZ 132.20

11 63 T5B-2-8400/... E 252.50 Z 291.10 I4 350.60 – –

3 4 20 T0-3-8401/... E 77.00 Z 84.20 I1 111.60 EZ 84.20

11 32 T3-3-8401/... E 158.80 Z 167.60 I2 225.70 EZ 169.60

22 63 T5B-3-8401/... E 317.90 Z 357.70 I4 411.40 – –

30 100 T5-3-8401/... E 470.10 Z 540.20 I5 723.50 – –

Reversing switches for single phase motors 240 V

2 2.4 20 T0-3-8622/... E 90.10 Z 99.40 I1 122.80 EZ 92.40

4.4 32 T3-3-8622/... E 160.20 Z 177.70 I2 225.70 EZ 169.60

7/7


7/8


Cam

sw

itch

es

Cam

sw

itch

es




Number of poles AC-3415 V



Iu


Product group 0


Product group 0


Product group 0


Product group 0

kW A

Star-delta switches

Mounting forms I and I./SVB 3 5.5 20 T0-4-8410/... E 107.60 Z 116.90 I1 140.30 EZ 111.10

18.5 32 T3-4-8410/... E 198.70 Z 214.00 I2 252.50 EZ 202.30

37 63 T5B-4-8410/... E 382.20 Z 417.30 I4 488.50 – –

Reversing star-delta switches

3 5.5 20 T0-5-15876/... E 127.50 Z 136.80 – – EZ 127.50

18.5 32 T3-5-15876/... E 239.70 Z 247.80 I2 251.40 EZ 250.10

30 63 T5B-5-15876/... E 447.70 Z 489.80 – – – –

3 with interlock provision

5.5 20 T0-6-15877/... E 145.00 Z 155.50 – – EZ 146.20

18.5 32 T3-6-15877/... E 279.40 Z 286.40 – – EZ 280.50

3 with interlock provision

22 63 T5B-7-15897/... E 576.20 Z 616.00 – – – –

Multi-speed switches

Two-speed, non-reversing

All other mounting forms 3, for two separate windings

4 20 T0-3-8451/... E 88.90 Z 99.40 I1 122.80 EZ 92.40

12 32 T3-3-8451/... E 169.60 Z 177.70 I2 225.70 EZ 169.60

22 63 T5B-3-8451/... E 317.90 Z 357.70 I4 411.40 – –

3, for one-tapped winding

4 20 T0-4-8440/... E 107.60 Z 116.90 I1 140.30 EZ 111.10

12 32 T3-4-8440/... E 198.70 Z 215.10 I2 252.50 EZ 201.10

22 63 T5B-4-8440/... E 382.20 Z 417.30 I4 488.50 – –

Reversing multi-speed switches

Two-speed, reversing

3 4 20 T0-5-8453/... E 127.50 Z 136.80 – – EZ 127.50

12 32 T3-5-8453/... E 239.70 Z 247.80 – – EZ 243.10

22 63 T5B-6-71/... E 510.80 Z 543.50 – – – –

3 4 20 T0-6-15866/... E 145.00 Z 155.50 – EZ 146.20

12 32 T3-6-15866/... E 279.40 Z 286.40 – – EZ 280.50

7/9


7/10


Cam

sw

itch

es

Cam

sw

itch

es




Number of poles Steps AC-3415 V



Iu


Product group 0


Product group 0


Product group 0


Product group 0

kW A

Starting switches

For single phase motor with auxiliary winding

Mounting forms I and I./SVB 2, non-reversing

– 4 20 T0-2-15121/... E 70.20 Z 81.90 I1 99.40 EZ 73.70

5.5 32 T3-2-15121/... E 127.50 Z 137.90 I2 176.60 EZ 132.30

22 63 T5B-2-15121/... E 252.50 Z 292.20 I4 350.60 – –

2, reversing 4 20 T0-3-8426/... E 88.90 Z 99.40 I1 122.80 EZ 92.40

5.5 32 T3-3-8426/... E 169.60 Z 177.70 I2 225.70 EZ 195.30

22 63 T5B-3-8426/... E 317.90 Z 357.70 I4 411.40 – –

Step switches

All other mounting forms 1 2 – – T0-1-8240/... E 52.70 Z 62.00 I1 81.90 EZ 56.10

1 3 T0-2-8241/... E 69.10 Z 81.90 I1 99.40 EZ 73.70

1 4 T0-2-8242/... E 70.20 Z 81.90 I1 99.40 EZ 73.70

1 5 T0-3-8243/... E 88.90 Z 99.40 I1 122.80 EZ 92.40

1 6 T0-3-8244/... E 88.90 Z 99.40 I1 122.80 EZ 92.40

1 7 T0-4-8245/... E 107.60 Z 116.90 I1 140.30 EZ 112.20

1 8 T0-4-8246/... E 107.60 Z 116.90 I1 140.30 EZ 112.20

1 9 T0-5-8247/... E 125.50 Z 136.80 – – EZ 127.50

3 2 T0-3-8280/... E 88.90 Z 99.40 I1 122.80 EZ 92.40

3 3 T0-5-8281/... E 130.30 Z 136.80 – – EZ 127.50

3 4 T0-6-8282/... E 145.00 Z 155.50 – – EZ 146.20

3 5 T0-8-8283/... E 178.90 Z 190.60 – – EZ 182.40

7/11


7/12


Cam

sw

itch

es

Cam

sw

itch

es


Cam switches, accessories Cam switches, accessories


Number of poles Front IP65 Front IP65 IP65 Front IP65


Product group 0


Product group 0


Product group 0


Product group 0

Instrument selector switches

Voltmeter

Mounting forms I and II./SVB 3 x phase against phase with OFF position

T0-2-15920/... E 71.40 Z 81.90 I1 99.40 EZ 74.80

3 x phase against phase without OFF position

T0-2-15922/... E 71.40 Z 81.90 I1 99.40 EZ 74.80

3 x phase against neutral with OFF position

T0-2-15921/... E 71.40 Z 81.90 I1 99.40 EZ 74.80

3 x phase against neutral without OFF position

T0-2-15923/... E 71.40 Z 81.90 I1 99.40 EZ 74.80

3 x phase against phase plus 3 x phase against neutral with OFF position

T0-3-8007/.. E 89.30 Z 93.50 I1 119.30 EZ 86.50

3 x phase against phase plus 3 x phase against neutral without OFF position

T0-3-15924/... E 88.00 Z 99.40 I1 122.80 EZ 93.50

Ammeter

All other mounting forms 3-pole, measurement via current transformers T0-3-8048/... E 89.30 Z 93.50 I1 119.30 EZ 86.50

3-pole, direct measurement3 main circuits, 12 A

T0-5-15925/... E 127.50 Z 136.80 – – EZ 127.50


T3-5-15925/... E 239.70 Z 247.80 – – EZ 243.10


T5B-6-183/... E 510.80 Z 543.50 – – – –

7/13

Description For use with Part no. Price ($)

Product group 0

Accessories

Key operation

Front protected to IP 53 T0, T3 and P1-.../E, .../I..., .../Z S-T0 119.00

Padlockable handle

Red handle, yellow locking collar T0, T3 and P1-.../E, .../I..., .../Z SVB-T0 23.60

T5(B) and P3-.../E, .../I..., .../Z SVB-P3 38.40


Product group 0

Accessories

Neutral poles

Early-make, late-break, side mountingCan be fitted to left and/or right of 3-pole P switch-disconnectors

P1-.../E, .../EA, .../EZ N-P1E 27,30

P1-.../Z, .../V, .../I2 N-P1Z 27,30

P3-.../E, .../EA N-P3E 45.90

P3-.../Z, .../V, .../I... N-P3Z 45.90

Auxiliary contacts

1 N/O, 1 N/CCan be fitted to left and/or right of 3-pole P switch-disconnectors

P1-.../E, .../EA, .../EZP3-.../E, .../EA

HI11-P1/P3E 39.80

P1-.../Z, .../V, .../I2P3-.../I, .../Z, .../V, .../I...

HI11-P1/P3Z 39.80


Cam

sw

itch

es7/14

GST not included

Cam switchesAccessories


Product group 0

Thumb-grips

Black-handle T0, T3-.../E, .../EZ, .../IVS, ..../Z, .../I1 KNB-T0 10.50

T5(B)-.../E, .../Z KNB-P3 13.80

Serviceman’s key

Includes hollow drive shaft tube plus black KNB handle

P1, when door is open KNK-T0 14.30

P3, when door is open KNK-P3 25.90

Coupling drive

T0 and T3 DE-T0 13.70

T5B and P3 DE-P3 44.70

Drive shaft

37 mm overall length P1-.../EA AE-T0 3.80

37 mm overall length P3-.../EA AE-P3 3.80

Interlocks with N and PE terminals

T0, T3 and P1-.../E, .../EZ UV-T0 12.50

T5(B) and P3-.../E UV-P3 20.00

Interlock extensions

Push-fit, up to 4 units, 25 mm UV-T0 ZVV-T0 4.70

UV-P3 ZVV-P3 8.10

Shaft extensions

Plug-in, 25 mm T0, T3 and P1-.../Z ZAV-T0 2.70

T5(B) and P3-.../Z ZAV-P3 4.70

Sleeves

For flush mounting switches, up to four contact units

T0-..., T3-... and P1-.../E H3-T0 16.20

Insulated enclosures

T0, up to 2 contact units CI-K1-T0-2 33.60


T3, P1 up to 2 contact units CI-K2-T3-2 53.40


T5B, P3 up to 2 contact units CI-K4-T5B-2 80.60

T5B, up to 4 contact units CI-K4-T5B-4 90.50

T5, P3 up to 2 contact units CI-K5-T5-2 189.60


8/1

Mo

tor-

pro

tect

ive

circ

uit

-bre

aker

s


Content

PKZ2

Page


Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZ2 8/15

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZ2 8/17

Motor protection modules 8/17

Auxiliary contacts, short-circuit indicators, current limiter 8/18

Shunt releases, undervoltage releases 8/19

Remote release, contact modules 8/20

Accessories 8/21

Insulated enclosures, accessories 8/22

Busbar adapters 8/10

PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4

Page

System overview 8/2

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4 8/2

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM01 8/4

Motor-protective circuit-breakers, insulated enclosures 8/4

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM0, PKZM4 8/5

Motor-protective circuit-breakers, insulated enclosures 8/5

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4 8/7

Auxiliary contacts, undervoltage releases 8/7

Accessories 8/8

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM0, PKZM4, PKZ2 8/10

Busbar adapters 8/10

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM0, PKZM4 8/12

Wiring sets 8/12

Accessories 8/13


Mo

tor-

pro

tect

ive

circ

uit

-bre

aker

s8/2 System overview

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4

Motor protection, transformer protection, conductor and cable protection

Standard auxiliary contact

PKZM0

PKZM01

Voltagereleases

Door couplingrotary handle

Standardauxiliarycontact

PKZM4

PKZM0

Current limiter

8/3

Mo

tor-

pro

tect

ive

circ

uit

-bre

aker

s


System overviewMotor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZ:now better than ever

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZ from Moeller have long set the benchmark for quality. And now, for inclusion in the xStart concept, these products have been updated once again, and enhanced in terms of their technical specification.

The PKZM0 now switches motors up to 32 A. At the same time, its short-circuit switching capacity is significantly increased: the short-circuit rating (400 V) is now 150 kA up to 12 A and 50 kA up to 32 A. The PKZM4 also has a switching capacity of 50 kA. This simplifies the engineering of safety and reliability, with current limiters becoming virtually obsolete. PKZM01 is a completely new product with push-button operation for switching motors up to 16 A (50 kA/400 V).


Mo

tor-

pro

tect

ive

circ

uit

-bre

aker

s8/4

GST not included

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM01Motor-protective circuit-breakers, insulated enclosures

AC-3 Setting range Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

415 V Overload releases Short-circuit releases

P Ir Irm

kW A A

Motor-protective circuit-breakers, Type “1” and Type “2” coordinationScrew terminals

– 0.1 – 0.16 2.2 PKZM01-0,16 186.60

0.06 0.16 – 0.25 3.5 PKZM01-0,25 186.60

0.09 0.25 – 0.4 5.6 PKZM01-0,4 186.60

0.12 0.4 – 0.63 8.8 PKZM01-0,63 186.60

0.25 0.63 – 1 14 PKZM01-1 186.60

0.55 1 – 1.6 22 PKZM01-1,6 186.60

0.75 1.6 – 2.5 35 PKZM01-2,5 186.60

1.5 2.5 – 4 56 PKZM01-4 186.60

2.2 4 – 6.3 88 PKZM01-6,3 186.60

4 6.3 – 10 140 PKZM01-10 215.10

5.5 8 – 12 168 PKZM01-12 215.10

7.5 10 – 16 224 PKZM01-16 215.10

Protection type

For use with Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

Insulated enclosures for surface mounting

For PKZM01 motor-protective circuit-breakers

IP40, NEMA Type 1

PKZM01+NHI-E or VHI-PKZ01+U or A or NHI+L (2 off)

CI-PKZ01 38.10

With actuation membraneIP65, NEMA 4X

CI-PKZ01-G 43.50

Lockable in off positionPKZM01+NHI-E or +U or A (undervoltage or shunt release) +L (2 off)

CI-PKZ01-SVB 70.10

Lockable in off position in combination with VHI-PKZ01 PKZM01+NHI-E or VHI-PKZ01+U or A (undervoltage or shunt release) +L (2 off)

CI-PKZ01-SVB-V 70.10

With Emergency-Stop pushbutton actuator, stay-put CI-PKZ01-PVT 91.40

With Emergency-Stop pushbutton actuator, release with key

CI-PKZ01-PVS 158.20

Insulated enclosures for flush mounting


– Front IP40, NEMA Type 1

PKZM01+NHI-E or VHI-PKZ01+U or A or NHI+L (2 off)

E-PKZ01 32.80

With actuation membrane Front IP65, NEMA 4X

E-PKZ01-G 43.50

Lockable in off position PKZM01+NHI-E+U or A (undervoltage or shunt release) +L (2 off)

E-PKZ01-SVB 53.40

Lockable in off position in combination with VHI-PKZ01 PKZM01+NHI-E or VHI-PKZ01+U or A (undervoltage or shunt release) +L (2 off)

E-PKZ01-SVB-V 66.70

With Emergency-Stop pushbutton actuator, stay-put E-PKZ01-PVT 91.40

With Emergency-Stop pushbutton actuator, release with key

E-PKZ01-PVS 160.80

8/5

Mo

tor-

pro

tect

ive

circ

uit

-bre

aker

s


GST not included

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM0, PKZM4Motor-protective circuit-breakers, insulated enclosures

AC-3 Setting range Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

415 V Overload releases Short-circuit releases

P Ir Irm

kW A A

Motor-protective circuit-breakers, Type “1” and Type “2” coordinationScrew terminalsSingle-phasing sensitivity to IEC/EN 60947-4-1Can be snap-fitted to IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail, height 7.5 or 15 mm

PTB 02 ATEX 3151, see manual

– 0.1 – 0.16 2.2 PKZM0-0,16 166.60

0.06 0.16 – 0.25 3.5 PKZM0-0,25 166.60

0.09 0.25 – 0.4 5.6 PKZM0-0,4 166.60

0.12 0.4 – 0.63 8.8 PKZM0-0,63 192.60

0.25 0.63 – 1 14 PKZM0-1 192.60

0.55 1 – 1.6 22 PKZM0-1,6 192.60

0.75 1.6 – 2.5 35 PKZM0-2,5 192.60

1.5 2.5 – 4 56 PKZM0-4 192.60

2.2 4 – 6.3 88 PKZM0-6,3 192.60

4 6.3 – 10 140 PKZM0-10 221.20

5.5 8 – 12 168 PKZM0-12 221.20

7.5 10 – 16 224 PKZM0-16 221.20

9 16 – 20 280 PKZM0-20 247.30

12.5 20 – 25 350 PKZM0-25 273.30

15 25 – 32 448 PKZM0-32 263.90

Motor-protective circuit-breakers, Type “1” and Type “2” coordinationScrew terminalsSingle-phasing sensitivity to IEC/EN 60947-4-1Can be snap fitted to an IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail, height 7.5 or 15 mm

PTB 02 ATEX 3153, see manual

7.5 10 – 16 224 PKZM4-16 390.30

12.5 20 – 25 350 PKZM4-25 400.70

15 25 – 32 448 PKZM4-32 478.80

20 32 – 40 560 PKZM4-40 555.60

25 40 – 50 700 PKZM4-50 629.70

30 50 – 58 812 PKZM4-58 646.60

34 55 – 65 882 PKZM4-63 668.60

Protection type




Cover with aperture dimensioned to accommodate front of breaker. IP40, when mounted turned through 90° to left/right

IP41 when mounted vertically

PKZM0-... +NHI or AGM+U or A +NHI-E+L-PKZ0 (2 off)

CI-K2-PKZ0 32.00

With black/grey rotary handle IP65 CI-K2-PKZ0-G 41.80

With red/yellow rotary handle for use as Emergency-Stop switches to IEC/EN 60204

IP65 CI-K2-PKZ0-GR 56.00

Cover with aperture dimensioned to accommodate front of breaker

IP40 PKZM0-...+NHI or U or A+L-PKZ0 (2 off)

CI-PKZ0-M 32.00

With black/grey rotary handle IP55 PKZM0-...+NHI-E+NHI or U or A+L-PKZ0 (2 off)

CI-PKZ0-GM 45.70


IP55 CI-PKZ0-GRM 45.70


Mo

tor-

pro

tect

ive

circ

uit

-bre

aker

s8/6

GST not included

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM0, PKZM4Insulated enclosures

Protection type



For PKZM0 motor-protective circuit-breakers with early-make VHI auxiliary contacts

With black/grey rotary handle IP65 PKZM0-... VHI+NHI or AGM+U or A +L-PKZ0 (2 off)

CI-K2-PKZ0-GV 41.90


IP65 CI-K2-PKZ0-GRV 54.10

With black/grey rotary handle IP55 PKZM0-... and VHI+U or A +L-PKZ0 (2 off)

CI-PKZ0-GVM 40.60


IP55 CI-PKZ0-GRVM 51.70


With black/grey rotary handle IP65 PKZM4-...+VHI or NHI-E+NHI or AGM+U or A+L-PKZ0 (2 off)

CI-K4-PKZ4-G 131.70


IP65 CI-K4-PKZ4-GR 143.60

Padlocking featureFor up to 3 padlocks with 3 – 6 mm hasp thickness, for use as main switch to IEC/EN 60204

CI-K2-PKZ0-G(R)(V)CI-PKZ0-G(R)(V)M

SVB-PKZ0-CI 26.10

CI-K4-PKZ4-G(R) SVB-PKZ4-CI 26.10

Neutral terminalsFor connection of a 5th conductor

Flexible, 1 – 4 mmB – CI-K2-PKZ0-... K-CI-K1/2 4.10

63 A, flexible, 6 – 16 mm2

– CI-K4-PKZ4-G(R) K25/1 11.20

8/7

Mo

tor-

pro

tect

ive

circ

uit

-bre

aker

s


GST not included

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4Auxiliary contacts, undervoltage releases

Screw terminals

Contacts For use with Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

N/O = Normally openN/C = Normally closed

Standard auxiliary contactsFor motor-protective circuit-breakers and (high-capacity) compact starters

1 N/O 1 N/C PKZM01PKZM0PKZM4PKZM0-TPKM0

NHI11-PKZ0 30.00

1 N/O 2 N/C NHI12-PKZ0 46.90

2 N/O 1 N/C NHI21-PKZ0 46.90

1 N/O 1 N/C NHI-E-11-PKZ0 27.40

1 N/O – NHI-E-10-PKZ0 27.40

Trip-indicating auxiliary contactsFor motor-protective circuit-breakers

2 x 1 N/O PKZM0PKZM4PKZM0-TPKM0PKZM01

AGM2-10-PKZ0 48.20

2 x 1 N/C PKZM0PKZM4PKZM0-TPKM0PKZM01

AGM2-01-PKZ0 48.20

Early-make auxiliary contactFor motor-protective circuit-breakers

2 N/O PKZM0PKZM0-TPKM0

VHI20-PKZ0 33.60

PKZM01 VHI20-PKZ01 33.60

Shunt releases

– PKZM0PKZM4PKZM0-TPKM0PKZM01

A-PKZ0(240V50HZ) 83.30

A-PKZ0(24VDC) 99.00

Undervoltage releases

– PKZM0PKZM4PKZM0-TPKM0PKZM01

U-PKZ0(240V50HZ) 83.30

Current limiterTo enhance the switching capacity of non-inherently safe motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM0-16, -20, -25, -32 to 150 kA/440 V

PKZM0PKZM4PKZM01

CL-PKZ0 121.00


Mo

tor-

pro

tect

ive

circ

uit

-bre

aker

s8/8

GST not included

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4Accessories

Colour Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

Door coupling handle IP65Can be used with PKZM0 and PKZM4

For use on main switches to IEC/EN 60204 black PKZ0-XH 128.80

For use on main switches with Emergency-Stop function to IEC/EN 60204

red/yellow PKZ0-XRH 145.70

For use on main switches to IEC/EN 60204 in MCC boards where the PKZM0 is mounted at 90° from vertical.

black PKZ0-XH-MCC 134.80

For use on main switches with Emergency-Stop function to IEC/EN 60204 in MCC distribution boards with fitted PKZM0 turned through 90°.

red/yellow PKZ0-XRH-MCC 145.70

Terminal shroudFor use with PKZM4 only

For enhancement of the degree of protection of the PKZM4 to IP2x

– HB-PKZ4 15.40

8/9

Mo

tor-

pro

tect

ive

circ

uit

-bre

aker

s


GST not included

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4Accessories


Telescopic adaptersWith 45 mm top-hat rail to IEC/EN 60715, for compensating of the mounting depth of rear mounted devices in CI-K.. enclosures and cabinets.

Telescopic adapter M22-TA 41.00

Lockable rotary handle

For connection of the motor-protective circuit-breaker PKZM0 and PKZM4 as a main switch to EN 60204.Can be padlocked in the “0” position with a padlock.Hasp thickness: 3 – 6.35 mm

AK-PKZ0 4.60

Sealing facility

To prevent tampering with the overload release and the test function, it can be sealed using industry standard sealing wire.For use with motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM0 and PKZM4

PL-PKZ0 4.70

Colour Voltage Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

V

Indicator lights with neon bulb

CI-K2-PKZ0-...CI-K4-PKZ4E-PKZ0-...CI-PKZ01E-PKZ01

white 110 – 230 L-PKZ0(230V) 35.20

230 – 400 L-PKZ0(400V) 35.20

415 – 500 L-PKZ0(500V) 35.20


green 110 – 230 L-PKZ0-GN(230V) 35.20

230 – 400 L-PKZ0-GN(400V) 35.20

415 – 500 L-PKZ0-GN(500V) 35.20


red 110 – 230 L-PKZ0-RT(230V) 35.20

230 – 400 L-PKZ0-RT(400V) 35.20

415 – 500 L-PKZ0-RT(500V) 35.20


Mo

tor-

pro

tect

ive

circ

uit

-bre

aker

s8/10

GST not included

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM0, PKZM4, PKZ2Busbar adapters


Adapter width Adapter length For use with Part no. Price ($)Product group 1

Ie

A mm mm

Busbar adapter, 3 pole

Rated operational voltage Ue = 690 VFor mounting on CU flat busbars with 60 mm interval between busbar centres, suitable for 5 mm and 10 mm busbar thickness.

For direct-on-line starters

25 45 200 PKZM0 + DILM7PKZM0 + DILM9PKZM0 + DILM12PKZM0 + DILM15MSC-D-0,25-M7... to MSC-D-16-M15...

BBA0-25 48.10

32 45 200 PKZM0 + DILM17PKZM0 + DILM25PKZM0 + DILM32MSC-D-16-M17... to MSC-D-32-M32...

BBA0-32 82.30

63 55 260 PKZM4 + DILM17PKZM4 + DILM25PKZM4 + DILM32PKZM4 + DILM40PKZM4 + DILM50PKZM4 + DILM65

BBA4L-63 101.80

63 72 260 PKZ2 + DILM7PKZ2 + DILM9PKZ2 + DILM12PKZ2 + DILM15PKZ2 + DILM17PKZ2 + DILM25PKZ2 + DILM32PKZ2 + DILM40

BBA2L-63 122.80

For reversing starters

25 90 200 PKZM0 + 2 x DILM7-01PKZM0 + 2 x DILM9-01PKZM0 + 2 x DILM12-01MSC-R-0,25-M7... to MSC-R-12-M12...

BBA0R-25 122.80

32 90 200 PKZM0 + 2 x DILM17-01PKZM0 + 2 x DILM25-01PKZM0 + 2 x DILM32-01MSC-R-16-M17... to MSC-R-32-M32...

BBA0R-32 136.30

8/11

Mo

tor-

pro

tect

ive

circ

uit

-bre

aker

s


GST not included

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM0, PKZM4, PKZ2Busbar adapters


Adapter width Adapter length For use with Part no. Price ($)Product group 1

Ie

A mm mm

Busbar adapter, 3 poleRated operational voltage Ue = 690 VFor mounting on CU flat busbars with 60 mm interval between busbar centres, suitable for 5 mm and 10 mm busbar thickness.

For starters with springloaded terminals

16 45 200 PKZM0-C + DILMC7PKZM0-C + DILMC9PKZM0-C + DILMC12

BBA0C-16 71.50

16 90 200 PKZM0-C + 2 x DILMC7-01PKZM0-C + 2 x DILMC9-01PKZM0-C + 2 x DILMC12-01

BBA0RC-16 122.80

Motor-protective circuit-breakers

63 54 200 PKZM4 BBA4-63 88.30

63 72 200 PKZ2 BBA2-63 105.20

Universal adapterFor universal use

25 45 200 – BBA0-25/2TS 65.00

Empty moduleWithout electrical contacts

– 45 200 – BBA0/2TS-L 48.80

– 54 200 – BBA4/2TS-L 67.30

Side mounted moduleCan be plugged into both sides

– 9 200 – BBA-XSM 20.90


Mo

tor-

pro

tect

ive

circ

uit

-bre

aker

s8/12

GST not included

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM0, PKZM4Wiring sets


Wiring set

DOL starters

PKZM0 + DILM7PKZM0 + DILM9PKZM0 + DILM12PKZM0 + DILM15

PKZM0-XDM12 18.20

PKZM0 + DILM17PKZM0 + DILM25PKZM0 + DILM32

PKZM0-XDM32 26.40


PKZM4-XDM65 82.00

Reversing starters

PKZM0 + DILM7-01PKZM0 + DILM9-01PKZM0 + DILM12-01

PKZM0-XRM12 61.50


PKZM0-XRM32 69.60

Star-delta starter

PKZM0 + DILM7PKZM0 + DILM9PKZM0 + DILM12PKZM0 + DILM15

PKZM0-XSM12 115.00


PKZM0-XSM32 98.40

Electric contact module


PKZM0-XM32DE 9.70


PKZM4-XM65DE 37.80

8/13

Mo

tor-

pro

tect

ive

circ

uit

-bre

aker

s


GST not included

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM0Accessories

Circuit-breaker/compact starter Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

Number

Three phase commoning link, power feed to terminals 1, 3, 5Protection against direct contact (touch-proof), Ue = 690 V, Iu = 63 Acan be lengthened by rotated mounting

For PKZM0-... without side mounted auxiliary contacts or voltage releases

2 B3.0/2-PKZ0 30.00

3 B3.0/3-PKZ0 35.20

4 B3.0/4-PKZ0 40.50

5 B3.0/5-PKZ0 45.70

For motor-protective circuit-breaker each with an auxiliary contact or trip-indicating auxiliary contact fitted on the right

2 B3.1/2-PKZ0 30.00

3 B3.1/3-PKZ0 35.20

4 B3.1/4-PKZ0 40.50

5 B3.1/5-PKZ0 44.30

For PKZM0-... with one auxiliary contact each and a trip-indicating auxiliary contact fitted on right or a voltage release fitted on left

2 B3.2/2-PKZ0 32.70

4 B3.2/4-PKZ0 43.00

Shroud for unused terminalsProtection against direct contact.For closing off non-used connections on the three phase commoning link B3...-PKZ0

– H-B3-PKZ0 4.60

Incoming terminal

– BK25/3-PKZ0 28.80


Mo

tor-

pro

tect

ive

circ

uit

-bre

aker

s8/14

GST not included

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM4Accessories

Circuit-breaker/compact starter Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

Number

Three-phase commoning linkProtection against direct contact (touch-proof), Ue = 690 V, Iu = 128 A

For motor-protective circuit-breakers/(high-capacity) compact starters without side-fitted auxiliary contact or voltage releases

2 B3.0/2-PKZ4 55.70

3 B3.0/3-PKZ4 73.00

4 B3.0/4-PKZ4 90.10

For motor-protective circuit-breakers/starters each with an auxiliary contact or trip-indicating auxiliary contact fitted on the right, and with a DIL1(A)M contactor

2 B3.1/2-PKZ4 53.40

3 B3.1/3-PKZ4 65.70

4 B3.1/4-PKZ4 78.20

For PKZM4 with one auxiliary contact each or trip-indicating auxiliary contact fitted on right or a voltage release fitted on left

2 B3.2/2-PKZ4 63.80

4 B3.2/4-PKZ4 97.40

Shroud for unused terminalsProtection against direct contact.To cover unused terminals on three-phase commoning link

– H-B3-PKZ4 10.50

8/15

Mo

tor-

pro

tect

ive

circ

uit

-bre

aker

s


System overviewMotor-protective circuit-breakers PKZ2

Motor protection, system protection, line and cable protection

Current limiter

Auxiliary contacts

PKZ2

Voltage release

Remote operator

Contact module

Clip plate

Insulated enclosure

Door coupling rotary handle IP65

High-capacitycontact module


Mo

tor-

pro

tect

ive

circ

uit

-bre

aker

s8/16 System overview

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZ2

Motor and system protection: All the options in one range

Various plug-in trip blocks allow the PKZ2 to be converted in a single action. 3-pole and 4-pole trip blocks are available for motor and system protection. Differential signalling clearly indicates the switching state of the circuit-breaker. Auxiliary contact modules, voltage releases or trip-indicating auxiliary contacts can be fitted quickly and easily.

8/17

Mo

tor-

pro

tect

ive

circ

uit

-bre

aker

s


GST not included

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZ2Motor protection modules

Max. motor rating Setting range Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

AC-3 Overload release Short-circuit release

415 V

P Ir Irm

kW A A

Basic unit, 3-pole

– – – PKZ2 320.00

Motor protective trip blocks, 3-pole

With overload release

0.12 0.4 – 0.6 5 – 8 ZM-0,6-PKZ2 141.80

0.25 0.6 – 1 8 – 14 ZM-1-PKZ2 141.80

0.55 1 – 1.6 14 – 22 ZM-1,6-PKZ2 141.80

0.75 1.6 – 2.4 20 – 35 ZM-2,4-PKZ2 141.80

1.5 2.4 – 4 35 – 55 ZM-4-PKZ2 141.80

2.2 4 – 6 50 – 80 ZM-6-PKZ2 141.80

4 6 – 10 80 – 140 ZM-10-PKZ2 141.80

7.5 10 – 16 130 – 220 ZM-16-PKZ2 141.80

12.5 16 – 25 200 – 350 ZM-25-PKZ2 188.70

15 24 – 32 275 – 425 ZM-32-PKZ2 248.60

20 32 – 40 350 – 500 ZM-40-PKZ2 369.50

With overload/relay function, with manual/automatic position

0.12 0.4 – 0.6 5 – 8 ZMR-0,6-PKZ2 212.10

0.25 0.6 – 1 8 – 14 ZMR-1-PKZ2 212.10

0.55 1 – 1.6 14 – 22 ZMR-1,6-PKZ2 212.10

0.75 1.6 – 2.4 20 – 35 ZMR-2,4-PKZ2 212.10

1.5 2.4 – 4 35 – 55 ZMR-4-PKZ2 212.10

2.2 4 – 6 50 – 80 ZMR-6-PKZ2 212.10

4 6 – 10 80 – 140 ZMR-10-PKZ2 212.10

7.5 10 – 16 130 – 220 ZMR-16-PKZ2 212.10

12.5 16 – 25 200 – 350 ZMR-25-PKZ2 270.60

15 24 – 32 275 – 425 ZMR-32-PKZ2 361.70

20 32 – 40 350 – 500 ZMR-40-PKZ2 460.50

Trip block for distribution circuit protection, 3-pole

With overload release

6 – 10 50 – 80 ZM-10-8-PKZ2 141.80

10 – 16 80 – 140 ZM-16-8-PKZ2 141.80

16 – 25 130 – 210 ZM-25-8-PKZ2 190.00

24 – 32 160 – 280 ZM-32-8-PKZ2 248.60

32 – 40 200 – 350 ZM-40-8-PKZ2 369.50


Mo

tor-

pro

tect

ive

circ

uit

-bre

aker

s8/18

GST not included

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZ2Auxiliary contacts, short-circuit indicators, current limiter

Contacts Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

Standard auxiliary contacts

For motor-protective circuit-breakers, circuit-breakers and (high-capacity) compact starters

1 N/O, 1 N/C NHI11-PKZ2 53.50

2 N/O, 2 N/C NHI22-PKZ2 84.60

For (high-capacity) compact starters

1 N/O, 1 N/C NHI11S-PKZ2 73.00

2 N/O, 2 N/C NHI22S-PKZ2 106.80

2 x (1 N/O, 1 N/C) NHI2-11S-PKZ2 110.70

Trip-indicating auxiliary contact with short-circuit indicator


2 x (1 N/O, 1 N/C) AGM2-11-PKZ2 89.90

Short-circuit indicators


– K-AGM-PKZ2 32.70

Current limiter

To increase the switching capacity of non-inherently short-circuit proof motor-protective circuit-breakers to 100 kA/500 V

– CL-PKZ2 277.20

8/19

Mo

tor-

pro

tect

ive

circ

uit

-bre

aker

s


GST not included

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZ2Shunt releases, undervoltage releases


Shunt releaseFor AC and DC voltage

A-PKZ2-(...)1) 145.70

Undervoltage release, non-delayed

Without auxiliary contact

For AC U-PKZ2(...)2) 145.70

For DC U-PKZ2(...)2) 145.70

With auxiliary contactFor AC

U-HI20-PKZ2(...)2) 160.10

Notes 1) Insert A, B, or C:A = 24 – 60 V AC/DCB = 110 – 250 V AC/DCC = 380 – 415 V AC

2) Specify voltage and frequency when ordering.Standard voltages: V AC: 24 V, 110 V, 240 V, 415 V at 50 HzNon-standard voltages: V AC: up to 500 V at 50 Hz

V DC, shunt release: up to 250 VV DC, undervoltage release: up to 125 V


Mo

tor-

pro

tect

ive

circ

uit

-bre

aker

s8/20

GST not included

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZ2Remote release, contact modules

Max. motor rating Auxiliary contacts Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

AC-3

415 V

P

kW

RE-PKZ2 remote operator, for AC and DC voltageActuation via auxiliary contact

– – RE-PKZ2(...)1) 389.00

Actuation from PLC semiconductor outputs

– – RS-PKZ2(...)1) 389.00

Contact modules

20 1 N/O, 1 N/C SE1A/11-PKZ2(...)2) 352.70

20 2 N/O SE1A/20-PKZ2(...)2) 352.70

20 1 N/O SE1A-G-10-PKZ2(24VDC) 467.10

High-capacity contact modules with current limiting contacts

20 1 N/O, 1 N/C S-PKZ2(...)2) 426.80

20 2 N/O S/HI20-S-PKZ2(...)2) 426.80

20 1 N/O S-G-PKZ2(24VDC) 546.40

Notes 1) Specify voltage and frequency when ordering.Standard voltages: V AC: 24 V, 110 V, 240 V, 415 V at 50 HzNon-standard voltages: V AC: up to 500 V at 50 Hz

V DC, shunt release: up to 250 V

2) Specify voltage and frequency when ordering.Standard voltages: V AC: 24 V, 110 V, 240 V, 415 V at 50 HzNon-standard voltages: Please enquire

8/21

Mo

tor-

pro

tect

ive

circ

uit

-bre

aker

s


GST not included

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZ2Accessories


Suppressor, Varistor suppressors

24 – 48 V AC VGSPKZ48 23.50

110 – 250 V AC VGSPKZ250 23.50

380 – 415 V AC VGSPKZ415 23.50

Base for separate mounting

– EZ-PKZ2 80.70

Control circuit terminal

– ST-PKZ2 8.10

Auxiliary contact for (high-capacity) contact module, separate mountingCan be fitted on side of base for separate mounting

1 N/O, 1 N/C HI11-S/EZ-PKZ2 52.80

Auxiliary contacts for (high-capacity) contact moduleAuxiliary contact for exchange of integrated auxiliary contact in (high-capacity) contact moduleExchange not possible with SE1A-G-10-PKZ2 contact module or S-G-PKZ2 high-capacity contact module

1 N/O, 1 N/C HI11-S-PKZ2 46.90

2 N/O HI20-S-PKZ2 46.90

Single coil for (high-capacity) contact moduleRC suppressor on request

– J-S-PKZ2(...)1) 54.70

Clip platesFor optional snap-fitting and M4 screw fixing of circuit-breaker with (high-capacity) contact module or current limiter.

For use with AD busbar adapter C-PKZ2 15.70

Mechanical interlockFor mechanically interlocking two separately mounted (high-capacity) contact modules or two (high-capacity) compact starters.4 end brackets are includedCan be combined with S-PKZ2 high-capacity contact module serial no. 01

– MV-PKZ2 68.40

Notes 1) Specify voltage and frequency when ordering.Standard voltages: V AC: 24 V, 110 V, 240 V, 415 V at 50 HzNon-standard voltages: Please enquire


Mo

tor-

pro

tect

ive

circ

uit

-bre

aker

s8/22

GST not included

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZ2Insulated enclosures, accessories


Insulated enclosures for flush mounting

For motor-protective circuit-breaker, 3 or 4-pole circuit-breaker

IP41 degree of protection, grey front plate with retaining frame, integral PE(N) terminal

PKZ2/ZM-...+ NHI + AGMPKZ2/ZM-...+U or A (undervoltage or shunt release)PKZ24/ZM-...

E-PKZ2 113.20

IP54 degree of protection (R)H-PKZ2 door coupling handle additionally required

PKZ2/ZM-...+ NHI + AGMPKZ2/ZM-...+U or A (undervoltage or shunt release)PKZ24/ZM-...

E54-PKZ2 121.00

Neutral terminalFor connection of a 5th conductor

E-PKZ2E54-PKZ2 N-PKZ2 8.00

Door coupling handle

Degree of protection IP65

For use on main switches to IEC/EN 60204,handle black

– PKZ2-XH 95.10

For use as a main switch with Emergency-Stop function, to EN 60204, handle red/yellow

– PKZ2-XRH 109.30

Plug-fit extension shaft for door coupling handleCan be extended as required for mounting depths from 171 – 300 mm

– – PKZ2-XAH 26,10

Three-phase commoning link

– For wiring 3 PKZ2s, space is provided for either 1 auxiliary contact or 1 voltage release

B3.1/3-PKZ2 59.90

Incoming terminalFor three-phase commoning link, protected against accidental contact Ue = 690 V, Iu = 120 A

– – BK50/3-PKZ2 46.90

Shroud for unused terminalsProtection against direct contact.To cover unused terminals on three-phase commoning link

– – H-B3-PKZ2 9.20

Padlocking featureFor locking of the circuit-breaker in 0-position with open control panel door (intermediate fitting)

– – SVB-PKZ2 40.50

Coding pinsFor coding (in dual coding system) the devices assigned from trip block to PKZ2(4) basic unit

– – CS-PKZ2 8.00

9/1

Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A


Content

Page

System overview 9/2

Circuit-breakers, switch-disconnectors 9/2

Moulded case circuit-breakers 9/3

Circuit-breakers 9/4

Thermomagnetic releases, 3 pole 9/4

Electronic releases, 3 pole 9/6

For 1000 V, 3 pole 9/10

Switch-disconnectors 9/12

3 pole 9/12

Circuit-breakers 9/13

Thermomagnetic releases, 4 pole 9/13

Electronic releases, 4 pole 9/14

Circuit-breakers, switch-disconnectors 9/16

Auxiliary contacts, with screw terminal 9/16

Undervoltage and shunt releases, with screw terminal 9/17

Door coupling rotary handles, rotary handles 9/18

Accessories, mechanical interlock 9/19

Paralleling mechanisms, terminals, covers 9/20

Remote operators 9/21

Accessories 9/22

Earth-fault release 9/23

High current chassis, NZM busplugs 9/24

Residual current relay, ring-type transformer 9/25

Dimensions 9/26

High current chassis 9/26


Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A

9/2 System overviewCircuit-breakers, switch-disconnectors

Delay unit for undervoltage tripping

Early-makeauxiliary contact/voltagetrip

EASY-LINK-DSdata plug

Data management interface

PROFIBUS-DPinterface

Moulded case circuit-breaker

Standard auxiliary contact/trip-indicating auxiliary contact

Door couplingrotary handle

Extension shaft

Door coupling rotary handle

External warning plate/designation

Insulating surround

Remoteoperator

Toggle leverinterlockdevice

Side operator handle

Rotary handle

Main switch rotaryhandle for side panelmounting

Mounting spacer

Rear connection

IPX2 protectionagainst contact with a finger

Terminal cover

Tunnel terminals

Control circuitterminal

Clip plate

Plug-in andwithdrawable unit

9/3

Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A


Moulded case circuit-breakers

Moeller's NZM1, 2, 3 & 4 moulded case circuit-breakers and PN & N main switches have a uniquely uniform approach to mounting, operation and switching, with accessories saving time and money.

Available in four frame sizes, with toggle or rotary handle options, the NZM1 – 4 are suitable for a wide variety of applications. Contacts from the RMQ-Titan range of control circuit devices simply clip in from the front of the circuit-breakers to provide remote status indication.

The optional data management interface for the breakers with electronic trips improves diagnostics and allows rapid fault analysis, so minimising downtime.

Features and benefits• Common base plate on all rotary handles for simplified engineering • Compact size saves panel space.• Choice of toggle actuator or rotary handle offers adaptability.• Identical operation, function, mounting and fitting for every frame size

with standard mounting spacers for user-friendly installation.• Uniform range of auxiliary contacts and releases with simple screw or

spring-loaded connections speeds assembly and reduces inventory costs.

• Innovative double-break contact system (on sizes 2 and 3) offers enhanced breaking capacity.


9/4


Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A

Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A

GST not included

Circuit-breakers Circuit-breakersThermomagnetic releases, 3 pole Thermomagnetic releases, 3 pole

Rated current = rated uninterrupted current

Setting rangeOverload releases Short-circuit releases

Motor rating AC-3 at 400 V 50/60 Hz

Rated operational current AC-3 at 400 V 50/60 Hz

Basic switching capacity 25 kA at 415 V 50/60 Hz

Normal switching capacity 50 kA at 415 V 50/60 Hz

High switching capacity 100 kA at 415 V 50/60 Hz




In = Iu Ir Ii P Ie

A A A kW A

Protection of systems and cables

3 pole

Terminals standard, terminal screws as accessories

NZMB1-A40 392.80 NZMN1-A40 514.10 NZMH1-A40 607.10








NZMH2-A40 817.70

NZMH2-A50 817.70

NZMH2-A63 817.70

NZMH2-A80 879.70

NZMH2-A100 879.70

NZMH2-A125 879.70

NZMB2-A160 879.70 NZMN2-A160 1,015.90 NZMH2-A160 1,251.30

NZMB2-A200 1,158.30 NZMN2-A200 1,214.10 NZMH2-A200 1,362.70

NZMB2-A250 1,226.50 NZMN2-A250 1,375.20 NZMH2-A250 1,424.70

Motor protection

3 pole


NZMB1-M40 470.80 NZMN1-M40 644.30

NZMB1-M50 470.80 NZMN1-M50 644.30

NZMB1-M63 470.80 NZMN1-M63 644.30

NZMB1-M80 489.40 NZMN1-M80 644.30

NZMB1-M100 489.40 NZMN1-M100 644.30

Terminal screws standard terminals as accessories

NZMH2-M40 761.90

NZMH2-M50 761.90

NZMH2-M63 761.90

NZMH2-M80 1,022.10

NZMH2-M100 1,127.40

NZMB2-M125 854.80 NZMN2-M125 910.60 NZMH2-M125 1,164.60

NZMB2-M160 966.40 NZMN2-M160 978.70 NZMH2-M160 1,325.60

NZMB2-M200 1,300.80 NZMN2-M200 1,276.00 NZMH2-M200 1,412.30

Note concerning the product Notes for terminals a 9/20

I

9/5


9/6


Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A

Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A

GST not included

Circuit-breakers Circuit-breakersElectronic releases, 3 pole Electronic releases, 3 pole




High switching capacity 100 kAat 415 V 50/60 Hz

Non-delayed Delayed short-circuit Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 1


In = Iu Ir Ii Isd

A A A A


3-pole

Terminal screws standardterminals as accessories

NZMN3-AE250 1,660.10 NZMH3-AE250 2,019.30

NZMN3-AE400 1,660.10 NZMH3-AE400 2,019.30

NZMN3-AE630 2,403.40 NZMH3-AE630 2,613.90

NZMN4-AE630 2,861.70 NZMH4-AE630 3,159.00

NZMN4-AE800 3,159.00 NZMH4-AE800 3,493.40

NZMN4-AE1000 4,967.60 NZMH4-AE1000 6,132.00

NZMN4-AE1250 6,701.90 NZMH4-AE1250 6,999.20

NZMN4-AE1600 7,544.20 NZMH4-AE1600 7,990.20

Systems protection, cable protection, selectivity, generator protection

3-pole

Terminal screws standardterminals as accessories

NZMN2-VE100 1,214.10 NZMH2-VE100 1,288.50

NZMN2-VE160 1,214.10 NZMH2-VE160 1,288.50

NZMN2-VE250 1,486.60 NZMH2-VE250 1,499.00

NZMN3-VE250 2,465.20 NZMH3-VE250 2,651.10

NZMN3-VE400 2,465.20 NZMH3-VE400 2,651.10

NZMN3-VE630 3,419.10 NZMH3-VE630 3,988.90

NZMN4-VE630 3,604.90 NZMH4-VE630 3,902.20

NZMN4-VE800 3,704.00 NZMH4-VE800 4,013.70

NZMN4-VE1000 5,710.90 NZMH4-VE1000 6,478.80

NZMN4-VE1250 7,420.30 NZMH4-VE1250 7,606.20

NZMN4-VE1600 8,275.10 NZMH4-VE1600 8,795.30

Notes Notes for terminals a 9/20

I I

9/7


9/8


Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A

Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A

GST not included




Motor rating AC-3 at 400 V 50/60 Hz

Rated operational current AC-3 at 400 V 50/60 Hz



In = Iu Ir Ii P Ie Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 1


A A A kW A

Motor protection

3-pole

Terminal screws standard, terminals as accessories

NZMN2-ME90 1,003.50 NZMH2-ME90 1,046.80

NZMN2-ME140 1,114.90 NZMH2-ME140 1,139.80

NZMN2-ME220 1,461.90 NZMH2-ME220 1,548.60

NZMN3-ME220 2,397.10 NZMH3-ME220 2,613.90

NZMN3-ME350 2,397.10 NZMH3-ME350 2,613.90

NZMN3-ME450 3,488.50 NZMH3-ME450 2,725.30

NZMN4-ME550 3,561.50 NZMH4-ME550 4,558.80

NZMN4-ME875 5,215.30 NZMH4-ME875 5,723.20

NZMN4-ME1400 8,114.00 NZMH4-ME1400 12,514.20


I

1) At 690 V AC NZM...4-ME550: P = 560 kW; Ie = 550 A

NZM...4-ME875: P = 600 kW; Ie = 588 A

NZM...4-ME1400: P = 600 kW; Ie = 588 A

9/9


Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A

9/10

GST not included

Circuit-breakersFor 1000 V, 3 pole


Setting range Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 1

Overload releases Short-circuit releases

In = Iu Ir Irm

A A A


3 pole


Basic switching capacity 3 kA ICS at 1000 V 40 32 – 40 320 – 400 NZMH2-A40-S1 1,113.00

50 40 – 50 300 – 500 NZMH2-A50-S1 1,113.00

63 50 – 63 380 – 630 NZMH2-A63-S1 1,113.00

80 63 – 80 480 – 800 NZMH2-A80-S1 1,179.80

100 80 – 100 600 – 1000 NZMH2-A100-S1 1,179.80

125 100 – 125 750 – 1250 NZMH2-A125-S1 1,291.10

160 125 – 160 960 – 1600 NZMH2-A160-S1 1,686.20

200 160 – 200 1200 – 2000 NZMH2-A200-S1 1,875.50

250 200 – 250 1500 – 2500 NZMH2-A250-S1 2,053.50

Basic switching capacity 10 kA ICS at 1000 V 250 125 – 250 500 – 2750 NZMN3-AE250-S1 2,632.30

400 200 – 400 800 – 4400 NZMN3-AE400-S1 2,632.30

630 315 – 630 1260 – 5040 NZMN3-AE630-S1 3,294.50

Basic switching capacity 15 kA ICS at 1000 V 630 315 – 630 1260 – 7560 NZMH4-AE630-S1 4,095.90

800 400 – 800 1600 – 9600 NZMH4-AE800-S1 5,509.40

1000 500 – 1000 2000 – 12000 NZMH4-AE1000-S1 6,956.30

1250 630 – 1250 2500 – 15000 NZMH4-AE1250-S1 8,069.30

1600 800 – 1600 3200 – 19200 NZMH4-AE1600-S1 9,983.70

Notes Accessories a Plug in and withdrawable units on request

I

9/11

Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A


GST not included

Circuit-breakersFor 1000 V, 3 pole


Setting range Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 1

Overload releases

Short-circuit releases

Delayed short-circuit releases

In = Iu Ir Iirm Isd

A A A A

Systems and cable protection, selectivity and generator protection

3 pole


Basic switching capacity 3 kA ICS at 1000 V 100 50 – 100 1200 100 – 1000 NZMH2-VE100-S1 1,710.70

160 80 – 160 1920 160 – 1600 NZMH2-VE160-S1 2,445.10

250 125 – 250 3000 250 – 2500 NZMH2-VE250-S1 2,977.70

Basic switching capacity 15 kA ICS at 1000 V 630 315 – 630 1260 – 7560 630 – 6300 NZMH4-VE630-S1 4,505.50

800 400 – 800 1600 – 9600 800 – 8000 NZMH4-VE800-S1 6,060.30

1000 500 – 1000 2000 – 12000 1000 – 10000 NZMH4-VE1000-S1 7,651.90

1250 630 – 1250 2500 – 15000 1250 – 12500 NZMH4-VE1250-S1 8,876.20

1600 800 – 1600 3200 – 19200 1600 – 16000 NZMH4-VE1600-S1 10,982.00

Motor protection

3 pole


Basic switching capacity 10 kA ICS at 1000 V 220 110 – 220 220 – 3080 NZMN3-ME220-S1 3,027.20

350 175 – 350 350 – 4900 NZMN3-ME350-S1 3,027.20

450 225 – 450 450 – 6300 NZMN3-ME450-S1 3,789.80

Basic switching capacity 15 kA ICS at 1000 V 550 275 – 550 550 – 7700 NZMH4-ME550-S1 4,710.30

875 438 – 875 875 – 12250 NZMH4-ME875-S1 7,999.70

1400 700 – 1400 1400 – 19600 NZMH4-ME1400-S1 11,481.20

Notes Accessories a Plug in and withdrawable units on request

I I


Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A

9/12

GST not included

Switch-disconnectors3 pole


Short-circuit protection max. fuse gL-characteristic

2 switch positions Ι, 0; cannot be tripped remotely.

3 switch positions Ι, +, 0 ; can be tripped remotely with undervoltage and shunt release.

In = Iu

A

A gL Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 1


Switch-disconnectors

3 pole


PN1-63 294.60 N1-63 390.30

PN1-100 351.40 N1-100 408.90

PN1-125 451.40 N1-125 433.70

PN1-160 501.80 N1-160 520.40


PN2-160 510.40 N2-160 526.60

PN2-200 607.90 N2-200 582.40

PN2-250 904.50 N2-250 607.10

PN3-400 1,141.20 N3-400 1,598.10

PN3-630 1,397.60 N3-630 1,920.20

N4-800 2,960.70

N4-1000 3,691.70

N4-1250 3,840.20

N4-1600 6,132.00

Notes Main switch characteristics including positive drive to IEC/EN 60204 and VDE 0113Isolating characteristics to IEC/EN 60947-3 and VDE 0660Protection against accidental contact according to IEC 100With the switch-disconnector N additional voltage releases NZM...-XU, NZM...-XA and trip-indicating auxiliary contacts (HIA) can be used.

N2..., N3... and N4... can also be combined with the NZM...-XR... remote operator.

Notes for terminals a 9/20

9/13

Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A


GST not included

Circuit-breakersThermomagnetic releases, 4 pole


Setting range Normal switching capacity 50 kA at 415 V 50/60 Hz


Overload releases Short-circuit releasesMain pole Neutral

conductor Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 1


In = Iu Ir Ir Ii

A A A A


4-pole

Terminals standard terminal screw as accessories

40 32 – 40 32 – 40 320 – 400 NZMN1-4-A40 653.90 NZMH1-4-A40 692.80

50 40 – 50 40 – 50 300 – 500 NZMN1-4-A50 653.90 NZMH1-4-A50 692.80

63 50 – 63 50 – 63 380 – 630 NZMN1-4-A63 653.90 NZMH1-4-A63 692.80

80 63 – 80 63 – 80 480 – 800 NZMN1-4-A80 720.60 NZMH1-4-A80 768.40

100 80 – 100 80 – 100 600 – 1000 NZMN1-4-A100 897.60 NZMH1-4-A100 993.50

125 100 – 125 100 – 125 750 – 1250 NZMN1-4-A125 1,046.80 NZMH1-4-A125 1,235.30

160 125 – 160 125 – 160 1280 NZMN1-4-A160 1,292.50 NZMH1-4-A160 1,525.20


40 32 – 40 32 – 40 320 – 400 NZMH2-4-A40 723.20

50 40 – 50 40 – 50 300 – 500 NZMH2-4-A50 723.20

63 50 – 63 50 – 63 380 – 630 NZMH2-4-A63 723.20

80 63 – 80 63 – 80 480 – 800 NZMH2-4-A80 800.20

100 80 – 100 80 – 100 600 – 1000 NZMH2-4-A100 1,089.90

125 100 – 125 100 – 125 750 – 1250 NZMH2-4-A125 1,607.90

160 125 – 160 125 – 160 960 – 1600 NZMN2-4-A160 1,564.30 NZMH2-4-A160 1,607.90

160 125 – 160 80 – 100 960 – 1600 NZMN2-4-A160/100 1,564.30 NZMH2-4-A160/100 1,825.80

200 160 – 200 160 – 200 1200 – 2000 NZMN2-4-A200 1,849.00 NZMH2-4-A200 2,195.10

200 160 – 200 100 – 125 1200 – 2000 NZMN2-4-A200/125 1,849.00 NZMH2-4-A200/125 2,195.10

250 200 – 250 200 – 250 1500 – 2500 NZMN2-4-A250 2,179.70 NZMH2-4-A250 2,564.40

250 200 – 250 125 – 160 1500 – 2500 NZMN2-4-A250/160 2,179.70 NZMH2-4-A250/160 2,564.40


I


9/14


Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A

Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A

GST not included



Setting range Normal switching capacity 50 kA at 415 V 50/60 Hz


Overload releases Short-circuit releases Short-circuit releases

Main pole Neutral conductor Non-delayed Delayed short-circuit release



In = Iu Ir Ir Ii Ii Isd

A A A A A A


4-pole


200400 NZMN3-4-AE400 3,205.40 NZMH3-4-AE400 3,933.60

125250 NZMN3-4-AE400/250 3,205.40 NZMH3-4-AE400/250 3,943.60

315630 NZMN3-4-AE630 4,246.50 NZMH3-4-AE630 5,128.60

200400 NZMN3-4-AE630/400 4,246.50 NZMH3-4-AE630/400 5,128.60

400800 NZMN4-4-AE800 6,500.50 NZMH4-4-AE800 7,231.30

250500 NZMN4-4-AE800/500 6,500.50 NZMH4-4-AE800/500 7,231.30

5001000 NZMN4-4-AE1000 8,467.30 NZMH4-4-AE1000 9,744.20

315630 NZMN4-4-AE1000/630 8,467.30 NZMH4-4-AE1000/630 9,744.20

6301250 NZMN4-4-AE1250 10,000.70 NZMH4-4-AE1250 11,085.40

400800 NZMN4-4-AE1250/800 10,000.70 NZMH4-4-AE1250/800 11,085.40

8001600 NZMN4-4-AE1600 13,795.80 NZMH4-4-AE1600 16,093.40

5001000 NZMN4-4-AE1600/1000 13,795.80 NZMH4-4-AE1600/1000 16,093.40

Systems protection, cable protection, selectivity, generator protection

4-pole


100 50 – 100 50 – 100 1200 100 – 1000 NZMN2-4-VE100 1,333.50 NZMH2-4-VE100 1,723.30

160 80 – 160 80 – 160 1920 160 – 1600 NZMN2-4-VE160 1,795.10 NZMH2-4-VE160 2,384.90

160 80 – 160 50 – 100 1920 160 – 1600 NZMN2-4-VE160/100 1,795.10 NZMH2-4-VE160/100 2,384.90

250 125 – 250 125 – 250 3000 250 – 2500 NZMN2-4-VE250 2,461.80 NZMH2-4-VE250 3,205.40

250 125 – 250 80 – 160 3000 250 – 2500 NZMN2-4-VE250/160 2,461.80 NZMH2-4-VE250/160 3,205.40

400 200 – 400 200 – 400 800 – 4400 400 – 4000 NZMN3-4-VE400 3,513.10 NZMH3-4-VE400 4,551.70

400 200 – 400 125 – 250 800 – 4400 400 – 4000 NZMN3-4-VE400/250 3,513.10 NZMH3-4-VE400/250 4,551.70

630 315 – 630 315 – 630 1260 – 5040 472 – 4410 NZMN3-4-VE630 4,744.00 NZMH3-4-VE630 5,256.90

630 315 – 630 200 – 400 1260 – 5040 472 – 4410 NZMN3-4-VE630/400 4,744.00 NZMH3-4-VE630/400 5,256.90

800 400 – 800 400 – 800 1600 – 9600 800 – 8000 NZMN4-4-VE800 6,795.40 NZMH4-4-VE800 7,308.20

800 400 – 800 250 – 500 1600 – 9600 800 – 8000 NZMN4-4-VE800/500 6,795.40 NZMH4-4-VE800/500 7,308.20

1000 500 – 1000 500 – 1000 2000 – 12000 1000 – 10000 NZMN4-4-VE1000 8,769.80 NZMH4-4-VE1000 9,872.50

1000 500 – 1000 315 – 630 2000 – 12000 1000 – 10000 NZMN4-4-VE1000/630 8,769.80 NZMH4-4-VE1000/630 9,872.50

1250 630 – 1250 630 – 1250 2500 – 15000 1250 – 12500 NZMN4-4-VE1250 10,257.10 NZMH4-4-VE1250 11,154.70

1250 630 – 1250 400 – 800 2500 – 15000 1250 – 12500 NZMN4-4-VE1250/800 10,257.10 NZMH4-4-VE1250/800 11,154.70

1600 800 – 1600 800 – 1600 3200 – 19200 1600 – 16000 NZMN4-4-VE1600 14,103.50 NZMH4-4-VE1600 16,283.10

1600 800 – 1600 500 – 1000 3200 – 19200 1600 – 16000 NZMN4-4-VE1600/1000 14,103.50 NZMH4-4-VE1600/1000 16,283.10


I I I

9/15


Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A

9/16

GST not included

Circuit-breakers, switch-disconnectorsAuxiliary contacts, with screw terminal

For use with Auxiliary contacts: f = safety function, by positive opening to IEC/EN 60947-5-1

Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 1N/O = Normally open N/C = Normally closed

Auxiliary contacts

Standard auxiliary contactSwitching with the main contactsUsed for indicating and interlocking tasks

NZM1, 2, 3, 4PN1, 2, 3N1, 2, 3, 4

1 N/O – M22-K10 8.10

– 1 N/C f M22-K01 8.10

Early-make auxiliary contactFor interlock and load-shedding circuits

NZM1PN1N1

2 N/O – NZM1-XHIV 74.40

With clamp terminal on the right-hand switch side.

2 N/O – NZM1-XHIVR 74.40

With 3 m connection cable instead of screw termination.

2 N/O – NZM1-XHIVL 74.40

NZM2, 3PN2, 3N2, 3

2 N/O – NZM2/3-XHIV 86.90

NZM4N4

2 N/O – NZM4-XHIV 136.40

Trip-indicating auxiliary contact (HIA)General trip indication '+', when tripped by voltage release, overload release or short-circuit release

NZM1, 2, 3, 4N1, 2, 3, 4

1 N/O – M22-K10 8.10

– 1 N/C f M22-K01 8.10

9/17

Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A


GST not included

Circuit-breakers, switch-disconnectorsUndervoltage and shunt releases, with screw terminal

For use with Rated control voltage Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 1

Us

V

Undervoltage releases

Without auxiliary contactNon-delayed disconnection of NZM circuit-breakers or N switch-disconnectors when the control voltage sinks below 35 – 70% US.For use with Emergency-Stop devices in conjunction with Emergency-Stop button.

With clamp terminal on the left-hand switch side.

NZM, N1 24 V 50/60 Hz NZM1-XU24AC 179.70

110 V – 130 V 50/60 Hz NZM1-XU110-130AC 179.70

208 V 240 V 50/60 Hz NZM1-XU208-240AC 179.70

380 V – 440 V 50/60 Hz NZM1-XU380-440AC 179.70

24 V DC NZM1-XU24DC 179.70

220 V – 250 V DC NZM1-XU220-250DC 179.70

NZM2, N2NZM3, N3

24 V 50/60 Hz NZM2/3-XU24AC 179.70

110 V – 130 V 50/60 Hz NZM2/3-XU110-130AC 179.70

208 V 240 V 50/60 Hz NZM2/3-XU208-240AC 179.70

380 V – 440 V 50/60 Hz NZM2/3-XU380-440AC 179.70

24 V DC NZM2/3-XU24DC 179.70

110 V 130 V DC NZM2/3-XU110-130DC 179.70

220 V – 250 V DC NZM2/3-XU220-250DC 179.70

NZM4, N4 24 V 50/60 Hz NZM4-XU24AC 223.10

110 V – 130 V 50/60 Hz NZM4-XU110-130AC 223.10

208 V – 240 V 50/60 Hz NZM4-XU208-240AC 223.10

380 V – 440 V 50/60 Hz NZM4-XU380-440AC 223.10

24 V DC NZM4-XU24DC 223.10

110 V – 130 V DC NZM4-XU110-130DC 223.10

220 V – 250 V DC NZM4-XU220-250DC 223.10

Shunt releases

Without auxiliary contactSwitches are tripped by a voltage pulse or by the application of uninterrupted voltage.

With clamp terminal on the left-hand switch side.

NZM1, N1 24 V AC/DC NZM1-XA24AC/DC 148.80

110 V – 130 V AC/DC NZM1-XA110-130AC/DC 148.80



NZM2, N2NZM3, N3

24 V AC/DC NZM2/3-XA24AC/DC 148.80

110 V – 130 V AC/DC NZM2/3-XA110-130AC/DC 148.80



NZM4, N4 24 V AC/DC NZM4-XA24AC/DC 192.20





Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A

9/18

GST not included

Circuit-breakers, switch-disconnectorsDoor coupling rotary handles, rotary handles


Door coupling rotary handles

Complete including rotary drive and coupling partsAn additional extension shaft is necessary with the NZM...-XT(V)D(V)(R)(-60) types.Degree of protection IP66/UL/CSA Type 4X

Standard, black/grey

Lockable on handle and switch. Can be locked in 0 position, with adequate modification also in I position. With door interlock and lockable in 0 position on circuit-breaker.

NZM1, PN1, N1 NZM1-XTVDV 173.60



NZM4, N4 NZM4-XTVDV 235.40

Extension shafts

Max. mounting depth: 400 mm NZM1, PN1, N1NZM2, PN2, N2

NZM1/2-XV4 12.30

NZM3, PN3, N3NZM4, N4

NZM3/4-XV4 27.30

Max. mounting depth: 600 mm NZM1, PN1, N1NZM2, PN2, N2

NZM1/2-XV6 19.30

NZM3, PN3, N3NZM4, N4

NZM3/4-XV6 44.70

Rotary handles

Complete with rotary drive

Lockable on the 0 position on the switch using up to 3 padlocks.

NZM1, PN1, N1 NZM1-XDV 105.40



NZM4, N4 NZM4-XDV 173.60

Notes Circuit-breaker can also be installed in a lying position 90° left/right, with the handle still in the same position.Other handle solutions are available.Please enquire.

9/19

Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A


GST not included

Circuit-breakers, switch-disconnectorsAccessories, mechanical interlock


Toggle lever locking devices

Off position lockable using up to 3 padlocks (hasp thickness 4 – 8 mm)

NZM1PN1, N1

NZM1-XKAV 47.10

NZM2, PN2, N2NZM3, PN3, N3

NZM2/3-XKAV 68.30

Spacers

Enables fast and low-priced adjustment of differing frame sizes with/without rotary handle to the same front depth

NZM1, PN1, N1NZM2, PN2, N2

NZM1/2-XAB 27.30

NZM3PN3, N3NZM4N4

NZM3-XAB 32.30

Mechanical interlocking of (door coupling) rotary handles

NZM1PN1, N1

NZM1-XMV 297.40

NZM2PN2, N2

NZM2-XMV 353.20

NZM3PN3, N3

NZM3-XMV 384.20

NZM4N4

NZM4-XMV 396.50

Bowden cables

For mechanical interlocking of (door coupling) rotary handles

NZM1, PN1, N1NZM2, PN2, N2NZM3, PN3, N3NZM4, N4

NZM-XBZ225 49.70

NZM-XBZ600 80.60

NZM-XBZ1000 93.00

Mechanical interlock for remote operator

For 2 switches of the same or next frame size with each other. Mounting beside one another. Type contains parts for both switches.

NZM2(-4), N2(-4)+NZM2(-4), N2(-4)

NZM2-XMVR 629.60

NZM2(-4), N2(-4)+NZM3(-4), N3(-4)

NZM2/3-XMVR 693.40

NZM3(-4), N3(-4)+NZM3(-4), N3(-4)

NZM3-XMVR 693.40

NZM3(-4), N3(-4)+NZM4(-4), N4(-4)

NZM3/4-XMVR 789.40

NZM4(-4), N4(-4)+NZM4(-4), N4(-4)

NZM4-XMVR 789.40

For 2 switches of the same or next frame size with each other. Extra long Bowden cables for mounting in neighbouring control panel fields. Type contains parts for both switches.

NZM2(-4), N2(-4)+NZM2(-4), N2(-4)

NZM2-XMVRL 736.10

NZM2(-4), N2(-4)+NZM3(-4), N3(-4)

NZM2/3-XMVRL 800.10

NZM3(-4), N3(-4)+NZM3(-4), N3(-4)

NZM3-XMVRL 800.10

NZM3(-4), N3(-4)+NZM4(-4), N4(-4)

NZM3/4-XMVRL 896.00

NZM4(-4), N4(-4)+NZM4(-4), N4(-4)

NZM4-XMVRL 896.00


Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A

9/20

GST not included

Circuit-breakers, switch-disconnectorsParalleling mechanisms, terminals, covers


Notes

Paralleling mechanisms

Simultaneous actuation of 2 PN switch-disconnectors of the same type mounted side-by-side.

PN1 + PN1 PN1-XPA 130.20 Rotary handle on switch or door coupling rotary handle per PN... is additionally required.Combinations as required are also possible.Cannot be combined with mechanical interlock, insulating surrounds, side wall operators or remote operators.

PN3-XPA:Only in conjunction with non lockable rotary handles or door coupling rotary handles.• Rotary handle on switch: NZM3...-XD• Door coupling rotary handle: NZM3...-XTDNot suitable for use as a main switch.

PN2 + PN2 PN2-XPA 179.70

PN3 + PN3 PN3-XPA1) 278.90

Terminals

Various connection terminals and systems are available for the NZM1, 2, 3, 4.Please enquire.• Box terminals: NZM... -XKC• Tunnel terminals: NZM... -XKA

Covers, 3-pole

NZM1, PN1, N(S)1

NZM1-XKSA 47.80

NZM2, PN2, NS2 NZM2-XKSA 47.80

NZM3, PN3, N(S)3

NZM3-XKSA 105.40

NZM4, N(S)4

NZM4-XKSA 105.40

Notes 1) A non-lockable rotary handle is supplied (necessary due to the double torque).

9/21

Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A


GST not included

Circuit-breakers, switch-disconnectorsRemote operators

For use with Rated control voltage Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 1

Us

V

Remote operators

For remote switching of circuit-breakers and switch-disconnectors.ON and OFF switching and resetting by means of 2-wire or 3-wire control.Can be synchronized.Local switching by hand possibleLockable in the 0 position of the remote operator with up to 3 padlocks (hasp thickness: 4 – 8 mm)

NZM2N2

110 – 130 V 50/60 Hz NZM2-XR110-130AC 619.40

208 – 240 V 50/60 Hz NZM2-XR208-240AC 619.40

380 – 440 V 50/60 Hz NZM2-XR380-440AC 619.40

24 – 30 V DC NZM2-XR24-30DC 693.80

NZM3N3

110 – 130 V 50/60 Hz NZM3-XR110-130AC 1,232.70

208 – 240 V 50/60 Hz NZM3-XR208-240AC 1,232.70

380 – 440 V 50/60 Hz NZM3-XR380-440AC 1,232.70

24 – 30 V DC NZM3-XR24-30DC 1,468.10

NZM4N4

110 – 130 V 50/60 Hz NZM4-XR110-130AC 2,592.90

208 – 240 V 50/60 Hz NZM4-XR208-240AC 2,592.90

380 – 440 V 50/60 Hz NZM4-XR380-440AC1) 2,592.90

24 – 30 V DC NZM4-XR24-30DC 2,592.90

Notes 1) Not UL/CSA approved.

Remote operators are combinable with NZM circuit-breakers and N switch-disconnectors but not with PN switch-disconnectors.A standard auxiliary contact (HIN) for the switch position detection is supplied.Switching cycle:NZM2-XR

NZM3-XR

NZM4-XR

The time interval between OFF and ON is 3 seconds.On commands received during the time interval are ignored within the first 3 seconds after switch off.

r r r60 ms t > 3 s

r 60 ms

OFF ON OFF ONON OFF

r r r80 ms t > 3 s

r 80 ms

OFF ON OFF ONON OFF

r r r100 ms t > 3 s

r 100 ms

OFF ON OFF ONON OFF


Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A

9/22

GST not included

Circuit-breakers, switch-disconnectorsAccessories

Description Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 1

Diagnostic and configurator software for NZM and DMI (at the machine)

PC software for direct connection to all new NZM circuit-breakers with electronic releases (IEC and UL/CSA devices) or for direct connection to the DMI module, including the connection cable.Protection parameters: Online display and characteristic representation, export option to “Moeller CurveSelect” characteristics program. Warning and trip messages: Read of the diagnostics memory even in a no-voltage state.Load currents: Display and trend representation. Recording and export feature to MS-Excel for load currents and diagnostic messages.Configuration of the DMI: motor starter, remote operator, assignment of the DMI inputs and outputs and displays.

NZM-XPC-KIT 1,139.80

Data Management Interface (DMI Module)

Query of diagnostics and operational data, display of currents, motor starter function, parameterization and control of the circuit-breaker with electronic release.Comprehensive remote diagnostic options and remote operation via fieldbus in combination with fieldbus connection.Inclusive NZM-XDMI-CAB connection cable between NZM and DMI (length: 2 m).

NZM-XDMI612 1,796.30

Expansion unit, networking

Connection to the DMI module for transfer of the phase currents, parameter-, status- and diagnostics data as well as the position of the circuit-breaker (wiring of the auxiliary contact to the DMI inputs). DMI configuration via field bus.Actuation of the DMI motor starter function and the NZM remote operator (via DMI output wiring). Detection of digital inputs and actuation of the outputs via the fieldbus.

Fieldbus interface: to PROFIBUS-DPV1 slave.Can be operated with class 1 and class 2 masters.Addresses available: 1 to 126

NZM-XDMI-DPV1 1,552.70

Fieldbus connection to CANopenAddresses available: 1 to 127

EASY221-CO 717.90

Fieldbus connection to DeviceNetAddresses available: 0 to 63

EASY222-DN 712.70

Switched-mode power supply unit

for DMI module

• Rated input voltage: 50/60 HZ: 115/230 V AC• Rated output voltage (residual ripple): 24 V DC (g 3 %)• Rated output current: 1.25 A

EASY400-POW 135.70

Telescopic adapter

for DMI moduleFor equalization of the mounting depth when rear mounted in CI-K.. enclosures and cabinets.

With 35 mm top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715, adjustable from 75 – 115 mm. Screw-on and snap fitting.

M22-TA 41.00

9/23

Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A


GST not included

Circuit-breakers, switch-disconnectorsEarth-fault release


Earth-fault release

not UL/CSA approvedSuitability for use in three- and single-phase systems

Pulse current sensitive acc. to core-balance principle

For 3 and 4 pole circuit-breakers NZM1(-4) and switch-disconnectors N1(-4), dependant on mains power Ue = 200 – 415 V 50/60 Hz, lateral mounting on the right hand side up to 125 A

Rated fault current IDn = 0.03 A

NZM1N1

3 pole NZM1-XFI30R1) 772.20

NZM1-4N1-4

4 pole NZM1-4-XFI30R 868.70


NZM1N1

3 pole NZM1-XFI300R1) 772.20

NZM1-4N1-4

4 pole NZM1-4-XFI300R 868.70

Rated fault current IDn = 0.03 – 0.1 – 0.3 – 0.5 – 1 – 3 A, delay time tv = 10 – 60 – 150 – 300 – 450 ms.

NZM1N1

3 pole NZM1-XFIR1) 1,185.10

NZM1-4N1-4

4 pole NZM1-4-XFIR 1,447.90

For 3 and 4 pole circuit-breakers NZM1(-4) and switch-disconnectors N1(-4), dependant on mains power Ue = 200 – 415 V 50/60 Hz, bottom mounting up to 100 A


NZM1N1

3 pole NZM1-XFI30U POA

NZM1-4N1-4

4 pole NZM1-4-XFI30U1) POA


NZM1N1

3 pole NZM1-XFI300U1) POA

NZM1-4N1-4

4 pole NZM1-4-XFI300U1) POA

Rated fault current IDn = 0.03 – 0.1 – 0.3 – 0.5 – 1 – 3 A, delay time tv = 10 – 60 – 150 – 300 – 450 ms.

NZM1N1

3 pole NZM1-XFIU POA

NZM1-4N1-4

4 pole NZM1-4-XFIU POA

Pulse current sensitive acc. to core-balance principle

For 4 pole circuit-breakers NZM2-4 and switch-disconnectors N2-4, independent of mains voltage Ue = 280 – 690 V 50/60 Hz, bottom mounting up to 250 A


NZM2-4N2-4

4 pole NZM2-4-XFI30 1,725.80

Rated fault current IDn 0.1 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A, delay time tv = 60 - 150 - 300 - 450 ms

NZM2-4N2-4

4 pole NZM2-4-XFI 1,725.80

Core-balance principle with AC/DC current sensitivity (in range 0 – 100 kHz)

For 4 pole circuit-breakers NZM2-4 and switch-disconnectors N2-4, internal power supply Ue = 50 – 400 V, bottom mounting up to 250 A


NZM2-4N2-4

4 pole NZM2-4-XFIA30 3,324.20

Rated fault current IDn 0.1 - 0.3 - 1 A, delay time tv = 60 - 150 - 300 - 450 ms

NZM2-4N2-4

4 pole NZM2-4-XFIA 3,324.20

Notes 1) on request


Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A

9/24

GST not included

Circuit-breakers, switch-disconnectorsHigh current chassis, NZM busplugs

No. of poles For use with Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 3

High current chassisTested to:• 50 kA for 0.1 second• 40 kA for 1 second

630 ACertificate no. 1321/1

12 NZM1 CH163-12 364.40

18 CH163-18 461.70

24 CH163-24 570.90

30 CH163-30 685.10

36 CH163-36 818.70

42 CH163-42 947.40

48 CH163-48 1,081.10

60 CH163-60 1,260.80

72 CH163-72 1,501.30

800 ACertificate no. 1321/2

12 NZM2 CH280-12 461.70

18 CH280-18 612.20

24 CH280-24 745.80

30 CH280-30 918.30

36 CH280-36 1,081.10

42 CH280-42 1,209.80

48 CH280-48 1,360.40

60 CH280-60 1,525.60

72 CH280-72 1,741.80

1000 A Certificate no. 1321/3

12 NZM2 CH210-12 801.70

18 CH210-18 1,044.70

24 CH210-24 1,275.40

30 CH210-30 1,603.30

36 CH210-36 1,824.40

42 CH210-42 2,077.00

48 CH210-48 2,332.00

60 CH210-60 2,599.30

72 CH210-72 3,073.00

NZM busplugs

For connection of NZM MCCB to busbar droppers:60 mm centres, 6.3 mm thick

NZM2 UPCM3250 268.20

UPCM3400 320.70

UPCM3630 612.20

UPCM3800 787.10

9/25

Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A


GST not included

Circuit-breakers, switch-disconnectorsResidual current relay, ring-type transformer

Description Max. rated current


Power distribution

Motor/capacitor

A A

Residual current relay

Pulse current sensitiveRated control voltage: Us = 230 V AC (50/60Hz)Integrated auxiliary contact (1 C/O)

Rated fault current IdN = 0.03 A – – PFR-003 473.10

Rated fault current IdN = 0.3 A – – PFR-03 473.10

Rated fault current IdN = 0.03 – 5 AAdjustable fault current and delay timeFault current early warning by flashing, red LED

– – PFR-5 528.70

Ring-type transformer

Rated operational voltage: 690 V (50/60 Hz)

Internal diameter: 20 mm 50 50 PFR-W-20 211.50







Magnetic shielding

PFR-W-35 – – PFR-WMA-35 116.90

PFR-W-70 – – PFR-WMA-70 194.80

PFR-W-105 – – PFR-WMA-105 272.70

PFR-W-140 – – PFR-WMA-140 417.40

PFR-W-210 – – PFR-WMA-210 528.70

Fixing clip

for the DIN rail mounting of the PFR-W-35 current transformer and all larger

– – PFR-WC 7.80


Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

up

to

1600 A

9/26 DimensionsHigh current chassis

NZM1 630 A

Escutcheon cutout details

NZM2 800 & 1000 A



Rating NZM1 610 A [630 A]

Ref. no A A2 B C D E F G H I J K L M A A2 N O N O

12 way 465 425 190 385 40 87 51.5 345 315 57.5 149.5 73 65 84.5 204 183

18 way 281 178 436 406 273

24 way 371 268 526 496 363

30 way 462 359 617 587 455

36 way 552 449 707 677 546

42 way 643 540 798 768 637

48 way 733 630 888 858 728

60 way 912 809 1070 1040 910

72 way 1093 990 1251 1221 1092

Rating [800 A] NZM2 800 & 1000 A typical [1000 A] [800 A] [1000 A]

12 way 518 498 218 480 19 115 51.5 374 344 63.5 170 103 30 149 559 498 160 208 198 208

18 way 323 220 479 449 313 313

24 way 428 325 584 554 418 418

30 way 533 430 689 659 523 523

36 way 638 535 794 764 628 628

42 way 743 640 899 869 733 733

48 way 848 745 1004 974 830 838

60 way 1058 955 1214 1184 1048 1048

72 way 1268 1165 1424 1394 1258 1258

10/1

Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

fro

m 6

30 t

o 6

300 A


Content

Page

System description 10/2

IZM58 circuit-breakers, IN58 switch-disconnectors 10/2

Technical overview 10/3

IZM58 circuit-breakers, IN58 switch-disconnectors 10/3

Options overview for the electronic overcurrent releases 10/4

IZM58 circuit-breakers 10/4

IZM circuit-breakers, basic units 10/6

3-pole 10/6

IN switch-disconnectors 10/7

3-pole 10/7

Accessories for IZM and IN 10/7


10/2C

ircu

it-b

reak

ers,

sw

itch

-dis

connec

tors

fro

m 6

30 A

to

6300 A

System descriptionIZM58 circuit-breakers, IN58 switch-disconnectors

The new IZM58 circuit-breaker series offers complete coverage of the range from 630 – 6300 A. They are a highly modular system born out of intensive market feedback.E.g. even while the circuit-breaker is in the "service" position in a panel, a great deal of information is obtainable about the accessories mounted. This is due to its unique design.At a glance, the users can determine the fitted electrical accessories and the respective voltage ratings at the IZM58 circuit-breaker.

Some of the design philosophies involved:• Innovative pole design which generates minimum heat.• Extra safe engineering plastics chosen carefully so as to meet glow wire

test requirement as per IEC 60695-2-1.• Avoiding use of more than one material in moulded components so that

recycling is easier.• Avoiding use of non-environmentally friendly materials right from the

main contacts to pigments to packing.• Minimising component & hardware variety while maximising

modularity, making maintenance easier.

10/3

Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

fro

m 6

30 t

o 6

300 A


Technical overviewIZM58 circuit-breakers, IN58 switch-disconnectors

Circuit-breakerssuitable for isolation 630 – 6300 A

Basic switching capacity (B) Normal switching capacity (N) High switching capacity (H)

Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Icu with operational voltage Ue

Rated current

InA

Icu = Ics

kA

400/415 V AC50/60 Hz

400/415 V AC50/60 Hz

400/415 V AC50/60 Hz

IZM58

IZM...5-...

630 – 1600 50 65 –

IZM...6-...

800 – 1600 – 80 100

2000 – 3200 55 80 100

IZM...7-...

3200 – 4000 – 80 100

IZM...8-...

5000 – 6300 – 80 100

Switch-disconnectorssuitable for isolation 630 – 6300 A

Basic switching capacity (B) Normal switching capacity (N) High switching capacity (H)

Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm (415 V AC) Rated short-circuit withstand current Icw t = 1 s

Rated current In

A

IN58

IN5-...

630 – 1600 Icm/kA 105 143 –

Icw /kA 50 50 –

IN6-...

800 – 1600 Icm/kA – 176 220

Icw/kA – 65

2000 – 3200 Icm/kA 143 176 220

Icw/kA 55 65 70

IN7-...

3200 – 4000 Icm/kA – 176 220

Icw/kA – 65 70

IN8-...

5000 – 6300 Icm/kA – 176 220

Icw/kA – 70 85


10/4


Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

fro

m 6

30 t

o 6

300 A

Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

fro

m 6

30 t

o 6

300 A

Options overview for the electronic overcurrent releases Options overview for the electronic overcurrent releasesIZM58 circuit-breakers IZM58 circuit-breakers

IZM58-XZACircuit-breakers for distribution circuit protection630 – 6300 A

IZM58-XZVSelectively-operating circuit-breakers630 – 6300 A

IZM58-XZUUniversal circuit-breakers630 – 6300 A

IZM58-XZDDigital circuit-breakers630 – 6300 A

Standard functions System protection Selective protection Universal protection Digital overcurrent release

Equipped with microcontrollers K K K K

Overcurrent protection independent of external power supply K K K K

Fault indication independent of control supply K K K K

Firmly mounted on circuit-breaker K K K K

Test kit for diagnostics available K K K K

True RMS measurement K K K K

Auto/Manual resetting option K K K K

Common fault signal K K K K

Sealable front cover K K K K

Overload protection with adjustable current & fixed time K K – –

Overload, short circuit, earthfault protection with adjustable current & time – – K K

Neutral protection against overload – – K K

Short circuit protection with adjustable current & fixed time K – – –

Short circuit protection with adjustable current & adjustable time – K – –

Instantaneous protection – K K K

Additional functions

With finer setting flexibilty – – – –

Thermal memory K K K K

Thermal memory switchable – K K K

Options – • with +IZM58-XAM: ammeter function

• with +IZM58-XAM: ammeter function• with +IZM58-XRS: segregated fault signal

(remote indication)• with +IZM58-XT: earth fault protection• with +IZM58-XI: i discrimination• with +IZM58-XCOM-MOD: communication

capable on MODBUS RTU protocol using RS485 serial port

Options of IZM58-XZU are included

Can store two protection settings – – – K

Additional protections (switchable): – – – Undercurrent, reverse powerundervoltage/overvoltageunderfrequency/overfrequency

Metering – current, voltage, frequency, power factor, harmonics, power, energy – – – k

Rating plug – – – K

Maintenance indication – – – K

Breaker failure feedback – – – K

Trip circuit supervision – – – K

Thermistor input processing – – – K

Fault history – – – K

True graphical representation of protection settings on high resolution display

– – – K

Remotely programmable – – – K

Accessory modules

I/O modules to add up to 12 inputs & 8 outputs – – – k

Trip circuit supervision (TCS) module – – – k

Auxiliary power supply suitable for 40 – 300 V AC/DC – – – k

Thermistor modules (mounted inside the ACB) for terminal temperature monitoring

– – – k

Notes K: standard k: option –: not available

TEST

x In

Isd

x In

0.40.5

0.6

0.7

0.750.8

0.85

0.9

0.95

1.0

Ir

POWERON

OVERLOAD

SHORTCIRCUIT

PROTOCOL

CLEAR

TEST

IZM58-XZA

0.61

1.5

2

4

8

9

10

36

L

S

@ 10 x In

I tOFF

2I tON

2

TEST

x In

delay tsd/msIsd

x In

0.40.5

0.6

0.7

0.750.8

0.85

0.9

0.95

1.0

20100

200

300

40020

100

200

300

400

Ir

POWERON

OVERLOAD

SHORTCIRCUIT

INST.

PROTOCOL

CLEAR

TESTACTIVE ON

OFF

OFF

ONBLOCKED

INSTANTANEOUS

ADDRESS

IZM58-XZV

0.61

1.5

2

4

8

9

10

36

THERMALREFLECTIVITY

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5

6 x Ir

L

S

12 x In

@ 10 x In

I tOFF

I tOFF

2

2

I tON

I tON

2

2

@ 6 x Ir

LOAD

TEST

x In

delay tsd/msIsd

x In

0.40.5

0.6

0.7

0.750.8

0.85

0.9

0.95

1.00.5

1.52

20100

200

300

40020

100

200

300

400

1

2

4

68

12

18

24

delay tr/sIr

x In5

3

4

68

10

12

MAX

Ii

POWERON

OVERLOAD

SHORTCIRCUIT

INST.

PROTOCOL

CLEAR

TESTACTIVE ON

OFF

OFF

ONBLOCKED

NEUTRAL PROTECTION

ADDRESS

IZM58-XZU-T-COM

100%50 60 70 80 90

x Ir

0.61

1.5

2

4

8

9

10

x In

delay tg/sIg EARTHFAULT

30

36

THERMALREFLECTIVITY

0.2

0.3

0.40.5

0.6

0.3

0.1

0.3

OFF0.1

0.2

0.2

0.4

1.0

@ 4 x Ig0.4

50% Ir

100% Ir A1 A2 A3 A4 A5

L

S

I

G

IZM58-XZD

PROTOCOL

CLEAR

POWERON

L

S

I

G

ALARM

TRIP

TEMP

TEST

TEST

In Multiplier : 0.5

10/5


Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

fro

m 6

30 t

o 6

300 A

10/6

GST not included

IZM circuit-breakers, basic units3-pole

Rating data Normal switching capacity (N)


Setting range

Overload release Short-circuit release Part no. Price ($)

Delayed

In = Iu Ir Isd

A A A

Circuit-breakers for distribution circuit protection (A)

IZM...5-...Icu = Ics = 65 kA at 415 V 50/60 Hz

630 252 – 630 0.6 – 10 x In,tsd = 25 ms fixed

IZMN5-A630 POA

800 320 – 800 IZMN5-A800 POA

1000 400 – 1000 IZMN5-A1000 POA

1250 500 – 1250 IZMN5-A1250 POA

1600 640 – 1600 IZMN5-A1600 POA

IZM...6-A...Icu = Ics = 80 kA at 415 V 50/60 Hz

800 320 – 800 0.6 – 10 x In,tsd = 25 ms fixed

IZMN6-A800 POA

1000 400 – 1000 IZMN6-A1000 POA

1250 500 – 1250 IZMN6-A1250 POA

1600 640 – 1600 IZMN6-A1600 POA

2000 800 – 2000 IZMN6-A2000 POA

2500 1000 – 2500 IZMN6-A2500 POA

3200 1280 – 3200 IZMN6-A3200 POA


3200 1280 – 3200 0.6 – 10 x In,tsd = 25 ms fixed

IZMN7-A3200 POA

4000 1600 – 4000 IZMN7-A4000 POA


5000 2000 – 5000 0.6 – 10 x In,tsd = 25 ms fixed

IZMN8-A5000 POA

6300 2520 – 6300 IZMN8-A6300 POA

I

10/7

Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

fro

m 6

30 t

o 6

300 A


GST not included

IN switch-disconnectors, accessories for IZM and IN3-pole


Rated short-circuit making capacity at 415 V 50/60 Hz

Rated short-time withstand current

Part no. Price ($)

t = 1 s

In = Iu Icm Icw

A kA kA

INN5(-4)-...

630 143 50 INN5-630 POA

800 INN5-800 POA

1000 INN5-1000 POA

1250 INN5-1250 POA

1600 INN5-1600 POA

INN6(-4)-...

2000 176 65 INN6-2000 POA

2500 INN6-2500 POA

3200 INN6-3200

INN7(-4)-...

3200 176 65 INN7-3200 POA

4000 220 70 INN7-4000 POA

For use with Part no. Price ($)

Test device

Trip simulation kit to test the functioning of the overcurrent releases

IZM...-A..., IZM...-V... and IZM...-U.. IZM58-XSIM-KIT POA

IZM...-D... IZM58-XSIM-KIT-D POA

Current sensors for external neutral

IZM...7-...

3200 A IZM7-XCTN3200 POA


IZM...8-...



Auxiliary contacts/microswitches, 1 CO

Microswitch common fault indication IZM58-XHIA POA

Microswitch ready-to-close indication IZM58-XHIB POA

Microswitch for shunt release IZM58-XHIS POA

Microswitch for undervoltage release IZM58-XHIU POA


Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

fro

m 6

30 t

o 6

300 A

10/8

GST not included

Accessories for IZM and IN

Voltage range Part no. Price ($)

Motor operatorto charge the main spring electrically.

24 – 30 V DC IZM58-XM24/30DC POA

110 V AC 50/60 Hz, 100 – 125 V DC

IZM58-XM110AC/125DC POA

230 – 240 V AC 50/60 Hz, 250 V DC


380 V – 415 V AC 50/60 Hz, 400 V DC


Operation countercounts the number of ON/OFF operations seen by the breaker.

– IZM58-XSZ POA

Closing releaseto remotely close the breaker

24 – 30 V DC IZM58-XE24/30DC POA

110 V AC 50/60 Hz, 110 V DC

IZM58-XE110AC/DC POA

230 – 240 V AC 50 Hz, 220 – 240 V AC 60 Hz, 220 – 250 V DC

IZM58-XE230AC/250DC POA

415 V AC 50 Hz, 380 V – 415 V AC 60 Hz

IZM58-XE415AC POA

Shunt releaseto trip the breaker from a remote location.

24 – 30 V DC IZM58-XA24/30DC POA

110 V AC 50/60 Hz, 110 V DC

IZM58-XA110AC/DC POA

230 – 240 V AC 50 Hz, 220 – 240 V AC 60 Hz, 220 – 250 V DC

IZM58-XA230AC/250DC POA

415 V AC 50 Hz, 380 V – 415 V AC 60 Hz

IZM58-XA415AC POA

Shunt release, wide range 10 – 130%

230 V AC 50 Hz IZM58-XA230AC/05 POA

415 V AC 50 Hz IZM58-XA415AC/05 POA

Undervoltage releaseto trip the breaker in case of system voltage drop.

24-30 V DC IZM58-XU24/30DC POA

110 V AC 50/60Hz, 110V DC IZM58-XU110AC/DC POA

230 – 240 V AC 50 Hz, 220 – 240 V AC 60 Hz, 220 V DC

IZM58-XU230AC/220DC POA

380 V – 415 V AC 50/60 Hz IZM58-XU415AC POA

Undervoltage release with time delay 0.5 – 5 s

110 V AC 50/60Hz, 110V DC IZM58-XUV110AC/DC POA

230 – 240 V AC 50 Hz, 220 – 240 V AC 60 Hz, 220 V DC

IZM58-XUV230AC/220DC POA

380 V – 415 V AC 50/60 Hz IZM58-XUV415AC POA

10/9

Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

fro

m 6

30 t

o 6

300 A


GST not included



Locking facilities

Shroud for ON/OFF buttonsto prevent unauthorized access to ON & OFF buttons.

– IZM58-XVD POA

Locking arrangement for OFF buttonto prevent undesirable closing of breaker in an interlocked configuration.

Castell lock IZM58-XVDM-C POA

Ronis lock IZM58-XVDM-R POA

Kirk lock IZM58-XVDM-K POA

Profalux lock IZM58-XVDM-P POA

Door interlockprevents opening of panel door in Service & Test positions.

– IZM58-XVT-AV POA

Mechanical Interlock (1 set per scheme)

2 Incomers IZM58-XMV2 POA

3 Incomers IZM58-XMV3 POA

2 Incomers & 1 standby IZM58-XMV2+1 POA

2 Incomers & 1 bus coupler IZM58-XMV2+C POA

Locking arrangement for isolated positions

Castell lock IZM58-XVI-AV-C POA

Ronis lock IZM58-XVI-AV-R POA

Kirk lock IZM58-XVI-AV-K POA

Profalux lock IZM58-XVI-AV-P POA

Locking arrangement for all positions

Castell lock IZM58-XV-AV-C POA

Ronis lock IZM58-XV-AV-R POA

Kirk lock IZM58-XV-AV-K POA

Profalux lock IZM58-XV-AV-P POA

Racking interlock +IZM58-XVV POA

Withdrawable units with standard flange connection

3-pole cradle without racking handle

IZM(IN)...5-... IZM5-XAV POA




Racking handle

– IZM58-XRH POA

Electrical position indicationto signal the position of the breaker in the cradle: Disconnected, Test, Connected.

– IZM58-XHIAV POA

Safety shutterto prevent inadvertent access to live terminals,for 3-pole cradle

IZM(IN)...5-... IZM5-XIKL POA





Cir

cuit

-bre

aker

s, s

wit

ch-d

isco

nnec

tors

fro

m 6

30 t

o 6

300 A

10/10

GST not included



Arc chute cover for withdrawable breaker

for 3-pole cradle

IZM(IN)...5-... IZM5-XLKA-AV POA




Terminal adaptor for withdrawable breaker for line/load side turnable for horizontal and vertical connection

IZM(IN)...5-.. horizontal/vertical IZM5-XATH/V POA

IZM(IN)...6-... vertical IZM6-XATV POA

IZM(IN)...6-... horizontal IZM6-XATH POA

IZM(IN)...7-... horizontal/vertical IZM7-XATH/V POA

IZM(IN)...8-... vertical IZM8-XATV

IZM(IN)...8-... horizontal IZM8-XATH

Additional equipment

Panel door ingress seal

fixed ACB IZM58-XRT POA

withdrawable breaker IZM58-XRT-AV POA

Set of lifting hooks

– IZM58-XLH POA

Arc chute (spare part)

IZM(IN)...5-... IZM5-XAC POA




11/1

Min

iatu

re c

ircu

it-b

reak

ers


Content

Page


Miniature circuit-breakers 11/2

PLS miniature circuit-breakers 11/3

PLSM miniature circuit-breakers 11/5

PLHT rated miniature circuit-breakers 11/6

Installation devices 11/7

RCD, RCBO 11/7

Installation relays 11/8

Installation contactors, impulse relays, ETR electronic timing relays

11/9

Main switches/isolating switches 11/10

Add-on functions 11/11

Installation devices 11/13

Time switches, accessories 11/13

PE consumer boards 11/14

Miniature circuit-breaker chassis 11/15

Distribution boards 11/16

Mounting accessories 11/17

Commoning busbars 11/17

Dimensions 11/18

PE consumer boards, Distribution boards 11/18


Min

iatu

re c

ircu

it-b

reak

ers

11/2 System overviewMiniature circuit-breakers

FAZX

XUA

AZXHI11

AZ-3N

AZ-3

XFSM

XFSM

FAZ-3N

FAZ-3

FAZ-2

FAZ

AZ-2

XRHI002

AZ

AZ XAA

FIP-2

FIP-4

FAZ-2

FILS

Combined RCD/MCB devices (RCBO)

Auxiliary contact

XPM0

Auxiliary contact

Auxiliary contact

AZ (15 - 25 kA)miniature circuit-breakers

Residual current devices

Shunt trip

Add-on residual current device modules

Remote switching module

Remote switching module

Voltage trip

Shunt trip

Range of installation devices

AZFIM-4-125-0,3

Xpole (4.5 - 10 kA)miniature circuit-breakers

Add-on residual current device module

FAZ

poleX

poleX

FAZ

poleX

FAZ

poleX

FAZ

poleX

FAZ

poleX

poleX

FAZ

poleX

poleXFIM

PKNM

poleX

FI-40FI

poleX

FI-40

poleX

11/3

Min

iatu

re c

ircu

it-b

reak

ers


GST not included

PLS miniature circuit-breakers

The comprehensive range of Xpole miniature circuit-breakers includes switching capacity 4.5, 6 and 10 kA in single-pole and multi-pole versions. The range offers the following tripping characteristics:

Type B – for domestic/commercial installations without power surges e.g. filament lamps and wall sockets

Type C – for commercial/light industrial installations with switching surges such as fluorescent lighting or small motors

Type D – for abnormally high inrush currents e.g. motors with heavy starting duty

In addition, the range includes components for residual current protection and modular installation devices for remote switching, timing and signalling.

Features and benefits• High-quality miniature circuit-breakers for domestic, commercial and

industrial applications• Xpole range offers worldwide approvals• Australian approval no. 16860, Standard AS/NZS 4898: 1997• Contact position indicator red/green• DIN rail clip mounting, and snap-fitting accessories reduce installation

time and simplify fitting and removal of components.• Busbar clamps and high-capacity box terminals provide increased

connection options.• Single design concept improves panel appearance.

Rated current In 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole

A Part no. Price ($)Product group 1



4.5 kA, trip curve C

• Rated current up to 40 A• Rated breaking capacity 4.5 kA to IEC/EN 60898

6 PLS4-C6 13.70 PLS4-C6/2 50.90 PLS4-C6/3 75.60

10 PLS4-C10 13.70 PLS4-C10/2 50.90 PLS4-C10/3 75.60

16 PLS4-C16 13.70 PLS4-C16/2 50.90 PLS4-C16/3 75.60

20 PLS4-C20 13.70 PLS4-C20/2 50.90 PLS4-C20/3 75.60

25 PLS4-C25 13.70 PLS4-C25/2 50.90 PLS4-C25/3 75.60

32 PLS4-C32 13.70 PLS4-C32/2 50.90 PLS4-C32/3 75.60

40 PLS4-C40 13.70 PLS4-C40/2 50.90 PLS4-C40/3 75.60


Min

iatu

re c

ircu

it-b

reak

ers

11/4

GST not included

PLS miniature circuit-breakers

Rated current In 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole





6 kA, trip curve B

• Rated current up to 63 A• Rated breaking capacity 6 kA

to IEC/EN 60898

6 PLS6-B6 18.40 PLS6-B6/2 55.80 PLS6-B6/3 84.30 PLS6-B6/4 167.30









6 kA, trip curve C


to IEC/EN 60898

1 PLS6-C1 15.70 PLS6-C1/2 53.40 PLS6-C1/3 78.70 PLS6-C1/4 156.20













DC rated, 6 kA, trip curve C


to IEC/EN 60898• Colour-coded toggle switch

indicates current rating

6 PLS6-C6-DC 42.20 PLS6-C6/2-DC 94.20

10 PLS6-C10-DC 42.20 PLS6-C10/2-DC 94.20

16 PLS6-C16-DC 42.20 PLS6-C16/2-DC 94.20

20 PLS6-C20-DC 42.20 PLS6-C20/2-DC 94.20

25 PLS6-C25-DC 42.20 PLS6-C25/2-DC 94.20

32 PLS6-C32-DC 42.20 PLS6-C32/2-DC 94.20

40 PLS6-C40-DC 42.20 PLS6-C40/2-DC 94.20

50 PLS6-C50-DC 42.20 PLS6-C50/2-DC 94.20

11/5

Min

iatu

re c

ircu

it-b

reak

ers


GST not included

PLSM miniature circuit-breakers

Rated current In 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole





10 kA, trip curve B




1 PLSM-B1 48.50 PLSM-B1/2 120.30 PLSM-B1/3 155.00 – –





10 PLSM-B10 48.50 PLSM-B10/2 120.30 PLSM-B10/3 155.00 PLSM-B10/4 220.00








10 kA, trip curve C




1 PLSM-C1 34.80 PLSM-C1/2 105.40 PLSM-C1/3 136.40 PLSM-C1/4 209.40













10 kA, trip curve




1 PLSM-D1 48.50 PLSM-D1/2 120.30 PLSM-D1/3 155.00 PLSM-D1/4 220.00












Min

iatu

re c

ircu

it-b

reak

ers

11/6

GST not included

PLHT rated miniature circuit-breakers

Rated current In Rated breaking capacity 1-pole 3-pole

A kA Part no. Price ($)Product group 1


15 – 25 kA, trip curve C

• Rated current up to 125 A• Rated breaking capacity

15 – 25 kA to IEC/EN 60947-2• Colour-coded toggle switch indicates current rating• Trip curves B and D:

Please enquire.• Other pole configurations (including 1+N, 1+3N):

Please enquire.

20 25 PLHT-C20 111.60 PLHT-C20/3 384.20

25 25 PLHT-C25 111.60 PLHT-C25/3 384.20

32 25 PLHT-C32 111.60 PLHT-C32/3 384.20

40 25 PLHT-C40 111.60 PLHT-C40/3 384.20

50 25 PLHT-C50 111.60 PLHT-C50/3 384.20

63 – PLHT-C63 111.60 PLHT-C63/3 384.20

80 20 PLHT-C80 111.60 PLHT-C80/3 384.20

100 20 PLHT-C100 111.60 PLHT-C100/3 384.20

125 15 PLHT-C125 111.60 PLHT-C125/3 384.20

11/7

Min

iatu

re c

ircu

it-b

reak

ers


GST not included

Installation devicesRCD, RCBO

Rated uninterrupted current Iu

Tripping current 2-pole 4-pole



A mA

Standard AC residual current devices

• Rated current up to 80 A• Number of poles: 1+N• 18 mm modules: 2 and 4• Australian approval no. JM85A, Standard AS/NZS 61009

40 30 PFIM-40/2/003 130.20 PFIM-40/4/003 162.40

63 30 PFIM-63/2/003 143.20 PFIM-63/4/003 175.70

80 30 PFIM-80/2/003 171.00 PFIM-80/4/003 245.40

Rated current In Tripping current Part no. Price ($)Product group 1


...003 ...001 ...003 ...001

A mA mA

Combined RCD/MCB devices (RCBO), single-phase and neutral

• 10 kA, trip curve C • Rated current up to 40 A• Number of poles: 1+N• 18 mm modules: 2• Australian approval no. JM85A, Standard AS/NZS 61009

6 30 – PKNM-6/1N/C/003 105.40

10 PKNM-10/1N/C/003 105.40

16 PKNM-16/1N/C/003 105.40

20 PKNM-20/1N/C/003 105.40

25 PKNM-25/1N/C/003 105.40

32 PKNM-32/1N/C/003 105.40

40 PKNM-40/1N/C/003 105.40

• 6 kA, trip curve C • Rated current up to 40 A• Number of poles: 1+N• 18 mm modules: 1• Australian approval no. 10750, Standard AS/NZS 61009• Colour-coded toggle switch indicates current rating• Permanently connected neutral conductor, 950 mm long• Suitable for our distribution boards• Other trip curves available on indent only

6 30 10 PKS6-6/1N/C/003 157.40 PKS6-6/1N/C/001 183.50

10 PKS6-10/1N/C/003 157.40 PKS6-10/1N/C/001 183.50

16 PKS6-16/1N/C/003 157.40 PKS6-16/1N/C/001 183.50

20 PKS6-20/1N/C/003 157.40 PKS6-20/1N/C/001 183.50

25 PKS6-25/1N/C/003 157.40 PKS6-25/1N/C/001 183.50

32 PKS6-32/1N/C/003 157.40 PKS6-32/1N/C/001 183.50

40 PKS6-40/1N/C/003 157.40 PKS6-40/1N/C/001 183.50

• 10 kA, trip curve C • Rated current up to 25 A• Number of poles: 1+N• 18 mm modules: 1• Australian approval no. 10750, Standard AS/NZS 61009• Colour-coded toggle switch indicates current rating• Permanently connected neutral conductor, 950 mm long• Suitable for our distribution boards• Other trip curves available on indent only

6 30 10 PKSM-6/1N/C/003 194.80 PKSM-6/1N/C/001 233.80

10 PKSM-10/1N/C/003 194.80 PKSM-10/1N/C/001 233.80

16 PKSM-16/1N/C/003 194.80 PKSM-16/1N/C/001 233.80

20 PKSM-20/1N/C/003 194.80 PKSM-20/1N/C/001 233.80

25 PKSM-25/1N/C/003 194.80 PKSM-25/1N/C/001 233.80


Min

iatu

re c

ircu

it-b

reak

ers

11/8

GST not included

Installation devicesInstallation relays

Rated current In Tripping current Part no. Price ($)Product group 1


...003 ...001 ...003 ...001

A mA mA

Combined RCD/MCB devices (RCBO), single-phase and neutral

• 6 kA, trip curve C, NEMA style• Electronically combined RCD/MCB device • Rated current up to 40 A• Number of poles: 1+N• 18 mm modules: 1• Standard AS/NZS 61009• Permanently connected neutral conductor, 940 mm long• Suitable for metal load centres by Heinemann and Cutler-Hammer• Other tripping currents available: Please enquire.

10 30 10 PKA6-10/1N/C/003 303.60 PKA6-10/1N/C/001 353.20

16 PKA6-16/1N/C/003 303.60 PKA6-16/1N/C/001 353.20

20 PKA6-20/1N/C/003 303.60 PKA6-20/1N/C/001 353.20

25 PKA6-25/1N/C/003 303.60 PKA6-25/1N/C/001 353.20

32 PKA6-32/1N/C/003 303.60 PKA6-32/1N/C/001 353.20

40 PKA6-40/1N/C/003 303.60 PKA6-40/1N/C/001 353.20

Accessories

Adapter for PKA6

• Suitable for metal load centres by Heinemann

– – – ADP-PKA 18.60

Rated current In Contacts Actuating voltage


A (AC1) A (AC3) V AC

Installation relays for light and power distribution

• Rated current 20 A AC1• 18 mm modules: 1• Finger and hand touch safe to VGB 4• Low switching noise, no humming• Easy coil feed connection with Pozidrive screws

20 – 1 N/O 240 Z-R230/S 55.80

2 N/O Z-R230/SS 55.80

1 N/O, 1 N/C Z-R230/SO 55.80

2 N/C Z-R230/OO 55.80

20 – 1 N/O 24 Z-R24/S 55.80

2 N/O Z-R24/SS 55.80

1 N/O, 1 N/C Z-R24/SO 55.80

2 N/C Z-R24/OO 55.80

• Suitable for auxiliary contacts Z-SC• 18 mm modules: 2

25 9 3 N/O, 1 N/C 240 Z-SCH230/25-31 80.60

2 N/O, 2 N/C Z-SCH230/25-22 80.60

4 N/O Z-SCH230/25-40 81.90

4 N/C Z-SCH230/25-04 81.90

4 N/O 24 Z-SCH24/25-40 110.40

2 N/O, 2 N/C 24 Z-SCH24/25-22 110.40

11/9

Min

iatu

re c

ircu

it-b

reak

ers


GST not included

Installation devicesInstallation contactors, impulse relays, ETR electronic timing relays


Part no. Price ($)Product group 1A (AC1) A (AC3) V AC

Installation contactors for light and power distribution

• Suitable for auxiliary contacts Z-SC• 18 mm modules: 4

40 27 3 N/O, 1 N/C 240 Z-SCH230/40-31 142.50

2 N/O, 2 N/C Z-SCH230/40-22 142.50

4 N/O Z-SCH230/40-40 142.50

2 N/O Z-SCH230/40-20 142.50

63 30 4 N/O 240 Z-SCH230/63-40 210.70

3 N/O, 1 N/C Z-SCH230/63-31 210.70

2 N/O, 2 N/C Z-SCH230/63-22 210.70

2 N/O Z-SCH230/63-20 210.70

Accessories

Sealing cover 25 A, 2 modules wide Z-SCHAK-2TE 2.40

Sealing cover 40, 63 A, 3 modules wide Z-SCHAK-3TE 2.60

Auxiliary switch Z-SC 62.00

Spacer Z-DST 3.80


Part no. Price ($)Product group 0AC 1

Impulse relays• Rated current 16 A AC1• 18 mm modules: 1

16 1 N/O 240 V AC Z-S230/S 55.80

16 1 N/O 1 N/C Z-S230/SO 55.80

16 2 N/O Z-S230/SS 55.80

16 1 N/O 24 V AC Z-S24/S 55.80

16 1 N/O 1 N/C Z-S24/SO 55.80

16 2 N/O Z-S24/SS 55.80

AccessoriesTwin diode block

Z-SC/GP 55.80



Time range Part no. Price ($)Product group 1230 V

Ie Ith

A A

ETR2 electronic timing relays, 17.5 mm wide• Voltage range: 24 – 48 V DC, 24 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz• Excellent repetition accuracy• Very high resistance to interference voltages

On-delayed 3 5 0.05 – 1 s0.5 – 10 s5 – 100 s0.5 – 10 min5 – 100 min0.5 – 10 h5 – 100 h

ETR2-11 158.10

Off-delayed 3 5 ETR2-12 158.10

Fleeting contact on energization 3 5 ETR2-21 158.10

Flashing, pulse initiating 3 5 ETR2-42 158.10

Flashing, 2 speeds 3 5 ETR2-44 158.10

Multi-function relay 3 5 ETR2-69 195.80


Min

iatu

re c

ircu

it-b

reak

ers

11/10

GST not included

Installation devicesMain switches/isolating switches


Poles Part no. Price ($)Product group 1

Iu

A

Main switches/isolating switches IS

63 1 IS-63/1 13.70

80 1 IS-80/1 17.40

100 1 IS-100/1 33.60

125 1 IS-125/1 52.10

63 2 IS-63/2 43.50

80 2 IS-80/2 55.80

100 2 IS-100/2 80.60

125 2 IS-125/2 80.20

63 3 IS-63/3 62.00

80 3 IS-80/3 80.60

100 3 IS-100/3 111.60

125 3 IS-125/3 122.80

63 4 IS-63/4 102.30

80 4 IS-80/4 108.20

100 4 IS-100/4 138.60

125 4 IS-125/4 173.90

11/11

Min

iatu

re c

ircu

it-b

reak

ers


GST not included

Add-on functions

Description Colour push button


Auxiliary switch

For miniature circuit-breakers PLS..., PKNM...

1 N/O + 1 N/C – Z-AHK 28.00

Tripping signal switch

For miniature circuit-breakers PLS..., PKNM...

2 C/O – Z-NHK 28.00

Transformers 230 V

12 – 24 V, 2 – 1 A – TR-G2/24 104.00

Terminal cover

3 MU – Z-TR/AP-3TE 10.50

Shunt trip

Operational voltage 110 – 240 V AC – Z-ASA/230 39.80

Under voltage release

Operational voltage 230 – 240 V AC – Z-USA/230 43.50

Signal lamps

Clear – Z-EL/OR230 21.20

Red – Z-EL/R230 21.20

Green – Z-EL/G230 21.20

Pushbuttons

16 A, 1 N/O Z-PU/S 21.20

16 A, 2 N/O Z-PU/SS 26.80

16 A, 1 N/O + 1 N/C Z-PU/SO 26.80

16 A, 1 N/C Z-PU/OO 21.20

Illuminated pushbuttons

16 A, 2 N/O Z-PUL230/SS 54.00

16 A, 1 N/O + 1 N/C Z-PUL230/SO 54.00


Min

iatu

re c

ircu

it-b

reak

ers

11/12

GST not included

Add-on functions


Changeover switch

2 C/O, I – O – II Z-S/WM 31.10

2 C/O, DAY – O – NIGHT Z-S/WTN 31.10

Kilowatt hour meter

Display 5 + 1 digit

230 V, 50 Hz, 16 A Z-KWZ-230 165.00

400 V, 50 Hz, 5 A Z-KWZ-3PH-25 807.20

Hour run counter

Display 5 + 2 digit

230 V, 50 Hz BSZ-230 99.20

Signalling devices

Buzzer, 230 V, 50 Hz Z-SUM230 34.80

Bell, 230 V, 50 Hz Z-GLO230 39.10

Emergency lighting test kit

Enclosed Z-EMER-E 322.10

DIN rail mounting Z-EMER-DIN 285.00

Surge arrestor

Lightning current arrestor, Class B

Single pole, 35 kA, capsulated SPI-35/440 192.20

Overvoltage arrestor, Class C

Single pole, 20 kA, complete SPC-E-280 105.40

Single pole, 20 kA, insert SPC-S-20/280 68.30

Single pole, base SPC-S-S1 37.20

11/13

Min

iatu

re c

ircu

it-b

reak

ers


GST not included

Installation devicesTime switches, accessories

Actuating voltage


Time switches

Analog

Synchronous Day 1 channel Z-SGS/TA 109.10

Quartz Day + week 2 channels SU-GQ/2W-TW 246.00

Digital

Quartz Day + week 1 channel Z-SDM/1K-WO 252.801)

Quartz Day + week 2 channel Z-SDM/2K-WO 303.601)

Quartz 365 days 4 channels EASY512-AC-RC 336.301)

Accessories

Padlocking attachmentFor Xpole MCB

IS/SPE-1TE 8.70

Pole filter1 strip = 6 poles

AP-45-W 2.40

Automatic restart modules

230 V AC Z-FW-LP 1,235.80

24 V DC Z-FW-LPD 1,235.80



Min

iatu

re c

ircu

it-b

reak

ers

11/14

GST not included

PE consumer boards

No. of poles Type of mounting Type of door Part no. Price ($)Product group 0

PE consumer boards

Protection rating IP40

12 Flush Transparent PE12FT 72.00

18 PE18FT 109.10

24 PE24FT 142.50

36 PE36FT 179.70

12 Flush Opaque PE12FW 72.00

18 PE18FW 109.10

24 PE24FW 142.50

36 PE36FW 179.70

1 Flush Opaque PE1E 7.30

2 PE2E 8.50

4 PE4E 10.60

8 PE8E 20.50

12 Surface Transparent PE12ST 72.00

18 PE18ST 109.10

24 PE24ST 142.50

36 PE36ST 179.70

12 Surface Opaque PE12SW 72.00

18 PE18SW 109.10

24 PE24SW 142.50

36 PE36SW 179.70

Notes Available complete with MCCBs and RCDs fitted

11/15

Min

iatu

re c

ircu

it-b

reak

ers


GST not included

Miniature circuit-breaker chassis

No. of poles

Pitchbetweenfingers

Width Length HeightwithMCB

No. of poles Part no. Price ($)Product group 2

mm mm 18 mm 27 mm

Miniature circuit-breaker chassis

• Rated current 250 A• Fault rating 20 kA for 0.1 s• Hybrid versions accomodate MCB from 0.5 A to 125 A• Suits PLS and PLHT MCB• Suits PFIM/PKNM RCD and RCBO

3-phase, 250 A, 1 module, suits 6 and 10 kA miniture circuit breakers

12 18 230 258 95 XCH3/12 136.40

18 312 XCH3/18 154.50

24 366 XCH3/24 181.20

30 420 XCH3/30 203.30

36 474 XCH3/36 238.30

42 528 XCH3/42 260.40

48 582 XCH3/48 291.50

60 690 XCH3/60 342.60

72 798 XCH3/72 453.60

84 852 XCH3/84 583.20

3-phase hybrid, 1 and 1.5 module, suits 6, 10, 15, 20 and 25 kA miniture circuit breakers

12 18 + 27 230 282 95 6 6 XCHE3/12 POA

18 336 12 6 XCHE3/18 POA

24 390 18 6 XCHE3/24 POA

30 444 24 6 XCHE3/30 POA

36 498 30 6 XCHE3/36 POA

42 581 30 12 XCHE3/42 POA

48 635 36 12 XCHE3/48 POA

60 743 48 12 XCHE3/60 POA

72 851 60 12 XCHE3/72 POA

3-phase and neutral, 250 A, suits 2-pole combinations RCD/MCB

12 18 + N 230 258 95 XCHA4/12 POA

20 330 XCHA4/20 POA

24 366 XCHA4/24 POA

32 438 XCHA4/32 POA

36 474 XCHA4/36 POA

48 582 XCHA4/48 POA

60 690 XCHA4/60 POA

72 798 XCHA4/72 POA

3-phase, 250 A, 1.5 module, suits 15, 20 and 25 kA miniature circuit-breakers

12 27 230 306 95 XCHC3/12 POA

18 388 XCHC3/18 POA

24 471 XCHC3/24 POA

30 553 XCHC3/30 POA

36 636 XCHC3/36 POA

42 718 XCHC3/42 POA

48 801 XCHC3/48 POA

60 966 XCHC3/60 POA

72 1131 XCHC3/72 POA


Min

iatu

re c

ircu

it-b

reak

ers

11/16

GST not included

Distribution boards

No. of poles Height Part no. Price ($)Product group 2

mm

Distribution boards

• 250 A type tested chassis, earth and neutral 2 screw fixing• Hybrid versions available

– suits PLS and AZ/PLHT MCB– suits PFIM/PKNM, RCD and RCBO

• Welded construction, removable hinged escutcheon• Left and right hinged door, 3 mm aluminium gland plate• Tough paint finish, stipple grey RAL 7032• For orange X15 stipple paint finish – use suffix ‘-X15‘ for all part numbers• Fixing template and dimensions supplied

With 250 main switch

18 700 XDB250-18 1,181.10

24 700 XDB250-24 1,271.90

36 1000 XDB250-36 1,427.60

48 1200 XDB250-48 1,674.20

60 1200 XDB250-60 1,881.90

72 1500 XDB250-72 2,011.60

84 1500 XDB250-84 2,336.00

Without main switch

18 700 XDB-18 895.50

24 700 XDB-24 1,018.90

36 1000 XDB-36 1,051.30

48 1200 XDB-48 1,265.40

60 1200 XDB-60 1,414.60

72 1500 XDB-72 1,648.30

84 1500 XDB-84 1,881.90

Accessory modules

200 XAM-200 551.70

300 XAM-300 597.00

500 XAM-500 694.40

Empty panelboard

700 XDB-1 673.40

1000 XDB-2 808.10

1200 XDB-3 973.40

1500 XDB-4 1,040.70

11/17

Min

iatu

re c

ircu

it-b

reak

ers


GST not included

Mounting accessoriesCommoning busbars

No.of poles

No.of MCB



Ie

A

Commoning busbars, 1.25 mm thick

For miniature circuit-breakers without auxiliary contactsWith fork connectors, for combination box terminal

1 – 2 85 EVG-16/1PHAS/2MODUL 2.80

1 – 6 85 EVG-16/1PHAS/6MODUL 5.30

1 – 12 85 EVG-16/1PHAS/12MODUL 8.70

2 2- and 4-pole version can also be used for FI switches

4 100 EVG-16/2PHAS/4MODUL 9.10

2 6 100 EVG-16/2PHAS/6MODUL 10.70

2 12 100 EVG-16/2PHAS/12MODUL 20.60

3 – 6 100 EVG-16/3PHAS/6MODUL 12.70

3 – 12 100 EVG-16/3PHAS/12MODUL 22.60

4 2- and 4-pole version can also be used for FI switches

8 100 EVG-16/4PHAS/8MODUL 22.00

4 12 100 EVG-16/4PHAS/12MODUL 41.20

For miniature circuit-breakers with auxiliary contacts

1 – 2 85 EVG-16/1PHAS/2MODUL/HI 4.90

1 – 6 85 EVG-16/1PHAS/6MODUL/HI 11.40

1 – 9 85 EVG-16/1PHAS/9MODUL/HI 15.50

2 – 4 100 EVG-16/2PHAS/4MODUL/HI 10.10

2 – 6 100 EVG-16/2PHAS/6MODUL/HI 14.50

2 – 10 100 EVG-16/2PHAS/10MODUL/HI 22.30

3 – 6 100 EVG-16/3PHAS/6MODUL/HI 15.50

3 – 12 100 EVG-16/3PHAS/12MODUL/HI 28.20

3 1 auxiliary contact per pole

6 100 EVG-16/3X1PHAS/6MODUL/HI 15.50

3 8 100 EVG-16/3X1PHAS/8MODUL/HI 28.20

3 9 100 EVG-16/3X1PHAS/9MODUL/HI 28.20


Min

iatu

re c

ircu

it-b

reak

ers

11/18 DimensionsPE consumer boards, Distribution boards

PE consumer boards

Surface mounting

Flush mounting

AA

BBC

A B C

PE-12S 200 255 94

PE-18S 221 364 94

PE-24S 326 272 94

PE-36S 451 300 94

A

BE

D

F

C

A B C D E F

PE-12F 245 305 92 200 256 66

PE-18F 267 415 100 222 368 66

PE-24F 362 305 100 312 260 66

PE-36F 470 300 100 435 435 75

Distribution boards

XDB panel board XAM accessory module

480 50

B50

A

200

20

580

B50

A

480 50

200

20

580

A B

XDB250-18/XDB18 700 600

XDB250-24/XDB24 700 600

XDB250-36/XDB36 1000 900

XDB250-48/XDB48 1200 1100

XDB250-60/XDB60 1200 1100

XDB250-72/XDB72 1500 1400

XDB250-84/XDB84 1500 1400

XDB250-96/XDB96 1500 1400

XAM-200 200 100

XAM-300 300 200

XAM-400 200 400

12/1

GK

W s

hee

t st

eel

encl

osu

res

CI

insu

late

d e

ncl

osu

res


Content

Page Page

Mild steel enclosures 12/2 Small insulated enclosures 12/4

GKW series 12/2 CI-K series 12/4

Accessories 12/3 Accessories 12/5

Stainless steel enclosures 12/3

GKWS series 12/3

Accessories 12/3

Page

Totally insulated enclosures 12/6

CI series 12/6

CI series, bases and covers 12/7

Accessories 12/8


GK

W s

hee

t st

eel

encl

osu

res

CI

insu

late

d e

ncl

osu

res

12/2

GST not included

Mild steel enclosuresGKW series

• IP rating single door version IP66 and double door IP56.• There are perforated mounting strips vertically spot-welded on both

sides of the door.• The foamed-in PU seal ensures a reliable seal.• Door opening angle approx. 130º.• An extra-narrow edge fold provides a more generous enclosure opening,

which in turn means a larger mounting plate and more • usable space with the same sized enclosure.• Multi-folded enclosure protection channel prevents the ingress of dirt

and water when the door is opened.• Mounting plate is depth-adjustable on studs.• Electrophoretic dipcoat priming and textured powder coating in

RAL 7035.• The double-bit insert with cam lock or locking and is easily exchanged

for any standard lock insert.

Width Height Depth Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 2

mm mm mm

GKW mild steel enclosures

• Degree of protection IP66• Mild steel• Colour beige grey (RAL 7035)

200 300 120 GKW-2312 150.90

200 300 155 GKW-2315 175.40

300 300 210 GKW-3321 204.70

380 300 155 GKW-4315 205.90

380 300 210 GKW-4321 234.70

380 380 210 GKW-4421 247.90

380 600 210 GKW-4621 302.50

400 500 210 GKW-4521 261.70

500 500 210 GKW-5521 363.10

500 700 250 GKW-5725 449.00

600 380 210 GKW-6421 336.50

600 600 210 GKW-6621 426.50

600 760 210 GKW-6821 514.10

600 760 350 GKW-6835 774.80

600 1000 250 GKW-61025 620.80

600 1200 300 GKW-61230 951.80

800 1000 300 GKW-81030 920.80

800 1200 300 GKW-81230 1,164.30

12/3

GK

W s

hee

t st

eel

encl

osu

res

CI

insu

late

d e

ncl

osu

res


GST not included

Stainless steel enclosuresGKWS series

• IP rating single door version IP66 and double door IP56.• Material is stainless steel 316 grade• Enclosure and door are brushed finished• Cam lock die-cast zinc, nickel plated.• Ideal for use in any outdoor environment.

Width Height Depth Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 2

mm mm mm

GKWS stainless steel enclosures

• Degree of protection IP66• Stainless steel, 316 grade• Colour beige grey (RAL 7035)

200 300 155 GKWS-2315 544.30

300 380 210 GKWS-3421 689.40

380 300 155 GKWS-4315 636.80

380 380 210 GKWS-4421 735.60

380 600 210 GKWS-4621 957.00

600 600 210 GKWS-6621 1,230.70

600 760 210 GKWS-6821 1,447.40

800 1000 300 GKWS-81030 2,150.80


Mounting brackets

For mild steel enclosure (4 per pack)For simple mounting directly to wall.

GKW-MB1 14.40

For mild steel enclosure (4 per pack)Permits cable routing behind the enclosure.

GKW-MB2 24.80

For stainless steel enclosure (4 per pack)For simple mounting directly to wall.

GKWS-WB 54.60


GK

W s

hee

t st

eel

encl

osu

res

CI

insu

late

d e

ncl

osu

res

12/4

GST not included

Small insulated enclosuresCI-K series

Suitable for housing a wide range of protection and control devices, the robust CI-K enclosures are rated to IP65 degree of protection. Metric cable entry knockouts in the top, bottom and rear of the enclosure make instal-lation easy. A choice of the unique push-through membrane or hard knockout versions provide added flexibility.

The units are ideal for housing Moeller products including: T rotary switches, P switch-disconnectors, RMQ-Titan command and signalling devices, xStart contactors, Xpole miniature circuit-breakers, easy control relays, ETR4 timing relays, and PKZ motor-protective circuit-breakers. They also make excellent terminal boxes and can be used to house pneumatic or hydraulic components.

Features and benefits• Fully insulated with no need to earth, resistant to flaking or rusting

which is particularly important for the food industry.• Choice of mounting rails and plates, with fixing holes for vertical or

horizontal positioning, simplifies mounting.• Captive screws, fixing centres printed on the base, rubber feet to

compensate for wall unevenness and optional external fixing brackets all simplify installation.

• Shallow base depth eases connection to devices mounted in the enclosure.

• Eyelets on the base and cover mean tie wraps can be used as a simple hinge when accessing the contents of the enclosure.

Width Height Depth Mounting depth Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 1

mm mm mm mm

• Degree of protection IP65, material: polycarbonate• With metal mounting plate• Enclosure base RAL 9005, black, top RAL 7035, light grey• Metric cable entry knockouts at top, bottom and in back plate• Cable membrane with CI-K1 and CI-K2• Control cable entry to CI-K2• Enclosure CI-K3 to CI-K5 include metric cable grommets

100 160 100 73 CI-K2-100-M 32.70

100 160 145 118 CI-K2-145-M 39.10

120 200 125 98 CI-K3-125-M 45.70

120 200 160 133 CI-K3-160-M 50.80

160 240 125 93 CI-K4-125-M 58.60

160 240 160 128 CI-K4-160-M 65.20

200 280 125 93 CI-K5-125-M 78.20

200 280 160 128 CI-K5-160-M 91.20

12/5

GK

W s

hee

t st

eel

encl

osu

res

CI

insu

late

d e

ncl

osu

res


GST not included

Small insulated enclosuresAccessories

Description For use with Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 1

Mounting rails

7.5 mm with fixing screws CI-K2 crosswise, useful length 82 mm TS-CI-K2 5.80

CI-K3 lengthwise and crosswise, useful length 98 mm TS-CI-K3 6.30

CI-K4 crosswise, useful length 133 mm TS-CI-K4 6.60

CI-K5 lengthwise and crosswise, and for CI-K4 lengthwise, useful length 173 mm

TS-CI-K5 8.00

N terminals, PE terminals

Can be screwed into support bosses

CI-K3 K-CI-K3 4.10

CI-K4 K-CI-K4 5.30

Insulated individual terminals

• With PE, N adhesive labels• For snap-fitting onto

mounting rail

32 A, flexible 1.5 – 6 mm2 K10/1 8.00

63 A, flexible 6 – 16 mm2 K25/1 11.20

100 A, flexible 10 – 35 mm2 K50/1 19.60

Metric cable glands

20.5 mm drilled hole diameter 6 – 13 mm external cable diameter V-M20 3.40





GK

W s

hee

t st

eel

encl

osu

res

CI

insu

late

d e

ncl

osu

res

12/6

GST not included

Totally insulated enclosuresCI series

Width Height Depth Mounting depth Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 1

mm mm mm mm

E type individual enclosures

• Metric cable entry knockouts on all sides• Degree of protection IP65• Full-area knockouts possible on all sides• Transparent cover (included in depth)• Fixing straps for wall mounting• Cover fasteners can be sealed

187.5 250 150 125 CI23E-125 227.40

187.5 250 175 150 CI23E-150 234.30

375 250 150 125 CI43E-125 280.30

375 250 175 150 CI43E-150 292.80

375 250 225 200 CI43E-200 302.60

375 375 150 125 CI44E-125 429.20

375 375 175 150 CI44E-150 455.60

375 375 225 200 CI44E-200 486.30

375 375 275 250 CI44E-250 512.70

375 500 225 200 CI45E-200 571.10

X type individual enclosures

• Smooth plain sides for easy cleaning• Degree of protection IP65• Transparent cover (included in depth)• Fixing straps for wall mounting• Cover fasteners can be sealed

187.5 250 150 125 CI23X-125 230.20

187.5 250 175 150 CI23X-150 237.10

375 250 150 125 CI43X-125 288.70

375 250 175 150 CI43X-150 301.10

375 250 225 200 CI43X-200 310.80

375 375 150 125 CI44X-125 437.60

375 375 175 150 CI44X-150 464.00

375 375 225 200 CI44X-200 494.70

375 375 275 250 CI44X-250 521.00

375 500 225 200 CI45X-200 585.60

Panel enclosures

• Sides with full-area knockouts, open top and bottom• Degree of protection IP65• Transparent cover (included in depth)• Cover fasteners can be sealed

375 750 225 200 CI48-200 779.90

375 750 275 250 CI48-250 910.70

12/7

GK

W s

hee

t st

eel

encl

osu

res

CI

insu

late

d e

ncl

osu

res


GST not included

Totally insulated enclosuresCI series, bases and covers

Width Height Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 1

mm mm

Bases for E type individual enclosures

• Metric cable entry knockouts on all sides• Full-area knockouts possible on all sides• Support bosses in the base to fit mounting plates

or mounting rails

187.5 250 U-CI23E 125.40

375 250 U-CI43E 153.20

375 375 U-CI44E 236.70

375 500 U-CI45E 285.40

Bases for X type individual enclosures

• Smooth plain sides for easy cleaning• Cable entry drill as required• Support bosses in the base to fit mounting plates

or mounting rails

187.5 250 U-CI23X 128.20

375 250 U-CI43X 161.60

375 375 U-CI44X 245.00

375 500 U-CI45X 299.80

Bases for panel enclosures

• Sides with full area knockouts• Open top and bottom• Support bosses in the base to fit mounting plates

or mounting rails

187.5 250 U-CI23 118.40

375 250 U-CI43 146.30

375 375 U-CI44 222.80

375 500 U-CI45 271.50

375 750 U-CI48 396.70

Mounting depth For use with enclosure base Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 1

mm

Transparent covers only

125 U-CI23 D125-CI23 90.50

150 D150-CI23 97.60

125 U-CI43 D125-CI43 115.60

150 D150-CI43 128.20

200 D200-CI43 137.80

125 U-CI44 D125-CI44 181.00

150 D150-CI44 207.50

200 D200-CI44 238.10

250 D250-CI44 264.50

200 U-CI45 D200-CI45 274.30

200 U-CI48 D200-CI48 371.70

250 D250-CI48 502.60


GK

W s

hee

t st

eel

encl

osu

res

CI

insu

late

d e

ncl

osu

res

12/8

GST not included

Totally insulated enclosuresAccessories

Description For use with Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 1

Steel mounting plates

3 mm galvanised steel, including fixing screws

CI 23 M3-CI23 21.80

CI 43 M3-CI43 39.10

CI 44 M3-CI44 59.90

CI 45 M3-CI45 99.00

CI 48 M3-CI48 122.60

Module mounting rails

• Useful length 330 mm for enclosure dimension 375 mm• 3 mm galvanised steel, including fixing screws• Pack of 10 rails

– Horizontal CI43, CI44, CI45, CI48Vertical CI44

ML4 19.60

Mounting rails

Galvanised steel, including fixing screws

7.5 mm high• Pack of 20 rails

Useful length 145 mm for enclosure dimension 187.5 mm

145 CL2 3.70

Useful length 207 mm for enclosure dimension 250 mm

207 CL3 8.20


332 CL4 11.50

15 mm high• Pack of 10 rails

Useful length 145 mm for enclosure dimension 187.5 mm

145 CL2-15 8.80


207 CL3-15 11.50


332 CL4-15 21.80

Spacers

To raise by 25 mm, pack of 25 by 25 HS25-CI 4.50

To raise by 50 mm, pack of 25 by 50 HS50-CI 7.10

Insulated individual terminals

• Connections on both sides for round conductors• Rated current:

32 A – K10/1 8.00

63 A – K25/1 11.20

100 A – K50/1 19.60

160 A – K95/1N/BR 84.60

250 A – K150/1/BR 149.60

400 A – K240/1/BR 161.40

12/9

GK

W s

hee

t st

eel

encl

osu

res

CI

insu

late

d e

ncl

osu

res


GST not included


Description Enclosure width Standard pack

Part no. Price ($)Productgroup 1mm

Fixing strap with screw

For wall mounting of CI enclosures.Each kit contains four straps.

– 5 BL-CI 11.70

Thumb-grip

For fitting to cover fasteners on CI enclosures.Set of four

– 20 HG-CI 3.50

Clip

For enclosure assembly – 25 KD4-CI 1.00

Wedge lock

For enclosure assembly and flange fitting – 100 K-CI 1.00

Assembly kits

To connect enclosures to one another, wedge-lock fasteners included

187.5 10 BS-2-CI 12.00

250 (500: use 2 off) 10 BS-3-CI 13.30

375 (750: use 2 off) 10 BS-4-CI 15.40

Flange adapter

For connecting enclosures with sides of different lengths

– 10 FT-CI 26.20

Gaskets

To seal faces between enclosures 187.5 20 D2-CI 5.70

250 20 D3-CI 6.40

375 20 D4-CI 8.40

Connecting pieces

Wedge lock K-CI required

For enclosure assembly and flange fittingFor attaching gland plates

– 100 VS-CI 1.00

– 25 VS-KS-CI 1.00

– 25 VS-TR-CI 5.50

Flange plates

Captive, sponge-rubber gasket.Cable entry drill as required

375 10 FL4-X 47.50

250 10 FL3-X 31.30

187.5 10 FL2-X 25.80

125 10 FL1-X 19.60


GK

W s

hee

t st

eel

encl

osu

res

CI

insu

late

d e

ncl

osu

res

12/10

GST not included


Description Enclosure width Standard pack


Gland plates (including cable grommets)

For two cables 14 – 54 mm 250 1 KS3-CI 138.40

For three cables 14 – 68 mm 375 1 KS4-CI 174.10

Cover hinge

For CI...E and CI...X individual enclosures.One set consists of 2 hinges.

– 5 DSCH-CI 45.10

13/1

Soft

sta

rter

s, f

req

uen

cy inve

rter

s


Content

Softstarters DS... Frequency inverters DF..., DV...

Page Page

Description Description

DS4, DS6 soft starters 13/2 Frequency inverters DF51 13/5

DS4 soft starters 13/3 Frequency inverters DF51 13/6

DS6 soft starters 13/4 Description

Accessories 13/4 Vector frequency inverters DV51 13/7

Vector frequency inverters DV51 13/8

DF6 frequency inverters, DV6 vector frequency inverters 13/9

Accessories

Radio interference suppression filters 13/10

Keypads, connection cables, interfacing modules 13/11


13/2So

ft s

tart

ers,

fre

quen

cy inve

rter

sDescriptionDS4, DS6 soft starters

The three-phase motor is currently the optimum drive for simple and economic implementation of machine and system concepts. Nevertheless, a DOL start or a star-delta start is not always the best solution in many cases. If you want to avoid pressure hammers in pump systems, reduce starting currents with high inertias or judder free starting in conveyor systems, soft starters offer the gentle alternative for almost every

application for judder free and power network protected motor starts. They also reduce the operating costs in the company in more ways than one.Both the DS4 and DS6 series offer a complete product spectrum in the power range from 2.2 kW to 110 kW. Approvals with global standards make the devices suitable for world markets.

13/3

Soft

sta

rter

s, f

req

uen

cy inve

rter

s


GST not included

DS4 semiconductor contactors and soft starters

For use with Rated operational voltage at 50/60 Hz

Rated operational current Rated power for three-phase motors at 3 AC 400 V

Part no. Price ($)

Productgroup 3

AC–-51 AC–-53

Ue G 10 % Ie Ie P

V AC A A kW

DS4 soft starters600 switching operations/h at 6 x In for 0.5 s300 switching operations/h at 6 x In for 0.1 s20 starts/h at 6 x In for 5 s

Soft starters for three-phase motors

110 – 500 11 6 2.2 DS4-340-2K2-M 589.90

17 9 4 DS4-340-4K0-M 696.10

22 12 5.5 DS4-340-5K5-M 731.50

29 16 7.5 DS4-340-7K5-M 808.20

41 23 11 DS4-340-11K-M 1,083.00

for three-phase motors, fast control inputs, DC actuation only

11 6 2.2 DS4-340-2K2-M-DC 699.60

Soft starter with reversing function for three-phase motors

– 6 2.2 DS4-340-2K2-MR 825.90

– 9 4 DS4-340-4K0-MR 1,074.90

– 12 5.5 DS4-340-5K5-MR 1,091.30

– 16 7.5 DS4-340-7K5-MR 1,202.10

– 23 11 DS4-340-11K-MR 1,297.80

DS4 soft starters10 starts/h at 3 x In for 5 s

Soft starters with built-in bypass for three-phase motors

110 – 500 – 16 7.5 DS4-340-7K5-MX 814.10

– 23 11 DS4-340-11K-MX 890.80

– 31 15 DS4-340-15K-MX 1,769.70

Soft starter with built-in bypass and reversing function for three-phase motors

– 16 7.5 DS4-340-7K5-MXR 1,274.20

– 23 11 DS4-340-11K-MXR 1,392.20

– 31 15 DS4-340-15K-MXR 2,123.70


Soft

sta

rter

s, f

req

uen

cy inve

rter

s13/4

GST not included

DS6 soft starters

Mains voltage at 50/60 Hz


Rated power for three-phase motors at 3 AC 400 V

Part no. Price ($)

Productgroup 3

UL G 10 % Ie P

V AC A kW

Soft starters for three-phase motorswith built-in bypass 10 starts/h at 3 x In for 5 s

230 – 480 41 22 DS6-340-22K-MX 1,157.60

55 30 DS6-340-30K-MX 1,274.40

68 37 DS6-340-37K-MX 1,446.90

81 45 DS6-340-45K-MX 1,697.40

99 55 DS6-340-55K-MX 1,808.70

230 – 480 134 75 DS6-340-75K-MX 2,003.40

161 90 DS6-340-90K-MX 2,726.90

196 110 DS6-340-110K-MX 2,949.50

For soft starter Rated operational current

Max. power loss

Fixing distance

Part no. Price ($)

Productgroup 3

Ie PV

A W mm

Accessories

Semiconductor fuses DS6-340-22K-MX 100 80 20.282.20-100 POA

DS6-340-30K-MX 125 80 20.282.20-125 POA

DS6-340-37K-MXDS6-340-45K-MXDS6-340-55K-MX

200 80 20.610.32-200 POA

DS6-340-75K-MX 350 61 80 20.610.32-350 POA

DS6-340-90K-MX 400 70 80 20.610.32-400 POA

DS6-340-110K-MX 500 72 80 20.610.32-500 POA

Fuse bases Fuse base for externally mounted semiconductor fuses 20.282.20-... and 20.189.20-...

21.189.01 62.30

Fuse base for externally mounted semiconductor fuses 20.6xx.32-...

21.313.02 206.00

13/5

Soft

sta

rter

s, f

req

uen

cy inve

rter

s


DescriptionFrequency inverters DF51

Application

The frequency inverters of the DF51 series provide infinitely variable speed control of three-phase motors.They are especially suitable for applications where simple operation and economic efficiency are important.The assigned performance range for four-pole three-phase asynchronous motors ranges from:• 0.25 to 2.2 kW with single-phase power supply (230 V)• 0.25 to 7.5 kW with three-phase power supply (230 V)• 0.37 to 7.5 kW with three-phase power supply (400 V)The frequency inverter DF51 can be used as a stand-alone drive or incorporated in automation systems. With its U/f (voltage/frequency) characteristic control, it can be used in wide range of applications, from simple pump and fan drives through stan-dard transportation and conveying applications to flexible use the machine tool and packaging machine industry.

Features

• Compact construction due to highly-integrated module technology• Integrated keypad with four-character seven-segment display, LEDs, six function

keys and a setpoint value potentiometer• Serial interface (RS 485, Modbus RTU)• Five digital inputs (24 V DC)• Two digital outputs (24 V DC)• Two analog inputs (0 to +10 V, 4 to 20 mA)• One analog output (0 to +10 V)• A relay (changeover contact: 24 V DC/230 V AC)• Thermistor input• User-friendly direct operation without prior configuration.• Conformance to global standards CE, UL, c-UL and cTick

Functions

Comprehensive protective functions guarantee safe operation and protect frequen-cy inverters and motor:• Overcurrent, earth fault• Overload, electronic motor protection• Overtemperature• Overvoltage, undervoltageAdditional operational functions:• > 100 % starting torque from about 6 Hz• PID controller• Automatic voltage control (boost)• Restart inhibit• Min./max. frequency limitation• Frequency hopping (frequency masking)• DC braking to motor standstill• Up to 16 fixed speeds• PLC functionality: function linking possible

Documentation

Each vector frequency inverter DV51 is supplied with installation instructions and aCD. The installation instructions contain a short description with illustrations and infor-mation about correct handling, installation and electrical connection of the de-vice.The text information supplied is printed in seven languages (English, Chinese,French, German, Italian, Russian, and Spanish).The CD contains a detailed manual (English, German) and configuration softwarewith help text.

Note:

The software on the CD can be run on PCs with the current Windows operating sy-stems from 98 to XP). For connecting a PC (RS 232) to a DF51 frequency inverter,you will need the connection cable DEX-CBL-2M0-PC.


Soft

sta

rter

s, f

req

uen

cy inve

rter

s13/6 Frequency inverters DF51

Rated voltageat 50/60 Hz

Max. rated operational current

Rated power for motors at 3 AC

Part no. Price ($)

Productgroup 3

230 V 400 V

Ue Ie P P

V A kW kW

Frequency inverters DF51

Frequency inverters 0.25 kW to 2.2 kW at 230 V, one- and three-phase connection

1 AC 180 – 264 V g 0 %3 AC 180 – 264 V g 0 %

1.4 0.25 – DF51-322-025 567.20

2.6 0.37 – DF51-322-037 605.30

3 0.55 – DF51-322-055 727.20

4 0.75 – DF51-322-075 776.60

5 1.1 – DF51-322-1K1 814.70

7.1 1.5 – DF51-322-1K5 921.30

10 2.2 – DF51-322-2K2 1,054.50

Frequency inverters 4 kW to 7.5 kW at 230 V, three-phase connection1)

3 AC 180 – 264 V g 0 % 15.9 4 – DF51-320-4K0 POA

24 5.5 – DF51-320-5K5 POA

32 7.5 – DF51-320-7K5 POA

Frequency inverters 0.37 kW to 7.5 kW at 400 V, three-phase connection

3 AC 342 – 528 V g 0 % 1.5 – 0.37 DF51-340-037 1,321.00

2.5 – 0.75 DF51-340-075 1,313.20

3.8 – 1.5 DF51-340-1K5 1,498.40

5.5 – 2.2 DF51-340-2K2 1,684.80

7.8 – 3 DF51-340-3K0 1,793.30

8.6 – 4 DF51-340-4K0 1,969.20

13 – 5.5 DF51-340-5K5 2,613.30

16 – 7.5 DF51-340-7K5 3,159.50

Notes 1) Special versions of frequency inverters DF51-320-... please enquire. The devices have different default settings. Minimum order quantity: 25 units.

All rating data of the power section is based on a switching frequency of 5 kHz (default setting) and an ambient temperature of +40 °C, for operation of a four-pole three-phase asynchronous motor.

13/7

Soft

sta

rter

s, f

req

uen

cy inve

rter

s


DescriptionVector frequency inverters DV51

Application

With their sensorless vector control, the DV51 frequency inverters offer excellenttorque levels for three-phase motors with cage rotors. They are especially suitablefor demanding applications in which maximum torque and smooth running are re-quired at the lower speed range. The assigned performance range for four-pole three-phase asynchronous motorsranges from:• 0.25 to 2.2 kW with single-phase power supply (230 V)• 0.25 to 7.5 kW with three-phase power supply (230 V)• 0.37 to 7.5 kW with three-phase power supply (400 V)The vector frequency inverters DV51 can be used as a stand-alone drive or incorpo-rated in automation systems. The adaptable modules allow flexible communication.With the sensorless vector control, applications in the plastics and metal processing,textile, paper and printing industries and in crane and lift installations are possible.

Features

• Compact construction due to highly-integrated module technology• Internal braking transistor• Optional keypads DEX-KEY-6…• Optional fieldbus module (CAN, PROFIBUS DP)• Serial interface (RS 485, Modbus RTU)• Six digital inputs (24 V DC)• Two digital outputs (24 V DC)• Two analog inputs (0 to +10 V, 4 to 20 mA)• One analog output (0 to +10 V)• A relay (changeover contact: 24 V DC/230 V AC)• Thermistor input• User-friendly direct operation without prior configuration.• Conformance to global standards CE, UL, c-UL and cTick

Functions

Comprehensive protective functions guarantee safe operation and protect frequen-cy inverters and motor:• Overcurrent, earth fault• Overload, electronic motor protection• Overtemperature• Overvoltage, undervoltageAdditional operational functions:• Sensorless Vector Control• > 200 % starting torque from about 1 Hz• Dynamic braking (external braking resistor)• Motor potentiometer• PID controller• Automatic voltage control (boost)• Restart inhibit• Min./max. frequency limitation• Frequency hopping (frequency masking)• DC braking to motor standstill• Up to 16 fixed speeds• PLC functionality: function tests possible

Documentation

Each vector frequency inverter DV51 is supplied with installation instructions and aCD. The installation instruction contains a short description with illustrations and infor-mation about correct handling, installation and electrical connection of the device.The text information supplied is printed in seven languages (English, Chinese,French, German, Italian, Russian, and Spanish).The CD contains a detailed manual (English, German) and configuration softwarewith help text.

Note:

The software on the CD can be run on PCs with the current Windows operating sy-stems from 98 to XP). For connecting a PC (RS 232) to a vector frequency inverterDV51, you will need the connection cable DEX-CBL-2M0-PC.


Soft

sta

rter

s, f

req

uen

cy inve

rter

s13/8

GST not included

Vector frequency inverters DV51


Max. rated operational current

Rated power for motors at 3 AC

Part no. Price ($)

Productgroup 3

230 V 400 V

Ue Ie P P

V A kW kW

Vector frequency inverters DV51

Vector frequency inverters 0.25 kW to 2.2 kW at 230 V, single- and three-phase connection

1 AC 180 – 264 V g 0 %3 AC 180 – 264 V g 0 %

1.6 0.25 – DV51-322-025 715.70

2.6 0.37 – DV51-322-037 829.80

3 0.55 – DV51-322-055 913.60

4 0.75 – DV51-322-075 1,138.20

5 1.1 – DV51-322-1K1 1,294.20

8 1.5 – DV51-322-1K5 1,412.30

11 2.2 – DV51-322-2K2 1,617.80

Vector frequency inverters 4 kW to 7.5 kW at 230 V, three-phase connection1)

3 AC 180 – 264 V g 0 % 17.5 4 – DV51-320-4K0 POA

24 5.5 – DV51-320-5K5 POA

32 7.5 – DV51-320-7K5 POA

Vector frequency inverters 0.37 kW to 7.5 kW at 400 V, three-phase connection

3 AC 342 – 528 V g 0 % 1.5 – 0.37 DV51-340-037 1,268.90

2.5 – 0.75 DV51-340-075 1,498.40

3.8 – 1.5 DV51-340-1K5 1,746.10

5.5 – 2.2 DV51-340-2K2 2,069.50

7.8 – 3 DV51-340-3K0 2,142.60

8.6 – 4 DV51-340-4K0 2,415.10

13 – 5.5 DV51-340-5K5 3,207.90

16 – 7.5 DV51-340-7K5 3,622.00

Notes 1) Special versions of frequency inverters DV51-320-... please enquire. The devices have different default settings. Minimum order quantity: 25 units.

All rating data of the power section is based on a switching frequency of 5 kHz (default setting) and an ambient temperature of +40 °C, for operation of a four-pole three-phase asynchronous motor.

13/9

Soft

sta

rter

s, f

req

uen

cy inve

rter

s


GST not included

DF6 frequency inverters, DV6 vector frequency inverters


Max. rated operational current1)

Rated power of motorsat 3 AC 400 V

Part no. Price ($)

Productgroup 3

Ue Ie P

V A kW

Frequency inverters, 11 kW to 30 kW at 400 V, three-phase connection

3 AC 342 – 528 V g 0 % 22 11 DF6-340-11K 4,273.30

29 15 DF6-340-15K 5,090.80

37 18.5 DF6-340-18K5 6,144.40

43 22 DF6-340-22K 7,457.50

57 30 DF6-340-30K 8,732.90

Vector frequency inverters, 11 kW to 30 kW at 400 V, three-phase conetion

3 AC 342 – 528 V g 0 % 23 11 DV6-340-11K 5,549.80

32 15 DV6-340-15K 6,144.40

38 18.5 DV6-340-18K5 7,457.50

48 22 DV6-340-22K 8,732.90

57 30 DV6-340-30K 11,545.40

Notes 1) Rated operational current at an operating frequency of 5 kHz and an ambient temperature of +40 °C.Frequency inverters and vector frequency inverters are available up to 132 kW.


Soft

sta

rter

s, f

req

uen

cy inve

rter

s13/10

GST not included

AccessoriesRadio interference suppression filters


Assigned frequency inverter Part no. Price ($)

Productgroup 3

Ue

VDF51DF6

DV51DV6

Radio interference suppression filters

Can be side- or footprint mounted to the frequency inverter.

1 AC 250 V + 10 % DF51-322-025DF51-322-037DF51-322-055

DV51-322-025DV51-322-037DV51-322-055

DE51-LZ1-007-V2 118.00

1 AC 250 V + 10 % DF51-322-075DF51-322-1K1

DV51-322-075DV51-322-1K1

DE51-LZ1-012-V2 129.20

1 AC 250 V + 10 % DF51-322-1K5DF51-322-2K2

DV51-322-1K5DV51-322-2K2

DE51-LZ1-024-V2 177.00

3 AC 480 V + 10 % DF51-340-037DF51-340-075DF51-340-1K5DF51-340-2K2

DV51-340-037DV51-340-075DV51-340-1K5DV51-340-2K2

DE51-LZ3-007-V4 271.40

3 AC 480 V + 10 % DF51-340-3K0DF51-340-4K0

DV51-340-3K0DV51-340-4K0

DE51-LZ3-011-V4 318.60

3 AC 480 V + 10 % DF51-340-5K5DF51-340-7K5

DV51-340-5K5DV51-340-7K5

DE51-LZ3-020-V4 625.30

3 AC 480 V + 10 % – DV6-340-075DV6-340-1K5DV6-340-2K2DV6-340-4K0DV6-340-5K5

DE6-LZ3-013-V4 384.00

DF6-340-11KDF6-340-15K

DV6-340-7K5DV6-340-11K

DE6-LZ3-032-V4 483.80

DF6-340-18K5DF6-340-22KDF6-340-30K

DV6-340-15KDV6-340-18K5DV6-340-22K

DE6-LZ3-064-V4 837.70

Only side mounting beside frequency inverter possible.

3 AC 342…528 V g 0 % DF6-340-37K DV6-340-30K DE6-LZ3-080-V4 1,982.10

Notes Filters for larger units available on request.

13/11

Soft

sta

rter

s, f

req

uen

cy i

nve

rter

s


GST not included

AccessoriesKeypads, connection cables, interfacing modules


Productgroup 3

Keypads

LCD keypad with potentiometer Flush mounting in DV51 frequency inverters possible. For remote siting, a connec-tion cable (DEX-CBL-…ICS) is required.

DF51-…DF6-...DV51-...DV6-...

DEX-KEY-6 211.50

LCD keypad. Flush mounting in DV51 frequency inverters possible. For remote siting, a connection cable (DEX-CBL-…ICS) is required.

DF51-…DF6-...DV51-...DV6-...

DEX-KEY-61 194.80

Mounting frame

Mounting frame for DEX-KEY-6… LCD keypad DEX-KEY-6… DEX-MNT-K6 72.40

DEX-KEY-10

LCD keypad with non-volatile memory. Flush mounting in DF6 and DV6 frequency inverters possible. For remote siting, a connection cable (DEX-CBL-…ICS) is required.

DF51-...DF6-...DV51-...DV6-...RA-SP

DEX-KEY-10 1,463.00

T-Adapter DEV51-NET-TC

T adapter. Flush mounting in DV51 frequency inverters possible. Interface (T connector) with RJ45 sockets for the built-in RS 485/Modbus RTU interface.

DV51-… DEV51-NET-TC 295.00

External T adapter. Connection cable DEX-CBL-…ICS required.

DF51-…DV51-...

DEX-NET-TC 295.00

CANopen interface for DV51 frequency inverters and for external connection for DF51 (connection cable DEX-CBL-…ICS required)

DF51-…DV51-...

DE51-NET-CAN 785.70

PROFIBUS DP interface for DV51 frequency inverters and for external connection for DF51 (connection cable DEX-CBL-…ICS required)

DF51-…DV51-...

DE51-NET-DP 785.70

Connection cables

Interface converter RS332/RJ45 with connection cable (2 m) with RJ45 plug and 9-pin Sub-D plug

DF51-...DF6-...DV51-...DV6-...RA-SP

DEX-CBL-2M0-PC 236.00

Connection cable (1.0 m) with RJ-45 plugs DEX-KEY-10 DEX-CBL-1M0-ICS 47.20

Connection cable (3.0 m) with RJ-45 plugs DEX-KEY-10 DEX-CBL-3M0-ICS 59.00

Notes Mains chokes and external braking units are available upon request.


Soft

sta

rter

s, f

req

uen

cy inve

rter

s13/12 Notes

14/1

Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs


Content

DSN decontactors DS decontactors

Page Page

Maréchal 14/2 Maréchal 14/2

Product group overview 14/2 Product group overview 14/2

Description 14/4 Description 14/4

Selection guide, item legend 14/5 Selection guide, item legend 14/5

DSN1 decontactor, 20 A 14/6 DS1 decontactor, 30 A 14/14



Dimensions 14/28 DS9 decontactor, 150 A 14/23

DS2 decontactor, 250 A 14/26

Dimensions 14/33


Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs14/2 Maréchal

Product group overview

35

DSN contactors – currents: 16, 32, 63 A

As standard IP66/67Available in:• Many different voltages, frequencies and polarities with/without auxiliary contacts• Poly blue casings

DS decontactors – currents: 30, 50, 90, 150, 250, 400 A

As standard IP54/55Available in:• Many different voltages, frequencies and polarities with/without auxiliary contacts• Poly blue and metal casings• Optional IP66/67

DB disbreakers – power: 5.5, 7.5, 11, 15, 22, 30, 45 kW

As standard IP67Available in:• Many different voltages, frequencies and polarities• Metal casings

DN decontactors – currents: 20, 30, 50, 90, 150 A

As standard IP54Available in:• Many different voltages, frequencies and polarities• Poly blue and metal casings• High temperature versions to 135 °C

PN plugs and socket outlets – currents: 30 A

As standard IP66/67Available in:• Many different voltages, frequencies and polarities• Poly blue and metal casings• High temperature versions to 185 °C and 240 °C

DS, DN and PN7C Y/D-START connectors – currents: 16 – 150 A

As standard DS IP54, DN IP54 and PN7C IP66/67Available in:• Many different voltages and frequencies, 2 and 3 auxiliary contacts• Poly blue and metal casings• DN7C3 and DN7C6 high temperature versions to 135 °C

DSN, DS, DN and PN multicontact plugs, decontactors and socket outlets – currents: 5, 10, 16, 25 A

Multicontacts from 6 to 37 contactsAvailable in:• Many different voltages, frequencies and polarities• Poly blue or metal casings

Notes For comprehensive details for the Moeller Maréchal different product ranges please refer to the Moeller Maréchal detailed Catalogue.

14/3

Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs


MaréchalProduct group overview

DXN explosion proof decontactors – currents: 16, 32, 63 A

Zone 1 and 2 gas, 21 and 22 dust; Ex ed IIC T6As standard IP66/67Available in:• Many different voltages, frequencies and polarities• Poly black casings

DX, PX explosion proof decontactors – currents: 16, 32, 63 and 125 A

Zone 1 and 2 gas, 21 and 22 dust; Ex ed IIC T6As standard IP65Available in:• Many different voltages, frequencies and polarities• Metal black casings

Surface boxes and DIN-EQM enclosures etc., DSN-DS-PN

Available with:• DSN, DS and PN series• RCD, MCB and RD/MCBs

CCH DC 2-pole connectors – currents: 75, 100, 125, 150, 200 A

As standard IP45Available in:• Versions with/without earth contact; with/without pilot contact• Poly black or grey casings

CS single pole connectors

Currents continuous: 75, 100, 125, 150, 200, 250, 275 and 325 ACurrents 60 % temporary use: 100, 125, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350 and 450 A• As standard IP45 – bayonet twist lock

SP single pole connectors

SP4 current continuous: 700 AConductor: 95 – 400 mm2

2 auxiliary contacts 10 AColour coded, 5 different keyings

PF plugs and socket outlets – voltages: 415, 690, 1000 V – currents: 300, 400, 600 A

As standard IP67Available in:• PFC with 4 and PFQ with 8 auxiliary contacts• Metal casings• PFC with 7 and PFQ with 10 non-interchangeable positions

Notes For comprehensive details for the Moeller Maréchal different product ranges please refer to the Moeller Maréchal detailed Catalogue.


Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs14/4 DSN, DS decontactors

Description

• Integral switching device• Closing on short circuit• High safety usage• Long term reliability• Heavy duty• Number of operations exceeding those

stipulated in the standard• Excellent resistance to high temperatures• Significant overload tolerance• Compliance with Australian, New Zealand

and international standards

The high safety connection

Decontactors are industrial plugs and socket-outlets using the silver-butt contacts instead of the brass pins and sleeves. Moreover, they have an integral switching device allowing to make and break mixed resistive and inductive loads in complete safety, as specified in the international standard, IEC/EN 60309-1/AS/NZS 3123 clause 2.8 for industrial plugs and socket-outlets as well as the international standard IEC/EN 60947-3/AS 3947-3 for switches.Thanks to its integral switching device (AC22/AC23 according to standard EN 60947-3/AS 3947-3), the decontactor can safely connect and discon-nect devices up to 250 A. Just pressing on the button will switch off the decontactor. Thus, the plug is de-energised before it is removed. As it prevents any risk of drawing an electric arc formation upon removing the plug, this system provides total safety to the user. In the event of a short-circuit, the Maréchal DECONTACTORTM guarantees safe handling: it is the only industrial plug and socket-outlet that has successfully passed short-circuit closing tests (Allen Bradley, High Current Lab, Wisconsin, U.S.A).

The safety shutter at the front of the socket-outlet (DS/DSN ranges) remains locked when the plug is pulled out. With this system, live parts are totally inaccessible by the user, even if the lid is not closed.In order to eliminate any electrocution hazard, the earth contact is always located in the centre of the Maréchal DECONTACTORTM, thereby prevent-ing any accidental connection with a phase contact. When the plug is inserted and withdrawn, the earth contact makes first and breaks last in order to provide continuous earthing, as required for safe handling.

When a DECONTACTORTM is connected, its ‘high safety‘ technology makes any accident impossible.

Just pressing with the finger on the button will switch off the DECONTACTORTM. The plug then travels back automatically into a parked position.

A quarter of a turn (to the left for the DS and DSN) is enough to separate the plug from the socket-outlet. This is done very safely since the device has been switched off.

The plug and socket-outlet are then separated. Thanks to the safety shutter located in front of the socket-outlet (for the DS and DSN), live parts are inaccessible to touch and contact by wires exceeding 1 mm in diameter (IP4X lid open).

14/5

Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs


DSN, DS decontactorsSelection guide, item legend

Rated current(IEC/EN 60309-1)(AS/NZS3/23)

Maximum operating voltage (AC)

Operating current(IEC/EN 60947-3)(AS3947-3)

Load breaking capacitiy

Standard IP-rating(dust and water)

Impact resistance Number of keying positions

AC22 AC23 IP54/55 IP66 and IP67

Polyester Metal

A V A V V A A IK IK

Selection guide

DSN1 20 500 20 500 400 ✓ ✓ 08 – 24

DSN3 32 690 32 690 400 ✓ ✓ 08 – 24

DSN6 45 1000 – – – ✓ ✓ 08 – 24

63 690 63 690 400 ✓ ✓ 08 – 24

DS1 16 690 16 690 – ✓ 1) 08 – 24

30 690 30 500 400 ✓ 1) 08 – 24

DS3 32 1000 32 690 – ✓ 1) 08 – 24

50 690 50 400 400 ✓ 1) 08 – 24

DS6 63 1000 63 690 – ✓ 1) 08 09 24

90 690 90 – 400 ✓ 1) 08 09 24

DS9 90 1000 90 690 – ✓ 1) 08 09 24

125 690 125 690 – ✓ 1) 08 09 24

150 400 150 400 – ✓ 1) 08 09 24

DS2 150 1000 – – – ✓ 1) 08 09 12

200 690 200 690 – ✓ 1) 08 09 12

250 400 250 400 – ✓ 1) 08 09 12

Notes 1) DS-series versions in IP66 and IP67 also available however is as standard supplied as IP55 for the decontactor socket outlet and IP54 for the combination of a DS-series decontactor socket outlet with a mated appliance inlet.

Item legend

Maréchal part no. Series Shell material Frame size Device type Voltage/frequency Polarity

# 1 # 2 # 3 # 4 # 5, # 6 # 7

3 = DS 1 = polyester, blue (BU) 1 4 = socket Contact 2 = 2 P + E (AC)

6 = DSN 2 = polyester, white (WE) 2 8 = appliance inlet Pin 3 = 3 P + E (AC)

4 = polyester, grey (GY) 3 A = accessory Retainer position 5 = 1 P + N + E (AC)

5 = polyester, black (BK) 6 7 = 3 P + N + E (AC)

8 = polyester, transparent 9 DSN & DS 9 = 2 P + E (DC)

9 = metal 01 – 24 A = 2 P (without E F 50 V)

Example: part no. 3118013 3 = DS 1 = blue polyester 1 = DS1 8 = appliance inlet 01 = 380 – 440 V 3 = 3 P + E


Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs14/6

GST not included

DSN1 decontactor 20 A

• Socket outlet: IP66 and IP67• Socket outlet and inlet: IP66 and IP67• IK polyester 08• Umax: 500 V AC, 250 V DC• Wiring flexible: 1 – 2.5 mm²• Wiring stranded: 1.5 – 4 mm²• Other wiring on request: max. 10 mm2 flexible,

max. 16 mm2 stranded • Rated currents (IEC/EN 60309-1/AS/NZS 3123):

AC23: 20 A/400 V, AC22: 20 A/500 V • Rated currents and operating voltages:

AC23: 20 A/400 V, AC22: 20 A/500 V (load breaking capacity according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AS3947-3)

• Material: polyester

Socket outlet (female) Inlet (male)

Polarity Voltage socket outlet

V


Voltage inlet

V


Basic units, polyester

1 P + N + E 220 – 250 6114015 143.60 220 – 250 6118015 76.50

3 P + E 380 – 440 6114013 161.00 380 – 440 6118013 90.70

3 P + N + E 220 – 250/380 – 440 6114017 178.40 220 – 250/380 – 440 6118017 104.80

Notes Other voltages and frequencies: please consult us for item data.Version with self-closing lid (IP54): please consult us.



Socket outlet options1) Inlet accessories

Device for self-ejecting decontactor socket outlet Socket # + 354 POA IP67 cap 611A126 31.20

Device for self-ejecting plug Socket # + 352 POA Ejecting mechanism (shark fin) 611A338 110.60

Self-returning lid Socket # + R POA Tension cord 311A336 40.00

180°-opening lid Socket # + 10 POA

180°-opening and self-returning lid Socket # + 18 POA

Padlocking shaft (without padlock)

for 1 padlock, 3 mm o Socket # + 840 POA

for up to 3 padlocks, 3 mm o

Socket # + 844 POA

Stop button Socket # + 453 POA

Notes Items written with bold characters are to standard Australian/New Zealand voltages and/or fast moving.

14/7

Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs


GST not included

DSN1 decontactor20 A

Cable entry Cable o

mm


Installation accessories

Wall box, polyester, without cable gland

30°, with entry M20 – 611A053 32.40

70°, without entry M20 – 51AA058 105.90

M25 – 51AA058 105.90

M32 – 51AA058 105.90

Sleeve, polyester

Inclined, 30° – – 611A027 38.90

Inclined, 70° – – 51AA757 48.80

Handle, polyester

Straight – 8 – 15 611A013 40.20

Straight, with reinforced anchoring – 5 – 21 611A413 54.60

Angled – 8 – 17 01NA313 43.10

For ejection option

M20 – 611A463 47.10

M25 – 611A44325P 50.40

M32 – 611A44332P 60.50

Straight, flowerpot with metric thread

M20 – 611A253417 32.50

M25 – 611A253418 32.50

M32 – 611A253419 32.50

Industrial/domestic adapters, polyester• Maréchal industrial inlet 1 P + N + E• Domestic socket outlet 10/16 A, 230 V (available to foreign standards: replace D40 by D11

for France, D30 for Germany, D06 for Italy, D08 for Switzerland, D80 for USA, etc.)

UK – – 6118015D40 202.20

Australia – – 6118015D67 202.20



Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs14/8

GST not included


• Socket outlet: IP66/67• Socket outlet and inlet: IP66/67• IK polyester 08• Umax: 690 V AC, 250 V DC• Wiring flexible: 2.5 – 6 mm2

• Wiring stranded: 2.5 – 10 mm2

• Other wiring on request: max. 10 mm2 flexible, max. 16 mm² stranded

• Rated currents (IEC/EN 60309-1/AS/NZS 3123): AC23: 32 A/400 V, AC22: 32 A/500 V, 32 A/690 V

• Rated currents and operating voltages: AC23: 32 A/400 V, AC22: 32 A/500 V, 32 A/690 V (load breaking capacity according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AS3947-3)




V


Voltage inlet

V



1 P + N + E 220 – 250 6134015 270.30 220 – 250 6138015 108.00

3 P + E 380 – 440 6134013 297.00 380 – 440 6138013 123.20

3 P + N + E 220 – 250/380 – 440 6134017 323.60 220 – 250/380 – 440 6138017 138.40

1 P + N + E + 2 A 220 – 250 6134015972 374.30 220 – 250 6138015972 143.40

3 P + E + 2 A 380 – 440 6134013972 400.90 380 – 440 6138013972 158.50

3 P + N + E + 2 A 220 – 250/380 – 440 6134017972 427.60 220 – 250/380 – 440 6138017972 173.70

Notes Other voltages and frequencies: please consult us for item data.



Socket outlet with auxiliary contacts1) Inlet with auxiliary contacts

Umax 500 V, with 2 auxiliary contacts, 5 A Socket # + 972 POA Umax 500 V, with 2 auxiliary contacts, 5 A Inlet # + 972 POA



Device for self-ejecting plug Socket # + 352 POA Self-closing lid 311A226 178.90

Self-returning lid Socket # + R POA Ejecting mechanism (shark fin) 613A338 175.50




for 1 padlock, 3 mm o Socket # + 840 POA


Socket # + 844 POA Closing mechanism (finger draw plate) 613A346 39.50

Stop button Socket # + 453 POA Tension cord 311A336 40.00

Notes Items written with bold characters are to standard Australian/New Zealand voltages and/or fast moving.1) If you want to add an option to a socket outlet with auxiliary contacts: please consult us2) Socket outlet with two or more options: please consult us for item data.

14/9

Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs


GST not included


Entry Cable o

mm



Wall box, without cable gland

30°, with entry, polyester M20 – 613A053 57.30

M25 – 613A083 57.30

70°, without entry, polyester M20 – 51BA058 97.40

M25 – 51BA058 97.40

M32 – 51BA058 97.40

30°, with entry, metal M20 – 693A053 47.30

Metal, with entry, plus polyester sleeve 30° M20 – 613A653 190.60

M25 – 613A653418 190.60

M32 – 613A653419 190.60

M40 – 613A653420 190.60

Metal, with entry, plus metal sleeve 30° M20 – 693A653 206.60

M25 – 693A653418 206.60

M32 – 693A653419 194.90

M40 – 693A653420 206.60

Metal, with entry, plus straight metal sleeve M20 – 693A095 300.60

M25 – 693A095418 300.60

M32 – 693A095419 300.60

M40 – 693A095420 300.60

Sleeve

Inclined, 30°, polyester – – 613A027 54.60

Inclined, 70°, polyester – – 51BA757 54.60

Straight, metal – – 693A127 129.80

Inclined, 30°, metal – – 693A027 88.10

Notes Items written with bold characters are to standard Australian/New Zealand voltages and/or fast moving.Supply boxes with self-ejecting coupler socket for emergency vehicles: please consult us.


Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs14/10

GST not included


Entry Cable o

mm


Handle

Straight, polyester – 5 – 21 613A013 41.00

For ejection option, with eyelet for tension cord M20 – 613A443417 79.70

M25 – 613A443418 75.20

M32 – 613A443419 75.20

M40 – 613A443420 75.20

Straight, flowerpot with metric thread, polyester M20 – 613A253417 39.70

M25 – 613A253418 39.70

M32 – 613A253419 39.70

M40 – 613A253420 37.50

Straight, flowerpot with metric thread, metal M20 – 613A953417 70.10

M25 – 613A953418 70.10

M32 – 613A953419 70.10

Industrial/domestic adapters, polyester• Maréchal industrial inlet 1 P + N + E• 10 A, 230 V fuse protection• Domestic socket outlet 10/16 A, 230 V (available to foreign standards: replace D40 by D11


UK – – 6138015D40 293.60

Australia – – 6138015D67 293.60


14/11

Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs


GST not included


• Socket outlet: IP66/67• Socket outlet and inlet: IP66/67• IK polyester 08• Umax: 1000 V AC, 250 V DC• Wiring flexible: 6 – 16 mm2

• Wiring stranded: 6 – 25 mm2


• Rated currents and operating voltages: AC23: 63 A/400 V, AC22: 63 A/690 V (load breaking capacity according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AS3947-3)




V


Voltage inlet

V



1 P + N + E 220 – 250 6164015 433.90 220 – 250 6168015 224.50

3 P + E 380 – 440 6164013 485.90 380 – 440 6168013 263.50

3 P + N + E 220 – 250/380 – 440 6164017 507.40 220 – 250/380 – 440 6168017 302.50

1 P + N + E + 2 A 220 – 250 6164015972 532.10 220 – 250 6168015972 264.80

3 P + E + 2 A 380 – 440 6164013972 584.00 380 – 440 6168013972 303.80

3 P + N + E + 2 A 220 – 250/380 – 440 6164017972 636.00 220 – 250/380 – 440 6168017972 342.80





With 2 auxiliary contacts, 5 A Socket # + 972 POA With 2 auxiliary contacts, 5 A Inlet # + 972 POA









for 1 padlock, 3 mm o Socket # + 840 POA Tension cord 311A336 40.00


Socket # + 844 POA




Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs14/12

GST not included


Entry Cable o

mm





70°, without entry, polyester M20 – 51CA058 118.40

M25 – 51CA058 118.40

M32 – 51CA058 118.40

M40 – 51CA058 118.40



M25 – 616A653 162.90

M32 – 616A653419 162.90

M40 – 616A653420 162.90


M25 – 696A653 186.40

M32 – 696A653419 186.40

M40 – 696A653420 186.40

Metal, without entry, plus metal sleeve 70° M20 – 873A053417 194.70

M25 – 873A053 194.70

M32 – 873A053419 194.70

M40 – 873A053420 194.70


M25 – 696A095 186.40

M32 – 696A095419 186.40

M40 – 696A095420 186.40

Sleeve


Inclined, 70°, polyester – – 51CA757 82.60


Inclined, 30°, metal – – 696A027 91.20

Inclined, 70°, metal – – 873A087 104.60


14/13

Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs


GST not included


Entry Cable o

mm


Handle


Straight, polyester, with built-in finger draw plate (for in-line connections) – 10 – 30 616A473 70.60


M25 – 616A443418 92.30

M32 – 616A443419 92.30

M40 – 616A443420 92.30


M25 – 616A253418 46.90

M32 – 616A253419 46.90

M40 – 616A253420 46.90


M25 – 616A953418 78.30

M32 – 616A953419 78.30

M40 – 616A953420 78.30



Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs14/14

GST not included

DS1 decontactor 30 A

• Socket outlet: IP55• Socket outlet and inlet: IP54• IK polyester 08• Umax: 690 V AC, 250 V DC• Wiring flexible: 1 – 6 mm2


• Other wiring on request: max. 10 mm2 flexible, max. 16 mm2 stranded


• Rated currents and operating voltages: AC23: 30 A/400 V, AC22: 30 A/500 V, 16 A/690 V (load breaking capacity according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AS3947-3)




V


Voltage inlet

V



1 P + N + E 220 – 250 3114015 239.00 220 – 250 3118015 115.40

3 P + E 380 – 440 3114013 264.40 380 – 440 3118013 131.70

3 P + N + E 220 – 250/380 – 440 3114017 307.20 220 – 250/380 – 440 3118017 148.00

1 P + N + E + 2 A 220 – 250 3114015972 359.20 220 – 250 3118015972 153.40

3 P + E + 2 A 380 – 440 3114013972 386.10 380 – 440 3118013972 169.70

3 P + N + E + 2 A 220 – 250/380 – 440 3114017972 413.00 220 – 250/380 – 440 3118017972 186.10





Umax 500 V, with 2 auxiliary contacts, 5 A Socket # + 972 POA Umax 500 V, with 2 auxiliary contacts, 5 A Inlet # + 972 POA

Socket outlet options2) Inlet options

IP67-rated Socket # + 677 POA IP67-rated Inlet # + 677 POA

Device for self-ejecting decontactor socket outlet Socket # + 354 POA Inlet accessories

IP67 cap 311A126 36.40







Socket # + 844 POAClosing mechanism (finger draw plate) 311A346 37.30

Stop button Socket # + 453 POA Tension cord 311A336 40.00

Rubber cover for polyester latch Socket # + 833 POA


14/15

Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs


GST not included

DS1 decontactor30 A

Entry Cable o

mm





M25 – 311A083 57.30

70°, without entry, polyester M20 – 51BA058 97.40

M25 – 51BA058 97.40

M32 – 51BA058 97.40



M25 – 311A653418 190.60

M32 – 311A653419 190.60

M40 – 311A653420 190.60


M25 – 391A653418 206.60

M32 – 391A653419 206.60

M40 – 391A653420 206.60


M25 – 391A095418 300.60

M32 – 391A095419 300.60

M40 – 391A095420 300.60

Sleeve


Inclined, 70°, polyester – – 51BA757 54.60


Inclined, 30°, metal – – 391A027 143.60



Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs14/16

GST not included


Entry Cable o

mm


Handle



M25 – 311A443418 79.70

M32 – 311A443419 79.70

M40 – 311A443420 79.70


M25 – 311A253418 39.70

M32 – 311A253419 39.70

M40 – 311A253420 39.70


M25 – 311A953418 70.10

M32 – 311A953419 70.10

Industrial/domestic adapters, polyester• Maréchal industrial inlet 1 P + N + E• 10 A, 230 V fuse protection• Domestic socket outlet 10/16 A, 230 V (available to foreign standards: replace D40 by D11


UK – – 3118015D40 315.20

Australia – – 3118015D67 334.10


14/17

Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs


GST not included

DS3 decontactor50 A

• Socket outlet: IP55• Socket outlet and inlet: IP54• IK polyester 08• Umax: 1000 V AC, 250 V DC• Wiring flexible: 2.5 – 10 mm2


• Other wiring on request: max. 16 mm2 flexible• Rated currents (IEC/EN 60309-1/AS/NZS 3123):

AC23: 50 A/400 V, AC22: 50 A/690 V, 30 A/1000 V





V


Voltage inlet

V



1 P + N + E 220 – 250 3134015 345.60 220 – 250 3138015 180.90

3 P + E 380 – 440 3134013 382.30 380 – 440 3138013 207.50

3 P + N + E 220 – 250/380 – 440 3134017 419.00 220 – 250/380 – 440 3138017 234.20

1 P + N + E + 2 A 220 – 250 3134015972 451.60 220 – 250 3138015972 230.50

3 P + E + 2 A 380 – 440 3134013972 488.30 380 – 440 3138013972 256.80

3 P + N + E + 2 A 220 – 250/380 – 440 3134017972 525.00 220 – 250/380 – 440 3138017972 283.40










IP67 cap 313A126 57.70







Socket # + 844 POA Tension cord 311A336 40.00





Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs14/18

GST not included


Entry Cable o

mm





70°, without entry, polyester M20 – 51CA058 118.40

M25 – 51CA058 118.40

M32 – 51CA058 118.40

M40 – 51CA058 118.40



M25 – 393A653 175.90

M32 – 393A653419 175.90

M40 – 393A653420 175.90


M25 – 873A053 194.70

M32 – 873A053419 194.70

M40 – 873A053420 194.70


M25 – 393A095 269.40

M32 – 393A095419 269.40

M40 – 393A095420 269.40

Sleeve


Inclined, 70°, polyester – – 51CA757 82.60


Inclined, 30°, metal – – 393A027 90.90

Inclined, 70°, metal – – 873A087 104.60


14/19

Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs


GST not included

DS3 decontactor50 A

Entry Cable o

mm


Handle




M25 – 313A443418 97.80

M32 – 313A443419 97.80

M40 – 313A443420 97.80


M25 – 313A253418 46.90

M32 – 313A253419 46.90

M40 – 313A253420 46.90


M25 – 313A953418 78.30

M32 – 313A953419 78.30

M40 – 313A953420 78.30



Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs14/20

GST not included


• Socket outlet: IP55• Socket outlet and inlet: IP54• IK polyester 08, metal 09• Umax: 1000 V AC, 250 V DC• Wiring flexible: 6 – 25 mm2





• Material: polyester, metal



V


Voltage inlet

V



1 P + N + E 220 – 250 3164015 448.20 220 – 250 3168015 282.10

3 P + E 380 – 440 3164013 503.50 380 – 440 3168013 329.10

3 P + N + E 220 – 250/380 – 440 3164017 558.70 220 – 250/380 – 440 3168017 376.20

1 P + N + E + 2 A 220 – 250 3164015972 643.30 220 – 250 3168015972 390.90

3 P + E + 2 A 380 – 440 3164013972 732.10 380 – 440 3168013972 427.20

3 P + N + E + 2 A 220 – 250/380 – 440 3164017972 792.40 220 – 250/380 – 440 3168017972 469.50

Basic units, metal

1 P + N + E 220 – 250 3964015 490.50 220 – 250 3968015 324.30

3 P + E 380 – 440 3964013 545.70 380 – 440 3968013 370.30

3 P + N + E 220 – 250/380 – 440 3964017 601.00 220 – 250/380 – 440 3968017 416.30

1 P + N + E + 2 A 220 – 250 3964015972 726.90 220 – 250 3968015972 433.30

3 P + E + 2 A 380 – 440 3964013972 777.00 380 – 440 3968013972 469.50

3 P + N + E + 2 A 220 – 250/380 – 440 3964017972 837.40 220 – 250/380 – 440 3968017972 511.90










IP67 cap 316A126 79.60



14/21

Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs


GST not included

DS6 decontactor90 A









Socket # + 844 POA

Tension cord 311A336 40.00



Rubber cover for metal latch Socket # + 835 POA

Notes Items written with bold characters are to standard Australian/New Zealand voltages and/or fast moving.1) Socket outlet with two or more options: please consult us for item data.

Entry Cable o

mm





70°, without entry, polyester M25 – 51DA058 129.30

M32 – 51DA058 129.30

M40 – 51DA058 129.30



M32 – 396A653419 263.20

M40 – 396A653 263.20

M50 – 396A653429 263.20


M32 – 876A053419 242.50

M40 – 876A053 242.50

M50 – 876A053429 242.50


M32 – 396A095419 358.80

M40 – 396A095 358.80

M50 – 396A095429 358.80



Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs14/22

GST not included

DS6 decontactor90 A

Entry Cable o

mm


Sleeve


Inclined, 70°, polyester – – 51DA757 76.50


Inclined, 30°, metal – – 396A027 130.60

Inclined, 70°, metal – – 876A087 126.30

Handle




M32 – 316A443419 107.10

M40 – 316A443420 107.10

M50 – 316A443429 107.10


M32 – 316A253419 69.90

M40 – 316A253420 69.90

M50 – 316A253429 69.90


M32 – 316A953419 123.50

M40 – 316A953420 123.50

M50 – 316A953429 123.50


14/23

Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs


GST not included

DS9 decontactor150 A

• Socket outlet: IP55• Socket outlet and inlet: IP54• IK polyester 08, metal 09• Umax: 1000 V AC, 250 V DC• Wiring flexible: 16 – 50 mm2





• Material: polyester, metal



V


Voltage inlet

V



1 P + N + E 220 – 250 3194015 959.50 220 – 250 3198015 635.30

3 P + E 380 – 440 3194013 1,099.20 380 – 440 3198013 757.40

3 P + N + E 220 – 250/380 – 440 3194017 1,197.60 220 – 250/380 – 440 3198017 879.60

1 P + N + E + 2 A 220 – 250 3194015972 1,263.30 220 – 250 3198015972 961.40

3 P + E + 2 A 380 – 440 3194013172 1,332.00 380 – 440 3198013172 1,156.00

3 P + N + E + 2 A 220 – 250/380 – 440 3194017972 1,521.20 220 – 250/380 – 440 3198017972 1,278.20

Basic units, metal

1 P + N + E 220 – 250 3994015 981.10 220 – 250 3998015 678.90

3 P + E 380 – 440 3994013 1,186.80 380 – 440 3998013 801.10

3 P + N + E 220 – 250/380 – 440 3994017 1,333.70 220 – 250/380 – 440 3998017 923.30

1 P + N + E + 2 A 220 – 250 3994015972 1,343.70 220 – 250 3998015972 1,005.00

3 P + E + 2 A 380 – 440 3994013172 1,669.80 380 – 440 3998013172 1,199.70

3 P + N + E + 2 A 220 – 250/380 – 440 3994017972 1,816.60 220 – 250/380 – 440 3998017972 1,321.80







IP66/67-rated Socket # + 687 POA IP66/67-rated Inlet # + 687 POA

Device for self-ejecting decontactor socket outlet Socket # + 365 POA

Device for self-ejecting plug Socket # + 353 POA



Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs14/24

GST not included





Self-returning lid Socket # + R POA IP67 cap 319A126 77.70





Socket # + 844 POA

Self-closing lid 399A226 402.50


Closing mechanism (draw base) 399A396 228.40

Ejecting mechanism (plug draw and release mechanism)

399A347 1,260.60


Rubber cover for metal latch Socket # + 835 POA

Socket outlet accessories Tension cord 311A336 40.00

Closing mechanism (draw lever) 399A376 363.50

Notes Items written with bold characters are to standard Australian/New Zealand voltages and/or fast moving.1) Socket outlet with two or more options: please consult us for item data.

Entry Cable o

mm





M40 – 399A053420 366.10

M50 – 399A053 366.10

M63 – 399A053463 366.10


M40 – 319A653420 284.70

M50 – 319A653 284.70

M63 319A653463 284.70


M40 – 399A653420 302.20

M50 – 399A653 302.20

M63 – 399A653463 302.20


M40 – 879A053420 322.30

M50 – 879A053 341.70

M63 – 879A053463 322.30


M40 – 399A095420 424.00

M50 – 399A095 424.00

M63 – 399A095463 424.00


14/25

Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs


GST not included


Entry Cable o

mm


Sleeve



Inclined, 30°, metal – – 399A027 154.10

Inclined, 70°, metal – – 879A087 158.90

Handle


M40 – 319A253420 97.30

M50 – 319A253429 97.30

M63 – 319A253463 97.30


M40 – 319A953420 149.80

M50 – 319A953429 149.80

M63 – 319A953463 149.80



Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs14/26

GST not included


• Socket outlet: IP55• Socket outlet and inlet: IP54• IK metal 09• Umax: 1000 V AC, 250 V DC• Wiring flexible: 70 – 95 mm2





• Material: metal



V


Voltage inlet

V


Basic units, metal

1 P + N + E 220 – 250 3924015 1,631.60 220 – 250 3928015 919.70

3 P + E 380 – 440 3924013 1,864.20 380 – 440 3928013 1,095.20

3 P + N + E 220 – 250/380 – 440 3924017 1,991.90 220 – 250/380 – 440 3928017 1,270.80

1 P + N + E + 2 A 220 – 250 3924015972 3,007.00 220 – 250 3928015972 2,159.70

3 P + E + 2 A 380 – 440 3924013972 2,615.40 380 – 440 3928013972 1,877.00

3 P + N + E + 2 A 220 – 250/380 – 440 3924017972 2,897.90 220 – 250/380 – 440 3928017972 2,510.80







IP66/67-rated Socket # + 687 POA IP66/67-rated Inlet # + 687 POA

Device for self-ejecting decontactor socket outlet Socket # + 365 POA Device for self-ejecting plug Inlet # + 204 POA

392A338 444.60

Self-returning lid Socket # + R POA Inlet accessories

180°-opening lid Socket # + 10 POA IP67 cap 312A126 108.00




Socket # + 844 POA

Closing mechanism (draw base) 392A396 287.60

Ejecting mechanism (plug draw and release mechanism)

392A397 470.90


Rubber cover for metal latch Socket # + 835 POA Tension cord 311A336 40.00

Socket outlet accessories

Closing mechanism (draw lever) 392A376 390.90


14/27

Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs


GST not included


Entry Cable o

mm




Metal, with entry, plus metal sleeve 60° down angled M63 – 392A053 685.30

Sleeve

Inclined, 60°, metal – – 392A027 211.00

Handle

Straight, neoprene – 34 – 58 392A01303 266.50

Straight, metal – 40 – 54 392A913 621.70

– 55 – 63 392A91363 586.50

Straight, metal M50 – 392A953429 352.20

M63 – 392A953463 352.20

M75 – 392A953475 352.20


M75 – 392A253475 113.70



Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs14/28 DSN decontactors

Dimensions

Inlet

Plug

Socket with plug on (A1)/off (A0)

30° inclined socket with plug on (A1)/off (A0)


D

H A

BB

E

E

C

BH

o dProduct A BB BH C D E H od

DSN1 50 24 27 57 37 42 13,5 4,2

DSN3, DSN24C 50 32 36 67 58 48 13 4,5

DSN6, DSN37C 54 39 44 78 68 55,2 15 4,8

o

A

B

Product A B o

DSN1 125 58 8-15

DSN3, DSN24C 145 68 5-21

DSN6, DSN37C 152 83 10-30

A0

A1

Product A1 A0

DSN1 156 169

DSN3, DSN24C 169 186

DSN6, DSN37C 175 204

A0

A1

B1B0

Yß

Y

Yß: self open to 180° cover

Product A1 A0 B1 B0 Y Yß

DSN1 185 196 151 157 169

DSN3, DSN24C 195 210 171 180 209

DSN6, DSN37C 204 230 178 193 230 207

YB0B1

A1

A0

Product A1 A0 B1 B0 Y

DSN1 126 131 235 250 215

DSN3 139 145 263 280 242

DSN6 167 175 331 338 295

14/29

Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs


DSN decontactorsDimensions

30° surface mounting socket with plug on (A1)/off (A0)


30° surface mounting appliance inlet


30° inclined appliance inlet

A0

A1

B1B0

YßY



DSN1 204 215 162 168 180

DSN3, DSN24C 214 229 162 171 200

DSN6, DSN37C 233 259 184 199 236 213

YB0B1

A1

A0


DSN1 204 209 235 250 215

DSN3 217 223 263 280 242

DSN6 245 253 331 338 295

H

PG

D

M

A

B

E1

E2

E1b

CAb

CP

CAo d Product A B CA CAb CP D E1 E1b E2 H od

DSN1 115 113 45 68 57 90 36 56 78 37,5 4,5

DSN3, DSN24C 112 105 84 84 67 107 70 70 70 17,5 6

DSN6, DSN37C 132 128 89 89 78 122 77 77 88 24 6,5

D E2

B

E1

CA

E1 H2od

A Product A B CA D E1 E2 H2 od

DSN1 179 154 127 127 116 96 39 6,5

DSN3 184 160 127 127 116 96 39 6,5

DSN6 209 203 170 170 159 139 39 6,5

DD1

A

B

E1

E2

E1b

CAb

CAod Product A B CA CAb D D1 E1 E1b E2 od

DSN1 96 102 45 68 90 75 36 56 78 4,5

DSN3 93 114 76 76 107 65 63 63 95 5,5

DSN6 103 122 76 76 107 65 63 63 95 5,5


Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto


Dimensions


Socket

30° surface mounting socket


D E2

B

E1

CA

E1 od

AProduct A B CA D E1 E2 od

DSN1 101 154 127 127 116 96 4,2

DSN3 106 160 127 127 116 96 4,2

DSN6 131 203 170 170 159 139 4,2

od E

E

C

D

H

Z

A

BH

YB

YBß: self open to 180° cover

Product A BH C D E H YB Z od

DSN1 52,7 38 57 50,5 42 25 70 97,5 4,2

DSN3 66,2 50 73 58 48 15 98 113,6 4,5

DSN6 79,2 56 82 68 55,2 18 118 121 4,8

od E1

E1b

CAb

CP

E2

CA

D

H

Z

A

TA

TA

B

Y


A B CA CAb CP D E1 E1b E2 H Y Z od

DSN1 127 131 45 68 57 90 36 56 78 37,5 180 111 4,5

DSN3 138 132 84 84 73 107 70 70 70 17,5 200 105 6

DSN6 165 162 89 89 82 122 77 77 88 24 236 114 6,5

D E2

B

Y

E1

CA

E1 H2od

AProduct A B CA D E1 E2 H2 Y od

DSN1 197 163 127 127 116 96 39 215 6,5

DSN3 211 182 127 127 116 96 39 242 6,5

DSN6 236 225 170 170 159 139 39 295 6,5

14/31

Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs


DSN decontactorsDimensions

30° inclined socket


Connector

Inlet with connector on (A1)/off (A0)

o d

DD1

E2

E1b

D2

CP

CAb

CA

E1 A

BY

Z


Product A B CA CAb CP D D1 D2 E1 E1b E2 Y Yß Z od

DSN1 108 120 45 68 57 90 75 50 36 56 78 169 92 4,5

DSN3, DSN24C 119 141 76 76 73 107 65 95 63 63 95 209 86 5,5

DSN6, DSN37C 136 156 76 76 82 107 65 95 63 63 95 230 207 85 5,5

D E2

B

Y

E1

CA

E1 od

A Product A B CA D E1 E2 Y od

DSN1 119 163 127 127 116 96 215 4,2

DSN3 133 182 127 127 116 96 242 4,2

DSN6 158 225 170 170 159 139 295 4,2

A

oB

Product A B o

DSN1 131 78 8-15

DSN3, DSN24C 162 103 5-21

DSN6, DSN37C 175 115 10-30

A0

A1

Product A1 A0

DSN1 156 169

DSN3, DSN24C 169 186

DSN6, DSN37C 175 204


Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto


Dimensions

30° inclined appliance inlet with connector on (A1)/off (A0)

70° inclined appliance inlet with connector on (A1)/off (A0)

30° surface mounting appliance inlet with connector on (A1)/off (A0)

70° surface mounting inlet with connector on (A1)/off (A0)

A0

A1

B1B

B0Bß

Bß: self open to 180° cap

Product A1 A0 B B1 B0 Bß

DSN1 185 196 162 151 157

DSN3, DSN24C 185 210 209 171 180

DSN6, DSN37C 204 230 235 178 193 213

B0B1

Bß

B

A1

A0Product A1 A0 B B1 B0 Bß

DSN1 117 123 188 235 250 141

DSN3 150 156 228 263 280 164

DSN6 184 191 259 322 341 188

A0

A1

B1B

B0

Bß

Bß: self open to 180° cap


DSN1 204 215 162 162 168

DSN3, DSN24C 214 229 209 162 171

DSN6, DSN37C 233 259 235 184 199 213

B0B1

Bß

B

A1

A0Product A1 A0 B B1 B0 Bß

DSN1 195 201 188 235 250 141

DSN3 228 234 228 263 280 164

DSN6 262 269 259 322 341 188

14/33

Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs


DS decontactorsDimensions

Inlet

Plug

Socket with plug on (A1)/off (A0)


Yß: Self open to 180° cover


D

HA

BB

E

E

C

BH

o d Product A BB BH C D E H od

DS1, DS24C 48 32,5 37 66,5 58 48,1 14 5

DS3, DS37C 52 37,5 44,5 78 70 55,1 18 5

DS6, DS7C3 56 45 53 92 80 65,8 27 5,5

DS9 71 61 64 113 100 81,3 26 6

DS2, DS7C9 79 73 68 130 118 98 40 6,5

A

B o

Product A B o

DS1, DS24C 144 70 5-21

DS3, DS37C 148 82 10-30

DS6, DS7C3 175 98 13-35

DS9 195 125 25-45

DS2, DS7C9 260 141 40-58

A0

A1

Product A1 A0

DS1, DS24C 166 182

DS3, DS37C 174 190

DS6, DS7C3 197 221

DS9 246 275

DS2, DS7C9 310 341

A0

A1

B1B0

YßY


DS1, DS24C 192 206 170 178 184 198

DS3, DS37C 203 217 178 186 210 210

DS6, DS7C3 229 250 212 224 254 261

DS9 302 327 242 257 299

DS2, DS7C9 (60°) 292 308 347 374 293

A1A0

B1

Y

B0


DS1 135 141 260 276 234

DS3 167 175 313 335 289

DS6 POLY 173 182 338 362 316


Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs14/34 DS decontactors

Dimensions


70° surface mounting socket with plug on (A1)/OFF (A0)


70° surface mounting inlet

A0

A1

B1 B0

YßY


DS1, DS24C 211 225 161 169 175 189

DS3, DS37C 232 246 184 192 216 216

DS6, DS7C3 POLY 283 304 220 232 262 269

DS6, DS7C3 METAL 268 289 193 205 220 239

DS9 355 380 243 258 279

DS2, DS7C9 (60°) 383 399 433 460 379

A1A0

B1

Y

B0


DS1 213 219 260 276 234

DS3 245 253 313 335 289

DS6 POLY 251 260 338 362 316

H

D

D'

M

MA

B'

B

E1

E2

CP

CA

o dProduct A B CA CP D E1 E2 H od

DS1, DS24C 111 105 84 67 84 70 70 17,5 6

DS3, DS37C 129 126 89 66 100 77 88 24 6,5

DS6, DS7C3 POLY 170 158 105 92 128 89 112 31 7,5

DS6, DS7C3 METAL 150 121 127 92 130 105 105 27,5 7

AH2

E2

B

od

CAE1

E1

D

Product A B CA D E1 E2 H2 od

DS1 182 157 127 127 116 116 39 6,5

DS3 208 201 170 170 159 159 39 6,5

DS6 POLY 212 212 170 170 159 159 39 6,5

14/35

Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs





Socket


DD1

A

B

E1

E2

D2

CP

CAo d Product A B CA CP D D1 D2 E1 E2 od

DS1, DS24C 92 114 76 67 107 65 95 63 95 5,5

DS3, DS37C 100 120 76 66 107 65 95 63 95 5,5

DS6, DS7C3 109 146 102 92 136 120 90 87,3 122 6,5

DS9 153 159 140 113 142 110 100 123,8 123,8 7

DS2, DS7C9 (60°) 176 226 183 130 183 150 150 165 165 7

A

E2

B

od

CAE1

E1

D

Product A B CA D E1 od

DS1 104 157 127 127 116 4,2

DS3 130 201 170 170 159 4,2

DS6 POLY 134 212 170 170 159 4,2

o d E

E

C

D

HZ

A

BH

YBß

YBBB

Zß

YBß et Zß: self open to 180° cover

Product A BB BH C D E H YB YBß Z Zß od

DS1, DS24C 64,9 50 45 69 58 48,1 15 65 108 120,6 75,9 5

DS3, DS37C 68,6 54,5 53,5 80 70 55,1 21 100 132 121 57,5 5

DS6, DS7C3 76,2 62,5 60 98 80 65,8 27 110 152 146,2 86,7 5,5

DS9 113,1 75 70 113 100 81,3 24 137 197,1 6

DS2, DS7C9 109,5 75 92 131 181 98 38 115 212,9 6,5

o d E1

CP

E2

CA

D

D'

B'

H

Z

A

B

M

M

YYß


Product A B CA CP D E1 E2 H Y Yß Z od

DS1, DS24C 135 128 84 69 84 70 70 17,5 175 189 128 6

DS3, DS37C 154 151 89 80 100 77 88 24 216 216 129 6,5

DS6, DS7C3 POLY 192 185 105 98 128 89 112 31 262 269 168 7,5

DS6, DS7C3 METAL 173 151 80 98 130 105 105 27,5 220 239 181 7

Product A B B’ CA CP D’ E1 E2 H Y Z od

DS9 (20°) 250 188 285 138 113 285 163 116 50 279 258 7

DS2 (60°) 314 256 315 180 131 315 212 154 50 379 187 10


Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto


Dimensions




AH2

E2

B

Yod

CAE1

E1

D

Product A B CA D E1 E2 H2 Y od

DS1 205 175 127 127 116 96 39 234 6,5

DS3 231 219 170 170 159 139 39 289 6,5

DS6 POLY 238 237 170 170 159 139 39 316 6,5

o d

D

D1E2

D2

CP

CA

E1

A

B

Y

Yß

Z

Product A B CA CP D D1 D2 E1 E2 Y Yß Z od

DS1, DS24C 116 137 76 69 107 65 95 63 95 184 198 109 5,5

DS3, DS37C 125 145 76 80 107 65 95 63 95 210 210 109 5,5

DS6, DS7C3 138 177 102 98 136 120 90 87,3 122 254 261 114 6,5

DS9 200 198 140 113 142 110 100 123,8 123,8 299 169 7

DS2, DS7C9 (60°) 223 249 183 131 183 150 150 165 165 380 96 7

A

E2

B

Yod

CAE1

E1

D

Product A B CA D E1 Y od

DS1 127 175 127 127 116 234 4,2

DS3 153 219 170 170 159 289 4,2

DS6 POLY 160 237 170 170 159 316 4,2

14/37

Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto

rs



Connector

Inlet with connector on (A1)/off (A0)

30° inclined inlet with connector on (A1)/off (A0)

Bß: Self open to 180° cover

70° inclined inlet with connector on (A1)/off (A0)

A

oB

Product A B o

DS1, DS24C 160 95 5-21

DS3, DS37C 165 108 10-30

DS6, DS7C3 179 123 13-35

DS9 227 145 25-45

DS2, DS7C9 291 167 40-58

A0

A1 Product A1 A0

DS1, DS24C 166 182

DS3, DS37C 174 190

DS6, DS7C3 197 221

DS9 246 275

DS2, DS7C9 310 341

A0

A1

B1

B

B0

Bß


DS1, DS24C 192 206 184 170 178 199

DS3, DS37C 203 217 215 178 186 215

DS6, DS7C3 229 250 248 212 224 254

DS9 302 327 311 242 257

DS2, DS7C9 (60°) 292 308 427 347 374

B

Bß

A1A0

B1

B0


DS1 115 121 221 260 276 151

DS3 139 147 249 313 334 180

DS6 POLY 167 183 282 338 362 210


Mar

échal

dec

onta

cto


Dimensions



A0

A1

B1

B

B0

Bß

Bß: self open to 180° cover


DS1, DS124C 211 225 184 161 169 199

DS3, DS37C 232 246 215 184 192 215

DS6, DS7C3 POLY 283 304 248 220 232 254

DS6, DS7C3 METAL 268 289 248 193 205

DS9 355 380 311 243 258

DS2, DS7C9 (60°) 383 399 427 433 460

B

Bß

A1A0

B1

B0


DS1 193 199 221 260 276 151

DS3 225 217 249 313 334 180

DS6 POLY 245 261 282 338 362 210

15/1

Tech

nic

al i

nfo

rmat

ion,

ind

ex


Content

Page

Rated currents of 3-phase motors 15/2

Utilization categories 15/3

Utilization categories for contactors to IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947, VDE 0660 Part 102

15/3

Utilization categories for control switches to IEC 60947-5-1, VDE 0660 Part 200

15/4

Utilization categories for switch-disconnectors, switches, disconnectors, and fuse combination units to IEC/EN 60947-3, and VDE 0660 Part 107

15/4

Degrees of protection 15/5

Degrees of protection given to electrical apparatus by enclosures and covers, in accordance with IEC/EN 60529

15/5

Protection ratings 15/5

Explosion protection 15/6

Hazardous area guide 15/7

Installation contactor rating for lighting systems 15/8

Installation Relays Z-R, Installation contactors Z-SCH for Lighting systems

15/8

Incandescent lamps 15/8

Fluorescent tubes, mercury arc lamps 15/9

Metal halide lamps 15/10

Sodium vapour lamps 15/10

Conversion table 15/11

Type “1”, type “2” coordination 15/12

DOL starters 400/415 V 15/12

Motor starter and combination, type “2” coordination – direct-on-line starters 400/415 V

15/13

Software tool “Characteristics Program” 15/14

Description 15/14

Selectivity, line protection, backup protection 15/16

Line protection, backup protection 15/16

Index 15/17


Tech

nic

al i

nfo

rmat

ion,

ind

ex15/2 Rated currents of 3-phase motors

The maximum size is governed by the requirements of the switchgear or overload relay.The rated motor currents are normally ventilated and internally enclosed fan-cooled three-phase motors at 1500rpm.D.O.L. starting: Maximum starting current 6 x rated motor current;

maximum starting time: 5 s.Y/D starting: Maximum starting current 2 x rated motor current;

maximum starting time: 15 s.

Set overload relay in the phase lead to 0.58 x rated motor current.Rated fuse currents for Y/D starting apply to 3-phase motors with slip-ring rotors.For higher rated currents, starting currents and/or longer starting times, larger fuses will be required.Table is valid for ‘slow’ and/or ‘gL’ fuses (DIN VDE 0636)For NH fuses with aM characteristic, fuses = rated current selected.

Motor rating 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V

Ratedmotorcurrent

Fuse

Startingdirect Y/Δ

Ratedmotorcurrent

Fuse

Startingdirect Y/Δ

Ratedmotorcurrent

Fuse

Startingdirect Y/Δ

Ratedmotorcurrent

Fuse

Startingdirect Y/Δ

kW cos ϕ η (%) A A A A A A A A A A A A

0.06 0.7 58 0.37 2 – 0.21 2 – 0.17 2 – 0.12 2 –

0.09 0.7 60 0.54 2 – 0.31 2 – 0.25 2 – 0.18 2 –

0.12 0.7 60 0.72 4 2 0.41 2 – 0.33 2 – 0.24 2 –

0.18 0.7 62 1.04 4 2 0.6 2 – 0.48 2 – 0.35 2 –

0.25 0.7 62 1.4 4 2 0.8 4 2 0.7 2 – 0.5 2 –

0.37 0.72 66 2 6 4 1.1 4 2 0.9 2 2 0.7 2 –

0.55 0.75 69 2.7 10 4 1.5 4 2 1.2 4 2 0.9 4 2

0.75 0.79 74 3.2 10 4 1.9 6 4 1.5 4 2 1.1 4 2

1.1 0.81 74 4.6 10 6 2.6 6 4 2.1 6 4 1.5 4 2

1.5 0.81 74 6.3 16 10 3.6 6 4 2.9 6 4 2.1 6 4

2.2 0.81 78 8.7 20 10 5 10 6 4 10 4 2.9 10 4

3 0.82 80 11.5 25 16 6.6 16 10 5.3 16 6 3.8 10 4

4 0.82 83 14.8 32 16 8.5 20 10 6.8 16 10 4.9 16 6

5.5 0.82 86 19.6 32 25 11.3 25 16 9 20 16 6.5 16 10

7.5 0.82 87 26.4 50 32 15.2 32 16 12.1 25 16 8.8 20 10

11 0.84 87 38 80 40 21.7 40 25 17.4 32 20 12.6 25 16

15 0.84 88 51 100 63 29.3 63 32 23.4 50 25 17 32 20

18.5 0.84 88 63 125 80 36 63 40 28.9 50 32 20.9 32 25

22 0.84 92 71 125 80 41 80 50 33 63 32 23.8 50 25

30 0.85 92 96 200 100 55 100 63 44 80 50 32 63 32

37 0.86 92 117 200 125 68 125 80 54 100 63 39 80 50

45 0.86 93 141 250 160 81 160 100 65 125 80 47 80 63

55 0.86 93 173 250 200 99 200 125 79 160 80 58 100 63

75 0.86 94 233 315 250 134 200 160 107 200 125 78 160 100

90 0.86 94 279 400 315 161 250 200 129 200 160 93 160 100

110 0.86 94 342 500 400 196 315 200 157 250 160 114 200 125

132 0.87 95 401 630 500 231 400 250 184 250 200 134 250 160

160 0.87 95 486 630 630 279 400 315 224 315 250 162 250 200

200 0.87 95 607 800 630 349 500 400 279 400 315 202 315 250

250 0.87 95 – – – 437 630 500 349 500 400 253 400 315

315 0.87 96 – – – 544 800 630 436 630 500 316 500 400

400 0.88 96 – – – 683 1000 800 547 800 630 396 630 400

450 0.88 96 – – – 769 1000 800 615 800 630 446 630 630

500 0.88 97 – – – – – – – – – 491 630 630

560 0.88 97 – – – – – – – – – 550 800 630

630 0.88 97 – – – – – – – – – 618 800 630

15/3

Tech

nic

al i

nfo

rmat

ion,

ind

ex


Utilization categories

Moeller Electric equipment is designed for the world’s markets.All equipment is manufactured and tested in accordance with national and international standards and regulations, the most important of which are listed below:

Key

IEC 60439 Low voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies I = current made, Ic = current broken

IEC 60947-…, EN 60947 Low voltage switchgear and controlgear Ie = rated operational current

IEC 60664 Insulation co-ordination including clearances and creepage distances for equipment U = voltage

IEC 60364 Electrical installations of buildings Ue = rated operational voltage

IEC 60204-…, EN 60204-… Electrical equipment of industrial machines Ur = recovery voltage

VDE 0105 Operation of electrical power installations t0.95 = time in ms to reach 95% of the steady-state currentP = Uex Ie = rated power consumption in watts

IEC 536 Protection against electric shock

Utilization categories for contactors to IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947, VDE 0660 Part 102

Kind of current

Utilization category

Typical applications

Verification of electrical endurance Verification of rated making and breaking capacitiess

Make Break Make Break

cos v cos v cos v cos v

AC AC-1 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces

All values

1 1 0.95 1 1 0.95 All values

1.5 1.05 0.8 1.5 1.05 0.8

AC-2 Slip-ring motors: starting, switching off

All values

2.5 1 0.65 2.5 1 0.65 All values

4 1.05 0.65 4 1.05 0.65

AC-3 Squirrel-cage motors: starting, switching off motors during running4)

F 17 6 1 0.65 1 0.17 0.65 F 100 10 1.05 0.45 8 1.05 0.45

f 17 6 1 0.65 6 1 0.65 f 100 12 1.05 0.45 10 1.05 0.45

AC-4 Squirrel-cage motors: starting, plugging, inching

F 17 6 1 0.65 6 1 0.65 F 100 12 1.05 0.45 10 1.05 0.45

f 17 6 1 0.35 6 1 0.35 f 100 12 1.05 0.35 10 1.05 0.35

AC-5A Switching of electric discharge lamp controls

3.0 1.05 0.45 3.0 1.05 0.45

AC-5B Switching of incandescent lamps

1.52) 1.052) 1.52) 1.052)

AC-6A3) Switching of transformers

AC-6B3) Switching of capacitor banks

AC-7A Slightly inductive loads in household appliances and similar applications

As specified by the manufacturer

1.5 1.05 0.8 1.5 1.05 0.8

AC-7B Motor-loads for household applications


8.0 1.051) 8.0 1.051)

AC-8A Hermetic refrigerant compressor motor control with manual resetting of overload releases5)


6.0 1.051) 6.0 1.051)

AC-8B Hermetic refrigerant com-pressor motor control with automatic resetting of overload releases5)


6.0 1.051) 6.0 1.051)

cos v

DC DC-1 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces

All values

1 1 1 1 1 1 All values

1.5 1.05 1 1.5 1.05 1

DC-3 Shunt motors: starting, plugging, inching, dynamic braking

All values

2.5 1 2 2.5 1 2 All values

4 1.05 2.5 4 1.05 2.5

DC-5 Series motors: starting, plugging, inching, dynamic braking

All values

2.5 1 7.5 2.5 1 7.5 All values

4 1.05 15 4 1.05 15

DC-6 Switching of incandescent lamps

1.52) 1.052) 1.52) 1.052)

Notes 1) cos v = 0.45 for Ie F 100 A; cos v = 0.35 for Ie f 100 A.2) The tests are to be carried out with an incandescent lamp load.3) The test data is to be derived from the test values for AC-3 or AC-4 according to Table VIIb, EN 60947-1.4) AC-3 category may be used for occasional inching (jogging) or plugging for limited time periods such as

machine set-up. During such limited time periods, the number of such operations should not exceed five per minute or ten in any ten minute period.

5) A hermetic refrigerant compressor motor is a combination consisting of a compressor and a motor, both of which are enclosed in the same housing, with no external shaft seals and with the motor operating in the refrigerant.

6) The value “6.P” results from an empirical relationship which is found to represent most D.C. magnetic loads to an upper limit of P = 50 W, where 6.P = 300 ms. Loads having power consumption greater than 50 W are assumed to consist of smaller loads in parallel. Therefore, 300 ms is to be an upper limit, irrespective of the power consumption value.

Ie

A

I

Ie

U

Ue

Ic

Ie

Ur

Ue

Ie

A

I

Ie

U

Ue

Ic

Ie

Ir

Ie

Ie

A

I

Ie

U

Ue

L/R

ms

Ic

Ie

Ur

Ue

L/R

ms

Ie

A

I

Ie

U

Ue

L/R

ms

Ic

Ie

Ir

Ie


Tech

nic

al i

nfo

rmat

ion,

ind

ex15/4 Utilization categories

Utilization categories for control switches to IEC 60947-5-1, VDE 0660 Part 200

Kind of current



Normal conditions of use Abnormal conditions of use



AC AC-12 Control of resistive loads and solid state loads with isolation by optocouplers

1 1 0.9 1 1 0.9 – – – – –

AC-13 Control of solid state loads with transformer isolation

2 1 0.65 1 1 0.65 10 1.1 0.65 1.1 1.1 0.65

AC-14 Control of small electromagnetic loads (max 72 VA)

6 1 0.3 1 1 0.3 6 1.1 0.7 6 1.1 0.7

AC-15 Control of electromagnetic loads (> 72 VA)

10 1 0.3 1 1 0.3 10 1.1 0.3 10 1.1 0.3

t0.95 t0.95 t0.95 t0.95

DC DC-12 Control of resistive and solid state loads with isolation by optocouplers

1 1 1 1 1 1 – – – – – –

DC-13 Control of electromagnets 1 1 6.P6) 1 1 6.P6) 1.1 1.1 6.P6) 1.1 1.1 6.P6)

DC-14 Control of d.c. electromagnetic loads having economy resistors in circuit

10 1 15 1 1 15 10 1.1 15 10 1.1 15

I

Ie

U

Ue

Ic

Ie

Ur

Ue

I

Ie

U

Ue

Ic

Ie

Ir

Ie

I

Ie

U

Ue

Ic

Ie

Ur

Ue

I

Ie

U

Ue

Ic

Ie

Ir

Ie

Utilization categories for switch-disconnectors, switches, disconnectors, and fuse combination units to IEC/EN 60947-3, and VDE 0660 Part 107

Kind of current



Verification of electrical endurance Verification of rated making and breaking capacitiess



AC AC-20 A(B)8) Connecting and disconnec-ting under no-load conditions

All values

7) 7) 7) 7) 7) 7) All values

7) 1.05 7) 7) 1.05 7)

AC-21 A(B)8) Switching of resistive loads, including slight overloads

All values

1 1 0.95 1 1 0.95 All values

1.5 1.05 0.95 1.5 1.05 0.95

AC-22 A(B)8) Switching of mixed resistive and inductive loads, inclu-ding slight overloads

All values

1 1 0.8 1 1 0.8 All values

3 1.05 0.65 3 1.05 0.65

AC-23 A(B)8) Switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loads

All values

1 1 0.65 1 1 0.65 Ie F 100 10 1.05 0.45 8 1.05 0.45

Ie f 100 10 1.05 0.35 8 1.05 0.35

cos v

DC DC-20 A(B)8) Connecting and disconnec-ting under no-load conditions

All values

7) 7) 7) 7) 7) 7) All values

7) 1.05 7) 7) 1.05 7)

DC-21 A(B)8) Switching of resistive loads, including slight overloads

All values


1.5 1.05 1 1.5 1.05 1

DC-22 A(B)8) Switching of mixed resistive and inductive loads, including slight overloads (e.g. series motors)

All values


4 1.05 2.5 4 1.05 2,5

DC-23 A(B)8) Switching of highly induc-tive loads (e.g. series motors)

All values

1 1 7.5 1 1 7.5 All values

4 1.05 15 4 1.05 15

Notes 7) If the switching device has a making and/or breaking capacity, the figures for the current and the power factor (time constants) must be stated by the manufacturer

8) A: frequent operation, B: occassional operation

Ie

A

I

Ie

U

Ue

Ic

Ie

Ur

Ue

Ie

A

I

Ie

U

Ue

Ic

Ie

Ir

Ie

Ie

A

I

Ie

U

Ue

L/R

ms

Ic

Ie

Ur

Ue

L/R

ms

Ie

A

I

Ie

U

Ue

L/R

ms

Ic

Ie

Ir

Ie

15/5

Tech

nic

al i

nfo

rmat

ion,

ind

ex


Degrees of protection, protection ratings

Protection against electric shock, to IEC 60536IEC 60536 covers the erection of electrical equipment, and its arrangement in elec-trical installations with rated voltages up to 1000 V AC and 1500 V DC, with regard to protection against direct contact where operating elements such as push-buttons and switches are located in the vicinity of live parts. “Finger-proofing” relates only to the operating device, and only in the normal direction of operation. A clearance of at least 30 mm radius from the centre point of the device to any live parts, must be ensured.The IP20 degree of protection is superior to “finger-proofing” in that it embodies protection against contact with electrical apparatus in any direction. Devices which are “finger-proof” and of IP00 degree of protection can be provided with further protection against contact in the form of shrouding, if so desired.

Damp heat, constantTo IEC/EN 60068-23.In this test, the effects of a contant high level of humidity (93 %) and a constant temperature (40 g 2)° C over a prescribed duration.

Damp heat, cyclic To IEC/EN 60068-2-30, Test DbThis test is used to assess the suitability of electrical products for operation and storage at high relative humidity levels, in conjunction with cyclic temperature fluc-tuation. A test cycle consists of 12 hours at (40 g 2° C), with relative humidity of (93 %), and 12 hours at (25 g 3° C), with a relative humidity of 95 %.

Ambient temperatureAmbient temperature is the temperature of the room (e.g. workshop of switchgear room), in which the open or enclosed device is installed, a pre-requisite being that this temperature is not significantly influenced by the heat losses from the device.

Degrees of protection given to electrical apparatus by enclosures and covers, in accordance with IEC/EN 60529

1st numeral 2nd numeral

Protection of persons against contact with live parts

Protection of equipment against ingress of solid foreign bodies and dust

Protection of equipment against ingress of liquid

IP00 No protection No protection No protection

IP20 Protection against fingers Protection against solid particles > 12 mm diameter

No protection

IP41 Protection against tools, etc. Protection against solid particles > 1 mm diameter

Drops of condensed water have no harmful effect

IP43 Protection against tools, etc. Protection against solid particles > 1 mm diameter

No harmful effect from rain or water sprayed from vertical to 30° from horizontal

IP54 Complete protection No harmful deposits of dust in interior No harmful effect from splashing water, any direction

IP55 Complete protection No harmful deposits of dust in interior No harmful effect from hosed water

IP65 Complete protection Complete dust protection No harmful effect from hosed water

IP66 Complete protection Complete dust protection No harmful effect from temporary flooding

IP67 Complete protection Complete dust protection No harmful effect from being immersed in water

IP68 Complete protection Complete dust protection No harmful effect from being immersed in water for indeterminate period

Protection Protection

Protection ratings1)

Protection against solids (Defined by IEC 529 DIN 40050 CEI 70-1) Protection against liquids (Defined by IEC 529)

X No specific protection. No test applied. X No specific protection. No test applied.

0 Inherent degree of protection. No test applied. 0 Inherent degree of protection. No test applied.

1 Protected against solid objects larger than 50 mm (e.g. accidental contact with hand).

1 Protected against drops of water falling vertically.

2 Protected against solid objects larger than 12 mm (e.g. accidental contact with finger).

2 Protected against drops of water falling at up to 15° from the vertical.

3 Protected against solid objects larger than 2.5 mm (e.g. tools and wires).

3 Protected against spraying water at up to 60° from the vertical.

4 Protected against solid objects larger than 1 mm (e.g. fine tools and wires).

4 Protected against splashing water from all directions.

5 Protected against quantities of dust that could interfere with satisfactory operation.

5 Protected against jets of water from all directions.

6 Completely protected against dust. 6 Protected against jets of water of similar force to heavy seas.

7 Protected against the effects of immersion.

8 Protected against the effects of submersion.

Notes 1) To Australian Standards AS 1939 – 1991 ‘Classification of degrees of protection‘ provided by enclosures for electrical equipment.


Tech

nic

al i

nfo

rmat

ion,

ind

ex15/6 Explosion protection

Type Description Method Application Aust. standard for manufacture

Aust. standard for installation

Permitted in area classification

Explosion protection techniques in common use in Australia

Ex i Intrinsiclimitation

Energylimitation

Instrumentation & process control equipment. AS 2380 Part 1AS 2380 Part 7

AS 3000AS 2381 Part 7

Zone 0Zone 1Zone 2

Ex d Flameproof Containment Power equipment, high energy switching & HID lighting.

AS 2380 Part 1AS 2380 Part 2

AS 3000AS 2381 Part 1AS 2381 Part 2

Zone 1Zone 2

Ex e Increased safety Avoidance of ignition source

Fluorescent lighting, junction boxes, marshalling boxes (sparking or overheating must not occur).


AS 3000AS 2381 Part 1AS 2381 Part 6

Zone 1Zone 2

Ex n Non-sparking Avoidance of ignition source

Zone 2 only. Lighting & junction boxes. Cannot be used with internal components used with arc or spark.


AS 3000AS 2381 Part 1AS 2376 Part 7AS 2381 Part 91)

Zone 2

Ex v Ventilation Dilution Mechanical ventilation of an area to remove or reduce the hazard.

AS 1482 AS 3000AS 2381 Part 1

Zone 1Zone 2

Ex p Pressurised enclosure

Exclusion of the hazard

Control cubicles instrumentation and electric motors.

AS 1825AS 2380 Part 4

AS 3000AS 2381 Part 1AS 1076

Zone 1Zone 2

Ex pl Purged enclosure Exclusion of the hazard

As with Ex p above. AS 1021AS 2380 Part 4

AS 3000AS 2381 Part 1AS 1076

Zone 1Zone 2

Ex s Special protection Proved by test unable to cause ignition

Special equipment Bi-pin luminaries for Zone 1.

AS 1826 AS 3000AS 2381 Part 1AS 1076 Part 8

Zone 02)

Zone 12)

Zone 22)

DIP Dust-excluding ignition-proof

Exclusion of the hazard

All electrical equipment. AS 3000AS 2381 Part 1AS 2381 Part 10

Zone 20Zone 21Zone 22

Notes The Australian Wiring Rules AS 3000 apply to all installations. Section 9 of AS 3000 specifically refers to AS 2381 for the special requirements for hazardous areas.1) Standard in course of preparation2) Ex s must be specifically certified for a particular zone e. g. Zone 0 etc.

15/7

Tech

nic

al i

nfo

rmat

ion,

ind

ex


Hazardous area guide

Standard Australia IEC Cenelec Britain

Hazardous area guide

Comparative list of australian and international standards

Equipment (manufacturing) standards

Area classification AS 2430 60079-10 – BS 5245.2

General requirements AS 2380.1 60079-0 EN 50014 BS 5501.1

Ex d flameproof AS 2380.2 60079-1 EN 50018 BS 5501.5

Ex p pressurisation or purging AS 2380.4 60079.2/79.13

Ex e increased safety AS 2380.6 60079-7 EN 50019 BS 5501.6

Ex n non-sparking AS 2380.9 60079-15 Draft PREN 50021 BS 6941

Ex i intrinsic safety AS 2380.7 60079-11 EN 50020 BS 5501.7

Ex m encapsulation AS 2431 60079-18

Ex s special protection AS 1826 60079.0 C1.25.6

Ex v ventilation AS 1482

Dust excluding ignition proof (DIP) AS/NZS 61241 – – –

Cable glands AS 1828 No standard

Installation standards

General requirements AS 2381.11) 60079-14 – BS 5345.1

Ex d flameproof AS 2381.21) 60079-14 – BS 5345.3

Ex p pressurisation & Ex pl purging 60079-14 –

Ex e increased safety AS 2381.61) 60079-14 – BS 5345.6

Ex i intrinsic safety AS 2381.7 60079-14 – BS 5345.4

Ex n non-sparking AS 1076.91) 60079-14 – BS 5345.7

Ex s special protection AS 1076.131) 60079-14 –

Ex m encapsulation

Dust excluding ignition proof (DIP) AS/NZS 61241 – – BS5345.10

Notes 1) In Australia the SAA Wiring Rules (AS3000) also apply in addition to the standards shown above.

Hazardous area classification diagram

Zone 0 Continuously hazardous Vapour space in a storage tank

Liquids,Gases &Vapours

Zone 1 Frequently hazardous Container filling area

Only hazardous under abnormal conditions

Zone 2Sealed container storeabove 3 metres in a plant

Zone 20 Continuously hazardous Inside the grain Silo

Dust,Fibres &Flyings

Zone 21 Frequently hazardousBag fillingLoading & unloading

Only hazardous under abnormal conditions

Zone 22 Other areas


Tech

nic

al i

nfo

rmat

ion,

ind

ex15/8 Installation contactor rating for lighting systems

Z-R.20/.. Z-SCH/25/.. Z-SCH/40/.. Z-SCH/63/.. Z-SC

Installation relays Z-R, installation contactors Z-SCH for lighting systems

The decisive factors are the type, connection and current consumption of lamps during switch-on and in permanent operation. Only 90 % of the continous current of switching devices should be used in view of higher current consumption as a result of increases of voltage. The maximum number of lamps per phase that can be operated by a switching device is dependent on the nominal current and making current of lamps on the one hand, and on the continous current and making capacity of the switching devices on the other. Thus, e. g. in lead-lag circuits, the continuous current of contactors can be used, while this is not possible in fluorescent tubes with separate compensation.

Utilization category AC 1

Rated operational current at 60 °C Ie AC 1 A 20 25 40 63 –

Making capacity

Root mean square Ieff A 120 165 300 400 –

Peak value Ipeak A 170 233 424 565 –

Utilazation category AC 5a

Rated operational power 220 – 240 Vh y 0,5 kW 1,1 1,3 3,4 5,5 –

y 0,9 kW 0,4 0,4 1,6 2,1 –

DUO kW 3 3,7 6,3 10 –

Utilazation category AC 5b

Rated operational power 220 – 240 Vh kW 1,4 1,8 3,6 5,1 –

Power Current Z-R.20/.. Z-SCH/25/.. Z-SCH/40/.. Z-SCH/63/.. Z-SC

W A max. number of lamps per current path at 230 V, 50 Hz

Incandescent lamps

The incandescent lamp filament has a very low ohmic resistance when it is cold. Therefore, when switching on, there is a high peak current (up to 20 x In).When switching off, only the nominal current is switched off.

Utilization category AC 5b

60 0,27 22 28 58 85 –

100 0,45 13 17 35 51 –

200 0,91 7 8 17 25 –

300 1,36 4 5 11 16 –

500 2,27 3 3 7 10 –

1000 4,5 1 1 3 5 –

15/9

Tech

nic

al i

nfo

rmat

ion,

ind

ex


Installation contactor rating for lighting systems

Fluorescent tubes, mercury arc lamps

High- and low pressure discharge lamps with mercury vapour, with or without fluorescent-coated glass body are perfectly identical in their electrical behaviour.In order to limit the operational current and pre-conduction current, and to achieve the initial peak voltage, reactance coils are used as ballast. Capacitors are used for compensation of the resulting reactive current, which are either connected in series with the coil (lead-lag circuit) or parallel to the mains (separate compensation, very rarely used now). The high making current in case of separate compensation (max. 30 x nominal current of the capacitor) which goes down quickly is usually attenuated considerably by the feed line.

Utilization category AC 5a

Fluorescent lamps without comp. or with series comp. I = IeAC1 x 0,5

Lead-lag circuit (2 x ..) I = IeAC1 x 0,35

Fluorescent tubes parallelcomp. I = Ipeak / 100 (take into account compensation capacitor

I / Ilamp = number of connectable lamps per current path

Fluorescent tubes with electronic ballast I = Ipeak / 50

Mercury arc lamps, HD without compensation I = IeAC1 x 0,5

Mercury arc lamps, HD with compensation I = Ipeak / 100 (take into account compensation capacitor)

Power Current Capacitor Z-R.20/.. Z-SCH/25/.. Z-SCH/40/.. Z-SCH/63/.. Z-SC

W A mF max. number of lamps per current path at 230 V, 50 Hz

Utilization category AC 5a

Lamp types

Fluorescent lamps without compensation or with series compensation

11 0,16 – 60 75 210 310 –

18 0,37 2,7 25 30 90 140 –

24 0,35 2,5 25 30 90 140 –

36 0,43 3,4 20 25 70 140 –

58 0,67 5,3 14 17 45 70 –

65 0,67 5,3 13 16 40 65 –

85 0,8 – 11 14 35 60 –

Fluorescent tubes lead-lag circuit 11 0,07 – 2 x 100 2 x 110 2 x 220 2 x 250 –

18 0,11 – 2 x 50 2 x 55 2 x 130 2 x 200 –

24 0,14 – 2 x 40 2 x 44 2 x 110 2 x 160 –

36 0,22 – 2 x 30 2 x 33 2 x 70 2 x 100 –

58 0,35 – 2 x 20 2 x 22 2 x 46 2 x 70 –

65 0,35 – 2 x 15 2 x 16 2 x 40 2 x 60 –

85 0,47 – 2 x 10 2 x 11 2 x 30 2 x 40 –

Fluorescent tubes with parallel comp. 11 0,16 2,0 30 30 100 140 –

18 0,37 2,0 20 20 70 90 –

24 0,35 3,0 15 15 55 75 –

36 0,43 4,5 10 10 38 51 –

58 0,67 7,0 6 6 25 30 –

65 0,67 7,0 5 5 24 28 –

85 0,8 8,0 4 4 18 23 –

Fluorescent tubes with electronic ballast 18 0,09 – 40 40 100 150 –

36 0,16 – 20 20 50 75 –

58 0,25 – 15 15 30 55 –

2 x 18 0,17 – 2 x 20 2 x 20 2 x 50 2 x 60 –

2 x 36 0,32 – 2 x 10 2 x 10 2 x 25 2 x 30 –

2 x 58 0,49 – 2 x 7 2 x 7 2 x 15 2 x 20 –

Mercury arc lamps, high pressure without compensation e. g.: HQL, HPL

50 0,61 – 16 18 38 55 –

80 0,8 – 12 14 28 40 –

125 1,15 – 8 9 20 28 –

250 2,15 – 4 5 11 15 –

400 3,25 – 3 4 7 10 –

700 5,4 – 1 2 4 6 –

1000 7,5 – 1 1 3 4 –

Mercury arc lamps, high pressure with compensation e. g.: HQL, HPL

50 0,28 7 7 7 32 46 –

80 0,41 8 5 5 25 35 –

125 0,65 10 3 3 16 22 –

250 1,22 18 2 2 8 12 –

400 1,95 25 1 1 5 7 –

700 3,45 45 1 1 3 4 –

1000 4,8 60 – – 2 3 –


Tech

nic

al i

nfo

rmat

ion,

ind

ex15/10 Installation contactor rating for lighting systems

Metal halide lamps

Metal halide lamps are a version of high-pressure mercury arc lamps with higher luminous efficiency and fidelity of colour (metalloids [halogens] added to the mercury fill up the HG-spectrum with its many gaps). Ballast and ignition devices are necessary. Starting time 3 ... 5 minutes at 1.4 – 2 x I.After switching on, it is not possible to light the lamp again immediately (lamp extinguishes after a power cut-off of only 1/2 period). Therefore, in many cases in important facilities ionisation of part of the lamps is maintained by switching over to 415 V, 500 Hz (e. g. to an emergency power supply). In this case, the lamp lights immediately after the mains voltage is on again. Otherwise, this would take several minutes. When using suitable ignition devices, the lamp can be lit again immediately.

I / Ilamp = number of connectable lamps per current path

Metal halide lamps (HQI) without compensation I = IeAC1 x 0,5

Metal halide lamps (HQI) with compensation I = Ipeak / 100 (take into account compensation capacitor)

Transformer for low voltage halogen lamps I = Ipeak / 50



Lamp types

Metal halide lamps without compensation e. g. HQI, HPI

35 0,53 – 22 24 45 65 –

70 1 – 12 14 24 35 –

150 1,8 – 6 8 13 18 –

250 3 – 4 5 8 12 –

400 3,5 – 3 4 6 10 –

1000 9,5 – 1 1 2 4 –

2000 16,5 – – – 1 2 –

Metal halide lamps with compensation e. g. HQI, HPI

35 0,25 6 8 8 38 50 –

70 0,45 12 4 4 20 28 –

150 0,75 20 2 2 12 17 –

250 1,5 33 1 1 7 10 –

400 2,1 35 1 1 5 7 –

1000 5,8 95 – – 2 3 –

2000 11,5 148 – – 1 1 –

Transformers for low-voltage halogen lamps 20 – 40 52 110 174 –

50 – 20 24 50 80 –

75 – 13 16 35 54 –

100 – 10 12 27 43 –

150 – 7 9 19 29 –

200 – 5 5 14 23 –

300 – 3 4 9 14 –

Sodium vapour lamps

For 200 W, 1200 mm high-pressure lamps and low-pressure lamps, reactance coils are used as ballast. For smaller lamps, stray field transformers can be used as ballast. Take into account, the long starting period.

Low pressure lamps

Without compensation

Making current 1 x XIe, y 0,3

Starting time 5 .. 10 min

Decisive for selection of device 60 % continuous current I = IeAC1 x 0,6

With compensation


Starting time 5 .. 10 min (at 1,6 x In), I = Ipeak / 200

High pressure lamps

Without compensation

Making current 1,4 x XIe, y 0,5

Starting time 5 .. 10 min (at 1,6 x In), I = Ipeak / 200

Decisive for selection of device 60 % continuous current I = IeAC1 x 0,6

With compensation


Starting time 5 .. 10 min (at 1,6 x In)

15/11

Tech

nic

al i

nfo

rmat

ion,

ind

ex


Installation contactor rating for lighting systemsConversion table



Lamp types

Sodium vapour lampslow-pressure without compensation

35 1,5 – 7 9 22 30 –

55 1,5 – 7 9 22 30 –

90 2,4 – 4 6 13 19 –

135 3,5 – 3 4 10 13 –

150 3,3 – 3 4 10 13 –

180 3,3 – 3 4 10 13 –

200 3,3 – 3 4 10 13 –

Sodium vapour lampslow-pressure with compensation

35 0,31 20 3 3 12 16 –

55 0,42 20 2 2 8 14 –

90 0,63 30 1 1 5 9 –

135 0,94 45 1 1 3 6 –

150 1 40 1 1 3 6 –

180 1,16 40 1 1 2 5 –

200 1,32 25 1 – 2 4 –

Sodium vapour lampshigh-pressure without compensation

150 1,8 – 5 6 11 22 –

250 3 – 4 5 7 13 –

330 3,7 – 3 4 6 10 –

400 4,7 – 2 2 5 8 –

1000 10,3 – 1 1 5 4 –

Sodium vapour lampshigh-pressure with compensation

150 0,83 20 2 2 7 14 –

250 1,5 33 2 2 4 8 –

330 2 40 1 1 3 6 –

400 2,4 48 1 1 2 5 –

1000 6,3 106 – – 1 2 –

Conversion table

To convert: Multiply by: To convert: Multiply by:

Inches to millimetres (mm) 25.4 Gallons to litres (l) 4.561

Millimetres to inches 0.03937 Litres to gallons 0.220

Feet to metres (m) 0.3048 Force N (Newtons) to lbft 0.225

Metres to feet (ft) 3.2808 1 N = 1 kg (mass) accelerated at 1 metre/sec. 0.239

Yards to metres (m) 0.9144 1 Nm = 1 J (Joule) to calorie

Metres to yards (yd) 1.0936 Horse power to kilowatts (kW) 0.7458

Miles to kilometres (km) 1.6093 Kilowatts to horse power (h.p.) 1.3408

Kilometres to miles 0.6214 1 W (watt) = 1 J/S

Square inches to square millimetres (mm2) 645.16 Atmospheres to Ib per square inch (Ib/inch2) 14.68

Square millimetres to square inches (inch2) 0.00155 1 bar = 1 kg/cm2 = 735.6 mm Hg = 14.2Ib/inch2

Square yards to square metres (m2) 0.8361

Square metres to square yards (yd2) 1.196

Cubic inches to cubic centimetres (cm3) 16.387

Cubic centimetres to cubic inches (inch3) 0.06102

Pounds to kilograms (kg) 0.4536

Kilograms to pounds (Ib) 2.2046

Tons (2240 Ib) to kilograms (kg) 1016.05

Kilograms to tons (2240 Ib) 0.0009842

Ounces (avoirdupois) to grams (g) 28.3495

Grams to ounces 0.0353


Tech

nic

al i

nfo

rmat

ion,

ind

ex15/12 Type “1”, type “2” coordination

DOL starters 400/415 V

Motor ratings Setting range Breaker Contactor

Motor data, AC-3


Rated short-circuit current

Overload releases


380 V 400 V 415 V

400 V 380 – 415 V

P Ie Iq Ir Irm

kW A kA A A


Modules PKZM0 and DILM

0.06 0.21 150 0.16 – 0.25 3.5 PKZM0-0,25 DILM7-...(...)

0.09 0.31 150 0.25 – 0.4 5.6 PKZM0-0,4 DILM7-...(...)

0.12 0.41 150 0.4 – 0.63 8.82 PKZM0-0,63 DILM7-...(...)

0.18 0.6 150 0.4 – 0.63 8.82 PKZM0-0,63 DILM7-...(...)

0.25 0.8 150 0.63 – 1 14 PKZM0-1 DILM7-...(...)

0.37 1.1 150 1 – 1.6 22.4 PKZM0-1,6 DILM7-...(...)

0.55 1.5 150 1 – 1.6 22.4 PKZM0-1,6 DILM7-...(...)

0.75 1.9 150 1.6 – 2.5 35 PKZM0-2,5 DILM7-...(...)

1.1 2.6 150 2.5 – 4 56 PKZM0-4 DILM7-...(...)

1.5 3.6 150 2.5 – 4 56 PKZM0-4 DILM7-...(...)

2.2 5 150 4 – 6.3 88.2 PKZM0-6,3 DILM7-...(...)

3 6.6 150 6.3 – 10 140 PKZM0-10 DILM9-...(...)

4 8.5 150 6.3 – 10 140 PKZM0-10 DILM9-...(...)

5.5 11.3 50 8 – 12 168 PKZM0-12 DILM12-...(...)

7.5 15.2 50 10 – 16 224 PKZM0-16 DILM17-...(...)

11 21.7 50 20 – 25 350 PKZM0-25 DILM25-...(...)

15 29.3 50 25 – 32 448 PKZM0-32 DILM32-...(...)


5.5 11.3 50 10 – 16 224 PKZM4-16 DILM17-...(...)

7.5 16 50 10 – 16 224 PKZM4-16 DILM17-...(...)

11 21.7 50 20 – 25 350 PKZM4-25 DILM25-...(...)

15 29.3 50 25 – 32 448 PKZM4-32 DILM32-...(...)

18.5 36 50 32 – 40 560 PKZM4-40 DILM40(...)

22 41 50 40 – 50 700 PKZM4-50 DILM50(...)

30 55 50 50 – 58 812 PKZM4-58 DILM65(...)

34 63 50 55 – 65 882 PKZM4-63 DILM65(...)



0.06 0.21 50 0.16 – 0.25 3.5 PKZM0-0,25 DILM7-...(...)

0.09 0.31 50 0.25 – 0.4 5.6 PKZM0-0,4 DILM7-...(...)

0.12 0.41 50 0.4 – 0.63 8.82 PKZM0-0,63 DILM7-...(...)

0.18 0.6 50 0.4 – 0.63 8.82 PKZM0-0,63 DILM7-...(...)

0.25 0.8 50 0.63 – 1 14 PKZM0-1 DILM7-...(...)

0.37 1.1 50 1 – 1.6 22.4 PKZM0-1,6 DILM7-...(...)

0.55 1.5 50 1 – 1.6 22.4 PKZM0-1,6 DILM7-...(...)

0.75 1.9 50 1.6 – 2.5 35 PKZM0-2,5 DILM7-...(...)

1.1 2.6 50 2.5 – 4 56 PKZM0-4 DILM7-...(...)

1.5 3.6 50 2.5 – 4 56 PKZM0-4 DILM7-...(...)

2.2 5 50 4 – 6.3 88.2 PKZM0-6,3 DILM7-...(...)

3 6.6 50 6.3 – 10 140 PKZM0-10 DILM17-...(...)

4 8.5 50 6.3 – 10 140 PKZM0-10 DILM17-...(...)

5.5 11.3 50 8 – 12 168 PKZM0-12 DILM17-...(...)

7.5 15.2 50 10 – 16 224 PKZM0-16 DILM17-...(...)

11 21.7 50 20 – 25 350 PKZM0-25 DILM25-...(...)

15 29.3 50 25 – 32 448 PKZM0-32 DILM32-...(...)


5.5 11.3 50 10 – 16 224 PKZM4-16 DILM17-...(...)

7.5 16 50 10 – 16 224 PKZM4-16 DILM17-...(...)

11 21.7 50 20 – 25 350 PKZM4-25 DILM25-...(...)

15 29.3 50 25 – 32 448 PKZM4-32 DILM32-...(...)

18.5 36 50 32 – 40 560 PKZM4-40 DILM40(...)

22 41 50 40 – 50 700 PKZM4-50 DILM50(...)

30 55 50 50 – 58 812 PKZM4-58 DILM65(...)

34 63 50 55 – 65 882 PKZM4-63 DILM65(...)

M3 ~

M3 ~

15/13

Tech

nic

al i

nfo

rmat

ion,

ind

ex


Type “1”, type “2” coordinationMotor starter and combination, type “2” coordination – direct-on-line starters 400/415 V

Motor ratings Setting range

Motor data, AC-3


Rated short-circuit current

Overload releases


Breaker Contactor

380 V 400 V 415 V

400 V 400 V/415 V

P Ie Lq Lr Li

kW A kA A A

Type “2” coordination – direct-on-line starters 400/415 V

15 29,3 50 25 – 32 320 – 448 NZMN1-M32 DILM80(...)

18,5 36 50 32 – 40 320 – 560 NZMN1-M40 DILM80(...)

22 41 50 40 – 50 400 – 700 NZMN1-M50 DILM80(...)

30 55 50 50 – 63 504 – 882 NZMN1-M63 DILM80(...)

37 68 50 63 – 80 640 – 1120 NZMN1-M80 DILM80(...)

45 81 50 80 – 100 800 – 1250 NZMN1-M100 DILM95(...)

55 99 50 80 – 100 800 – 1250 NZMN1-M100 DILM115(...)

75 134 50 125 – 160 1280 – 2240 NZMN2-M160 DILM150(...)

90 161 50 160 – 200 1600 – 2500 NZMN2-M200 DILM185/22(...)

110 196 50 160 – 200 1600 – 2500 NZMN2-M200 DILM225/22(...)

132 231 50 175 – 350 350 – 4900 NZMN3-ME350 DILM250/22(...)

160 279 50 175 – 350 350 – 4900 NZMN3-ME350 DILM300/22(...)

200 349 50 175 – 350 350 – 4900 NZMN3-ME350 DILM400/22(...)

250 437 50 225 – 450 450 – 6300 NZMN3-ME450 DILM500/22(...)

Type “1” coordination – direct-on-line starters 400/415 V

15 29,3 50 25 – 32 320 – 448 NZMN1-M32 DILM40(...)

18,5 36 50 32 – 40 320 – 560 NZMN1-M40 DILM40(...)

22 41 50 40 – 50 400 – 700 NZMN1-M50 DILM50(...)

30 55 50 50 – 63 504 – 882 NZMN1-M63 DILM65(...)

37 68 50 63 – 80 640 – 1120 NZMN1-M80 DILM80(...)

45 81 50 80 – 100 800 – 1250 NZMN1-M100 DILM95(...)

55 99 50 80 – 100 800 – 1250 NZMN1-M100 DILM115(...)

75 134 50 125 – 160 1280 – 2240 NZMN2-M160 DILM150(...)

90 161 50 160 – 200 1600 – 2500 NZMN2-M200 DILM185/22(...)

110 196 50 160 – 200 1600 – 2500 NZMN2-M200 DILM225/22(...)

132 231 50 175 – 350 350 – 4900 NZMN3-ME350 DILM250/22(...)

160 279 50 175 – 350 350 – 4900 NZMN3-ME350 DILM300/22(...)

200 349 50 175 – 350 350 – 4900 NZMN3-ME350 DILM400/22(...)

250 437 50 225 – 450 450 – 6300 NZMN3-ME450 DILM500/22(...)

315 544 50 275 – 550 550 – 7700 NZMN4-ME550 DILM580/22(...)

400 683 50 438 – 875 875 – 12250 NZMN4-ME875 DILM650/22(...)

450 750 50 438 – 875 875 – 12250 NZMN4-ME875 DILM750/22(...)

500 820 50 438 – 875 875 – 12250 NZMN4-ME875 DILM820/22(...)

560 947 50 700 – 1400 1400 – 19600 NZMN4-ME1400 DILM1000/22(...)

I >I >


15/14Te

chnic

al i

nfo

rmat

ion,

ind

exSoftware tool “Characteristics Program”Description

Setting-specific representation of tripping characteristics and competent assessment of their interaction

Explanations regarding the “Moeller” “Characteristics Program” software toolIf several protective devices are to interact effectively in a switchgear system, it is necessary to compare their tripping characteristics in order to evaluate their selectivity for the demands of enhanced system availability. It is important to use characteristic curves which take the actual individual settings on the protective devices into account for all tests. This is practically impossible with printed graphical representations. The device-specific setting features are presented and assigned to the differing electrical equipment.

The Moeller “Characteristics Program” software tool enables a simple common representation of the curves on multiple protective devices on the same time and current scales for very little effort. This significantly simplifies the representation of the curves. The tool enables assessment of the interaction of the Moeller circuit-breakers of the NZM and IZM series, as well as combinations with low-voltage high-breaking-capacity fuses with gL-characteristic (Figure 1).The handling involved with the Excel file based tool is briefly presented. The result, which allows for common representation of the curves as protected engineering documentation with individual project designations, can be saved, printed or exported to other documents.

Figure 1: Representation of the tripping characteristic of different protective devices on the same time and current scale,using the example of a h.b.c. fuse characteristic (red), three NZM tripping characteristics (blue) and the tripping characteristic of an IZM (green). The device data and settings are stated at the upper end of the curves.

1

2 h

1 h

20 min

10 min

5 min

2 min

1 min

20 s

10 s

5 s

2 s

1 s

500 ms

200 ms

100 ms

50 ms

20 ms

10 ms

5 ms

2 ms

1 ms1.2 1.5 2 4 5 7 10 12 15 20 25 30 40 50 70 100 120 150 200 250

Tripping current [A]

Tripping diagram

Tri

pp

ing

tim

e

300 400 500 700 1 K 1.2 K1.5 K 2 K 2.5 K3 K 4 K 5 K 7 K 10 K12 K15 K 20 K 30 K 40 K 50 K 70 K 100 K25 K2.2 2.5

Moeller CurveSelect

General specifications: Company: Moeller GmbH BonnInstallation: LV discrimination Editor: John Q. Public Date: 14.02.2006 Line: 400 V / 50 cps

Moeller CurveSelect

Q6ZB12-6In = 6 AIr = 4.0 A

Q5

PKZM0-12

In = 12 A

Ir = 10.0 A

Q4

NZMN1-A50

In = 50 A

Ir = 40 A

Ii = 450 A

Q3

NZMN1-VE160

In = 160 A

Ir = 0.7 x Ir

tr = 10 s

lsd = 7 x In

tsd = 60 ms

li = 12 x In

Q2

NZMN4-VE800

In = 800 A

Ir = 0.8 x Ir

tr = 10 s

lsd = 6 x In

tsd = 300 ms

li = 12 x In

Q1

IZMB1-U1600

In = 1600 A

Ir = 1 x Ir

tr = 10 s (I2t)

lsd = 6 x In

tsd = 100 ms

li = 12 x In

F1

gG

224 A

Figure 2: The figure indicates a tripping characteristic with functional ranges1. Non-trip range/operating range to the left of or

under the red tripping characteristic,2. Overload range, a brief overload is possible,3. Short-circuit range.The figure also indicates the variable parameters corresponding to Table 4, which enable application-specific design of the characteristic curve.

a b c

t Ir

tr

Isd

tsd

Ii

I

I0

15/15


Tech

nic

al i

nfo

rmat

ion,

ind

ex

Software tool “Characteristics Program”Description

• Setting Ir for overload release• Response value Ii for delayed short-circuit release• Response value Isd for delayed short-circuit release• Time delay setting to overcome current peaks tr for overload release• Delay time tsd for short delayed short-circuit release

Up to now, it was difficult to represent individual characteristic curves and to compare them with one another. Quiet often the comparison failed due to the differing scales for the representation of the coordinates of the curves for circuit-breakers and fuses. This has now changed with the new software tool. All curves are now displayed on a single sheet enabling simple visual evaluation.The handling is very simple as the user is offered the permissible variables in the type-specific input sheets. He simply has to enter the respective variable manually into the mask. The program is available on request.

1. The program is copied onto a PC as an Excel file on which Microsoft Excel® is already installed.

2. The German or English language versions can be selected in the “General” sheet. On this sheet “General details” of the project are entered and are automatically accepted into the representation of the characteristic curves.

3. With the worksheets “NZM...“, “IZM...” or “Fuses” you can select the protective device whose characteristic curve you want to represent next.

4. After entering the data for the first protective device and after each further input, the tripping characteristic(s) are displayed on the “Tripping graphs <> Curves” (Figure 1).

5. The entire worksheet or just the “Characteristics <> Curves” can be printed. 6. All curves are represented assuming the cold state and without representation

of the standard-conform tolerances of the response ranges, and the tripping times are represented as mean values of the parameterized tripping characteristic.

7. In order to ensure selectivity (discrimination) in the overload range, the curves represented for the circuit-breaker under one another, and the curves for the fuses may not cross or touch each other at any point. Consider the tolerances of the curves which are ± 20 % in the overload range. The overload selectivity (discrimination) of the selected devices has been reached at the meeting and crossover points.

8. Selectivity problems can normally be remedied by selecting another device or sometimes by modified device settings .

Figure 3: Circuit-breakers with electronic releases enable – by flexible setting features – a more exact matching to the typical current consumption curveof a starting three-phase motor than is possible with the switch on thermal overload releases.

2 h

1 h

20 min

10 min

5 min

2 min

1 min

20 s

10 s

5 s

2 s

1 s

500 ms

200 ms

100 ms

50 ms

20 ms

10 ms

5 ms

2 ms

1 ms10 12 15 20 25 30 40 50 70 100 120 150 200 250

Tripping current [A]

Tri

pp

ing

tim

e

300 400 500 700 1 K 1.2 K1.5 K 2 K 2.5 K3 K 4 K 5 K 7 K 10 K12 K15 K 20 K 30 K 40 K 50 K 70 K 100 K25 K

Moeller CurveSelect

General specifications: Company: Moeller GmbH BonnInstallation: Editor: Date: Line: 400 V / 50 Hz

Tripping diagram

Q2

NZMN2-M125J

In = 125 A

Ir = 100 An

li = 1700 A

li = 12 x Ir

Motor startup characteristic

Circuit-breaker trippingcharacteristic withthermal releases

Circuit-breaker withelectronic releases


Tech

nic

al i

nfo

rmat

ion,

ind

ex15/16 Selectivity, line protection, backup protection

Line protection, backup protection

Protection of PVC insulated cables against thermal overload with short-circuits

In accordance to VDE 0100 part 430 the cables and conductors must be protected against overload and short-circuit. In circuit-breakers NZM, the overload protection is implemented via the adjustable, current-dependant time-delayed overload releases.

Short-circuit protection is provided by adjustable instantaneous releases, which open the main contacts in less than 25 ms. The short-circuit total opening time restricts the temperature rise of the cable to a minimum.

The tables indicate the minimum conductor cross-section reliably protected by circuit-breakers during a short-circuit. (Operating voltage Un = 415 V)

Minimum protected cross-section mm2 copper

NZM...1(-4)-...20 6

NZM...1(4)-...25 – 160 10

NZM...2(-4)-...20 – 250 4

NZM...3(-4)-...250 – 630 16

NZM...4(-4)-...630 – 1600 95

Backup protection/Enhanced Selectivity

Between NZM(N)(H)(L) incoming circuit-breaker and NZMB(N)(H)... outgoing circuit-breaker

Incoming circuit-breaker a

NZM1 NZM2 NZM3

In Up to 160 A Up to 250 A Up to 630kA

Icu 25 kA 50 kA 100 kA 25 kA 50 kA 100 kA 50 kA 100 kA

Outgoing circuit-breaker b

Icu(415 V) In

NZMB1 25 kA Up to 160 A 25/25 50/50 100/100 25/25 50/50 100/100 50/50 100/100

NZMN1 50 kA Up to 160 A – 50/50 100/100 – 50/50 100/100 50/50 100/100

NZMH1 100 kA Up to 160 A – – 100/100 – – 100/100 – 100/100

NZMB2 25 kA Up to 250 A 25/25 50/50 100/100 25/25 50/50 100/100 50/50 100/100

NZMN2 50 kA Up to 250 A – 50/50 100/100 – 50/50 100/100 50/50 100/100

NZMH2 100 kA Up to 250 A – – 100/100 – – 100/100 – 100/100

NZMN3 50 kA Up to 630 A – – – – – – 50/50 100/100

NZMH3 100 kA Up to 630 A – – – – – – – 100/100

a

b

Between NZM...1-A... incoming circuit-breaker and PLSM-B(C)... outgoing circuit-breaker

Outgoing circuit-breaker Incoming circuit-breaker

NZMB1-A... NZMN1-A...

PKSM1)/PKNM1) PLSM-B(C)...(/...)

0,5 – 16 25/25 kA 30/30 kA/

20 – 40 20/20 kA 20/20 kA

50, 63 15/15 kA 15/15 kA

Between NZM...2-A... incoming circuit-breaker and PLSM-B(C)... outgoing circuit-breaker

Outgoing circuit-breaker Incoming circuit-breaker

NZMB2-A... NZMN(H)(L)2-A...

PKSM1)/PKNM1) PLSM-B(C)...(/...)

0,5 – 10 25/25 kA 50/30 kA

13 – 32 25/25 kA 30/30 kA

40 – 63 25/25 kA 30/30 kA

Notes 1) Values for PKNM and PKSM determined by experimentation – testing will be completed in future.

NZM...PKSM1)/PKNM1)/PLSM

Icc

NZM...PKSM1)/PKNM1)/PLSM

Icc

Where the prospective fault current at the point of installation of circuit-breakers is very high, it is conventional to use NZMN(H) current-limiting circuit-breakers. An attractively priced alternative is to fit a NZMN(H) current-limiting circuit-breaker at the point in the network upstream of NZMB(N)(H) standard circuit-breakers, if the fault level is too high for NZMB(N) switches.

The table indicates which current-limiting circuit-breakers NZMN(H) in combination with NZM(B)(N) are to be used to provide protection at the network locations with high short-circuit capacities.

The selectivity limit is determined by the response current of the non-delayed short-circuit release in the upstream incoming circuit-breaker. In many applications between two devices, this results in total or enhanced selectivity due to the NZM's innovative double break contact system. Shown in the above table with the first figure detailing the increased back up protection value, the second figure detailing the enhanced selectivity value. For other applications refer to the Selectivity tables in Moeller HPL.

Backup protection

Between 200 A HRC fuse and PLSM-B(C)... outgoing circuit-breaker

Outgoing circuit-breaker Incoming HRC

Fuse 200 A

PLSM-B(C)...(/...)

0,5 – 16 50 kA

20 – 40 50 kA

50, 63 50 kA

Back-up protection values between 200 A HRC fuses and PLSM miniature circuit breakers based on actual tests to AS4898

200 A HRC fuse

PLSM

Icc

15/17

Tech

nic

al i

nfo

rmat

ion,

ind

ex


Part no. Product group Page Part no. Product group Page

Part number list

...DILE 0 4/5, 5/17

...-PKZ0... 0 8/7 – 8/9, 8/13

...-PKZ2 0 8/18 – 8/22

...-PKZ4 0 8/14

AAT4/... 0 2/5 – 2/7, 2/13

BBBA... 0 8/10 – 8/11

CCH... 3 9/24CI... 1 12/6CI-...-PKZ0-... 0 8/5, 8/6CI-K... 1 12/4CI-K...-T... 0 7/14CI-K4-PKZ4-... 0 8/6CI-PKZ01-... 0 8/4

DD...-CI... 1 12/7DE... 3 13/10DEX-... 3 13/11DF51-... 3 13/6DF6-... 3 13/9DILA-... 0 4/3, 5/6DILEM-... 0 5/17DILER-... 0 4/5DILM... 0 4/4, 5/4 – 5/7, 5/12 – 5/16DOLRS 0 5/10DOLS... 0 5/19DS1 4 15/14 – 15/16DS2 4 15/26 – 15/27DS3 4 15/17 – 15/19DS4-... 3 13/3DS6 4 15/20 – 15/22DS6-... 3 13/4DS9 4 15/23 – 15/25DSN1 4 15/6 – 15/7DSN3 4 15/8 – 15/10DSN6 4 15/11 – 15/13DV51-... 3 13/8DV6-... 3 13/9

EEASY... 2 3/4 – 3/8EM4-... 2 3/11EMR4-... 0 4/9 – 4/10EMT6-... 0 6/6E-PKZ01-... 0 8/4ESR4-... 0 4/8ETR2-... 1 4/6, 11/10ETR4-... 0 4/6EVG-16/... 0 11/18

FFAK-... 0 1/7

GGKW-... 1 12/2 – 12/3GKWS-... 1 12/3

HHS-M22-... 0 1/4

IINN... – 10/7IS-... 0 11/11IZM58 – 10/7 – 10/10IZMN... – 10/6

LLE4-... 2 3/12LS-... 0 2/3LSE-... 0 2/3LSM-... 0 2/3 – 2/4

MM22-... 0 1/4 – 1/16M22-ESA... 2 1/17M22-K... 1 1/8, 9/16MCS... 0 2/15MCSN... 0 2/14MFD-... 3 3/5 – 3/8

NN-... 0 7/13N1 – N4 1 9/12NHI-... 0 8/7, 8/18NZM...1 – NZM...4, 3-pole 1 9/4 – 9/11NZM...1 – NZM...4, 4-pole 1 9/13 – 9/15NZM...-XA... 1 9/17NZM...-XAB 1 9/19NZM...-XBZ... 1 9/19NZM...-XDV 1 9/18NZM...-XFI... 1 9/23NZM...-XHIV... 1 9/16NZM...-XKAV 1 9/19NZM...-XKSA 1 9/20NZM...-XMV 1 9/19NZM...-XMVR 1 9/19NZM...-XMVRL 1 9/19NZM...-XR... 1 9/21NZM...-XTVDV 1 9/18NZM...-XU... 1 9/17NZM...-XV... 1 9/18NZM-XDMI 1 9/22

PP... 0 7/4PE... 0 11/15PFIM-... 1 11/8PFR-... 1 9/25PKA6... 1 11/9PKNM-... 1 11/8PKS6-... 1 11/8PKSM-... 1 11/8PKZ2 0 8/17PKZM0-... 0 8/5PKZM01-... 0 8/4PKZM0-X... 0 8/12PKZM4-... 0 8/5PKZM4-X... 0 8/12PLHT-... 1 11/7PLS... 1 11/3 – 11/4PLSM... 1 11/5PN...-XPA 1 9/20PN1 – PN3 1 9/12PS4-... 2 3/10PS416-... 2 3/14 – 3/15

RRCDILE... 0 4/5, 5/18

SS40-CD 2 3/16SDES... 0 5/8SL-... 0 1/19 – 1/21SN4-... 2 3/13SSW... 2 6/5SVB-... 0 7/12SVB-... 0 8/6SW 0 2/16

TT... 0 7/4 – 7/13

UU-CI... 1 12/7UPCM... 3 9/24

VVGDILE... 0 4/5, 5/18

XXKCH... 2 11/16XDB... 2 11/17

ZZ-... 0 11/12 – 11/14Z5-... 0 6/4ZB... 0 6/2 – 6/3ZB4-... 2 3/10, 3/12ZE-... 0 6/3ZEV-... 2 6/5ZM-... 0 8/17ZMR-... 0 8/17Z-R... 1 11/9Z-S... 0 11/10Z-SCH... 1 11/9 – 11/10ZW7-... 0 6/4

Maréchal – The onlyDecontactor

TM

Exclusive to Moeller ElectricMoeller Sales & Service Ph: 18000 810 961 Fax: 1800 810 962

4 Caribbean Drive, Scoresby, Victoria, 3179

Email: [email protected] www.moeller.com.au

Western Australia

40 Guthrie Street

Osborne Park WA 6017

Tel: +61 8 9244 2633

Fax: +61 8 9244 2634

Queensland

2/300 Cullen Avenue

Eagle Farm QLD 4009

Tel: +61 7 3291 2000

Fax: +61 7 3630 1236

New South Wales

27/7-9 Percy Street

Auburn NSW 2144

Tel: +61 2 9749 9600

Fax: +61 2 9749 9670

Northern NSW - Distributor

Colterlec Pty Ltd

8 Rosegum Close

Warabrook NSW 2304

Tel: +61 2 4960 0077

Fax: +61 2 4960 0088

Southern NSW - Distributor

Illawarra Automation & Control P/L

304 Keira Street

Wollongong NSW 2500

Tel: +61 2 4229 1511

Fax: +61 2 4229 1522

Western NSW - Distributor

Western Automation & Control P/L

Lot 11 Bradwardine Road

Bathurst NSW 2795

Tel: +61 2 6332 9971

Fax: +61 2 6334 4827

South Australia

Tel: 1800 810 961

Fax: 1800 810 962

Northern Territory - Agent

Powerhouse Distribution Agency

2/26 Pruen Road

Berrimah NT 0828

Tel: +61 8 8947 0027

Fax: +61 8 8947 1126

Tasmania

Gordon Wood & Co

31 Sunderland Street

Moonah TAS 7009

Tel: +61 3 6273 4455

Fax: +61 3 6273 4734

Head Office - Victoria4 Caribbean DriveScoresby VIC 3179Tel: +61 3 9839 1100Fax: +61 3 9839 1177

Email: [email protected]: www.moeller.com.au

Sales Tel: 1800 810 961Sales Fax: 1800 810 962

Issued by Moeller GmbH

Hein-Moeller-Str. 7-11

D-53115 Bonn

© 2006 by Moeller GmbH

Subject to alterations

SK0211-1158GB-AUS ip/Doku/M.P. 10/08

Printed in Germany (10/08)

Article No.: 107919

Eaton’s electrical business is a global leader

in electrical control, power distribution,

uninterruptible power supply and industrial

automation products and services.

Eaton’s global electrical brands, including

Cutler-Hammer®, MGE Office Protection

Systems™, Powerware®, Holec®, MEM®,

Santak and Moeller, provide customer-driven

PowerChain Management® solutions to serve

the power system needs of the industrial,

institutional, government, utility, commercial,

residential, IT, mission critical and OEM

markets worldwide.

www.eaton.com

Documents

Moeller Australia 2008 Industrial Trade Product Guide